Other Tongues—Other Flesh

OTHER FLESH
BY
GEORGE HUNT WILLIAMSON
ILLUSTRATED
A STARTLING SEQUEL TO THE SAUCERS
SPEAK!"

AMHERST PRESS: AMHERST, WISCONSIN
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED IN 1953

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson.
This web edition created and published by Global Grey 2013.

GLOBAL GREY
NOTHING BUT E-BOOKS

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

## ABOUT THE AUTHOR

George Hunt Williamson served with the Army Air Corps during World
War II as Radio Director for the Army Air Forces Technical Training
Command. He was a member of the AAFTTC Headquarters Staff. He
received the Army Commendation Award from Brig. Gen. C. W.
Lawrence for his outstanding record of service to the Air Force in
Public Relations. He served as an instructor in Anthropology for the
United States Armed Forces Institute, and was later appointed
Lieutenant in the U. S. Infantry.

He attended Cornell College, Eastern New Mexico University, the
University of Arizona, and took a special course at the University of
Denver. He majored in anthropology with many courses in sociology,
biology, philosophy and geology.

In 1948 he was awarded the coveted Gold Key for outstanding
scientific research by the Illinois State Archaeological Society. He has
spent a great deal of time doing field-work in Social Anthropology in
the northern part of the United States, Mexico and Canada. He is an
authority on Indian dances, music and ceremonial costuming. Several
of his articles have appeared in scientific journals.

He is listed in the July, 1952 Supplement to "Who's Who In America",
and his name appears in the latest editions of "Who Knows, And
What", and "Who's Who in the West". He is included in Volume
Twenty-Nine of "Who's Who In America", and also in "American. Men
of Science".

He is co-author of The Saucers Speak! (A Documentary Report Of
Interstellar Communication By Radiotelegraphy].

Mrs. Williamson, the former Betty Jane Hettler, is a chemist and an
anthropologist, holding an A.S. degree from Grand Rapids Junior
College; a B.S. degree from Eastern New Mexico University; and a B.A.
degree from the University of Arizona. Both are members of the
American Anthropological Association, and the American Association
for the Advancement of Science.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

## PROLOGUE

Before the eyes of Milton's Satan peering into Chaos appeared a new
expanse, another vast illimitable ocean without bounds--the distances
of interstellar space; and for a moment Satan was appalled by Chaos
and by space. So it is with modern man as he discovers new worlds
like his own in the heavens about him

The world has not let the theme of cosmic voyage willingly die,
whether in poetry and fantasy, in satire or seriousness, in the pulps or
in the comics. There has been the growing realization of the possibility
of other universes than ours, a plurality of worlds, even an infinity of
worlds. We have become more fully aware of the insignificance of both
our satellite, the Moon, and this rather small planet, the Earth. Man
began to think that if Life possibly did not exist on other planets in this
system perhaps it would be found in other universes.

The idea that earthbound man may someday journey into the heavens
to discover other men and women, like or unlike himself, seems to be a
conception the world persists in entertaining. From the time of Lucian
it has existed in European literature. Why the appeal of this perennial
theme? Is it curiosity? Is it humility? Is it perhaps a result of the
essential loneliness of man? Is it because within man's soul lies the
truth-that mortals exist on other spheres?

From a fanciful vision of other worlds where all is beautiful and good
and just, we come back in somber mood to Earth which seems indeed
a sad and silent planet. Man on Earth knows in his heart that other
worlds are also inhabited, but he is reluctant to admit even to himself
that Earth is only one small house of the many mansions in the
Father's House; and worse, that she is a fallen house; a disobedient
house; a wayward house.

In 1867, Matthew Arnold described the Earth well when he said: "... a
darkling plain, swept with con-fused alarms of struggle and flight,
where ignorant armies clash by night."

The people of Earth today are either confused, amused, or simply
terrified by the reports of Unidentified Flying Objects and various
types of extraterrestrial space craft seen in the skies and detected
under the seas. If they accept the theory that life exists on other worlds

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

besides our own, they cannot believe anything but stories of monsters,
robots, sinister vegetables, or armies of evil, invading, mechanical
Frankensteins.

Many people today are asking: "If spacemen are here, why don't they
land and contact our leaders? Why don't they explain their mission?"
Did these same individuals ever stop to think that no sane Earthman
would descend into a pit of crawling rattlesnakes? With all Earth's
strife, with bloody wars that carry thousands of men, women and
children to slaughter worse than any Circus of Nero or Medieval
Inquisition, is it any wonder that spacemen have not landed here?

However, these brothers from outer space have landed here, and
they have contacted those whom they knew would receive them in the
spirit of brotherly love and truth. It is now reliably reported that over
one-hundred personal contacts have been made between Earthmen
and Saucer occupants. They sought and seek those who have been
looking for them. This is what they mean when they say: "We do not
choose you; you choose us!"

Would these highly developed beings care to contact those who have
held the people in slavery for centuries? No, because their coming to
Earth will eliminate all forms of greed and selfishness. The actual
"owners" of the Earth are on the side of the negative-dark forces, while
the "Sons of Light" of the Space Confederation are of a higher authority.
And being of a higher authority, they seek out those who love TRUTH
and Truth alone. Like Diogenes, they search long and unceasingly, but
unlike Diogenes, they find a man here and a man there; not many, but
some.

The people of Earth like to picture themselves as Lords of Creation.

One well-known anthropologist believes that far-off worlds may
contain "gelatinous masses that control diabolic machines", but of men
elsewhere, he positively states: "Never!" Those who do accept life as
existing on other worlds believe this life will be much as it is on Earth:
vain, full of pride, lust, greed; life that is warlike and aggressive as it is
here.

While one hand turns thumbs-down on the idea of other planets being
inhabited, the other hand writes on and on about the inhabitation of
other worlds beyond Earth. People have been brought up on Buck
Rogers, Flash Gordon, Superman, and many other fictional heroes of

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

outer space. They have lived in a world of fantasy and make-believe
for so long they don't recognize the truth when it is presented to them.
Yet, our world of fantasy has its purpose.

Many gaze at the starry heavens and ask: "Is it all part of some gigantic
scheme; is there really a Creator? Or have we evolved from a single cell
that originally developed because of a freak accident in nature? Are we
alone in the Universe?" Reason tells them that out of billions and
quadrillions of worlds life must exist on many of them. And those who
have complete faith in their Creator realize He wouldn't create Man
and place him on one planet alone. They know He wouldn't create
other worlds to be merely floating balls of poisonous gas or vapor.

First came inhabitable worlds, then came Man!

Men on Earth are afraid that if suddenly other men on other worlds
are made known to them, they will face awful retribution; that their
horrible crimes against humanity and the Creator's Laws will not go
unpunished. And like naughty children, they are reluctant to give up
their dangerous toys and their destructive ways. So, now that their
brothers from outer space are here, they are going to hide in a "closet"
until these older brothers go home. Then they can come out and start
their foul play all over again. One word of acceptance on the part of
Earth-men and these brothers are liable to step in and teach them
something, and children never like to go to school-especially if they
have to be obedient and good.

Yes, there are brothers of ours in the skies over-head. They are not to
be worshipped as gods; but they are to be listened to as one listens to
an older brother who has traveled much and who knows the pitfalls of
life and who has knowledge tempered with love of fellowman and the
Creator. This brother of ours is attainable for he is here on Earth
today! Will the men of Earth accept him? Whether they do or not, it is
their right to decide.

Since man on Earth has arrived at a place where only Truth will be
able to survive, it is necessary to reaffirm and establish three truths.
Namely:

(1) Science and religion are one and the same thing. "God Provided-
Man Divided". There is no religion higher than Truth and truth cannot
contradict truth.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

[2] The entire Omniverse is magnetic in nature and even culture is
influenced by the laws of magnetism.

(3) Space visitors, coming to Earth in space craft, are mentioned in the
Holy Bible, ancient mythology, and in other documents thousands of
years old. These visitors have been coming to Earth for several million
years! They are now making themselves known to the world as a
whole to lead mankind thereby into a New Age as the Earth enters the
more intense vibrations of Aquarius.

During the nineteenth century on Earth there was a Great Influx of
Universal Truth. Many fine writings appeared, especially in the late
1800's. These scattered reports and ideas have a definite relationship
to each other and tie into the pattern of present day happenings.
Although these various writers use different terminology, they are
essentially saying the same thing. They are telling Man that he is truly
a god in his own right! This knowledge came to a selected few so that
they could open the way for the world to awaken to a New Age--an Air
Age to replace the ancient Fish or Water Age. What is the grand goal of
it all? There is no goal, for we are heading for All Perfection but we will
never get there. It is ever moving ahead of us as we progress. What
then is the purpose of all our pleasure-pain experiences? We are to
know perpetual expanding grandeur; thereby Spirit will come to know
itself!

In this book, many references and quotations are given from the latest,
authentic reports on the Saucer phenomena. Because many believe
that there are contradictions in some of the reported happenings it has
been necessary to show that there is a great story and
a purpose behind all of these experiences. These same things have
been taking place for eons! Some may wonder why I refer to the Holy
Bible so often in this book. It is true that the Bible is inaccurate; but
not totally so. For the most part it is the true history of a particular
time and people. In order to get an accurate picture of the Saucer
phenomena every possible avenue of investigation into the past and
present must be utilized.

The author wishes to acknowledge the kind help and encouragement
of others, for without them, this book would never been written.

Many thanks to Thomas M. Cornelia for suggestions pertaining
to Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am'; to Neva Dell Hunter for ideas

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

about The Remnant ; to George H. Lark for library research on certain
sections of the Divine Tetrad; to Lillian Laughead for her contribution
of the Lemurian interpretation of the tracks on the desert; to Dr.
Robert T. Lustig for ideas on the electro-chemistry of the blood; to
Winchester Mac Dowell for the two illustrations of the electronic
motion in the atom; to my wife, Betty J. Williamson, for research on the
microcosm-macrocosm, and Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am'; to Frank
A. Wing for his ideas about The Prophets; and sincere thanks to many
others.

This book you are about to read is not an ultimate ... no book is. It
merely points the path, a signpost along the Great Way that leads to
our Infinite Father. This work is dedicated to all men everywhere, with
the hope that they shall know the TRUTH and the Truth shall make
them free. Through Other Tongues-Other Flesh, may we learn to pray:
"Father of us all, give us eyes to see, ears to hear, and hearts to
understand!"

In brotherly love, I humbly submit this work to you.

George Hunt Williamson

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Thus, in the last half of the nineteenth century, Universal Truth made a
valiant attempt to penetrate the mind of Man before the Great Age of
Materialism set in with the advent of the colossal Machine Age. Men
like Brown Landone, and Flournoy, who wrote From India To The
Planet Mars, contributed greatly to this expanding program under the
influence of space intelligences. Even John Jacob Astor got in the plan
and wrote about the coining electrically governed world and
interplanetary travel in 1897.

Besides a Great Influx of Universal Truth coming to the minds of Man,
there was a definite pro-grain instituted on the physical plane and on
the surface of Earth, itself. Space visitors were actually deposited and
left on our world to mix, mate, and marry with us. The new ideas and
theories first came out in book form, and this was the prelude to the
appearance of spacecraft in the skies of Earth. In our present century,
first came the science-fiction tales of space travel, then came the actual
space visitation.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In Paris, France, in 1892, Flammarion said: "We dare to hope that the
day will come when scientific methods yet unknown to us will give us
direct evidence of the existence of the inhabitants of other worlds, and
at the same time, also, will put us in communication with our brothers
in space. What marvels does not the science of the future reserve for
our successors, and who would dare to say that Martian humanity and
terrestrial (Earth) humanity will not some day enter into
communication with each other?" Then in 1896, Flammarion
wrote Uranie, and in 1897 things really began to happen. Here's the
report as taken directly from the old records:

Chicago Record, Friday, April 2, 1897: "See Great Airship! Kansas City,
Missouri people excited . . . mystical black object casting before it red
light startled whole city for the last two weeks! At last descended . . .
ten-thousand people swear they have no hallucinations! Scoffers and
disbelievers claim the people have been seeing the planet Venus or the
Evening Star, even though according to the almanac this planet should
have set below the horizon at least an hour before! Object appeared
very swiftly, then appeared to stop and hover over the city for ten
minutes at a time, then after flashing its green-blue and white lights,
shot upwards into space . . . light gradually twinkling away and looking
like a bright star. Time: 8:15 p. m.

"Everest, Kansas has sighted a strange airship, Competent reporters
state that this must be the air-ship that was built in Oakland, California
and which broke away at launching time . . . this giant air-ship hovered
one half hour at a time and descended at regular intervals very close to
the Earth. A giant searchlight flooded the whole city with light from
this aerial monster which with the velocity of an eagle darted up and
away. Power source must have been attached to the light for it
dimmed as the ship went up and away. On observer states that there
seemed to be a basket or car beneath a great dark object thought to be
a gas bag overhead ... car was shaped like a canoe and had four wings,
two on each side, fore and aft . . . light was greenish or blue against the
light of a locomotive in the rail yard that was yellowish. Colored lights
seemed to be all around the car."

This unusual craft showed up later in Michigan, but before quoting
from the record, let's analyze the above report. First of all, the
authorities passed off the entire incident by calling the spacecraft the
planet Venus. That same thing has happened in our present Saucer
saga. They called the object Captain Mantell was chasing Venus, when

.globalgrey.c

10

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

it couldn't possibly have been that planet. This craft over Kansas City
flashed blue-green lights and this color combination is now
predominant in Saucer sightings of to-day. The report goes on to state
that the power source must have been attached to the light for
it dimmed as the ship went up and away. It is known today that the
speed of Saucers has a great deal to do with the color changes.

Chicago Record, April 3, 1897: " Flying Machine Now in
Michigan! People of Galesburg saw a brilliant white light approach
from the SW . . . object appeared large and black with a crackling,
sharp sound. It hovered close to the Earth. Reporters state that they
heard human voices from aloft . . . from the airship! When the ship
went off, it seemed to be tipped with flame. (Local comment was that
the airship had caught fire!] Time: 10.00 p. m."

Chicago Record, April 6, 1897: " Airship Now Into Illinois! Seen first at

8:00 p. m. in NW large red light. Suggestions of balloon are refuted

because airship flew at tremendous speed into a high wind."

Chicago Record, April 7, 1897: "Airship seen many times last few
weeks. Large numbers of people first hand witnesses. One time, a
motorman of a trolley actually stopped his vehicle so he and
passengers could look at the wonderful sight . . . just ahead of his
trolley, the ship seemed about six-hundred feet up and about one-
hundred feet long. The motorman, Mr. Newville, says it was ellipsoid
with large projections fore and aft. There was a bright headlight in
front and a red light in the rear."

From Hastings, Nebraska, came the report that the "airship" had been
seen in Grand Island, Oxford, York and Kearney. Scoffers claimed these
people had seen Venus, yet all the reporters were people of substance
and not given to reporting spurious stories. This all happened in 1897,
but we could date it 1956 and it would be right up to date. To-day,
officialdom tries to explain much of it away as "natural" phenomena.
Airplanes hadn't been invented in 1897 so they explained it away as
balloons or Venus . . . today they say it's balloons, Venus, or airplanes . .
. two-thousand years ago they might have called it "Apollo", or
"chariots of fire", or "wheels within wheels".

Chicago Record, April 9, 1897: " Airship Seen In Iowa! Between West
Liberty and Cedar Rapids appeared a bright light . . . giant airship . . .

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

steel body. When leaving it appeared to be a large star weaving about
and stars do not weave around the heavens!"

Chicago Record, April 10, 1897: " Airship Sighted Over Chicago And
Evanston! People are tripping over themselves these days trying to get
the best look at this green and white-lighted giant air-ship that has had
the people all over the mid-west in a dither. Some people think the end
of the world is near . . . Scientific minds have explained the whole thing
away by now. The mystery will surely be cleared up in a few days. Mr.
Carr, an aeronaut, has built an experimental balloon and is financed by
a New York theatrical wig manufacturing company . . . Mr. Carr states
his machine works marvelously, but cannot go against the wind . . .
power is storage battery with propeller! Professor Hough of
Northwestern University and head astronomer of the observatory
stated when asked to train his telescope on the object: 'I am busy with
sights on Jupiter and it would be too troublesome to change to look at
this new thing.' The next day, Hough said: 'The thousands of people
that are reporting this so-called strange airship are in reality looking
at Alpha Orionis in the Constellation Orion!"

This great scientist was too "busy with sights on Jupiter ... it would be
too troublesome . . ." Too troublesome to view for the first time a ship
from another world! Although he refused to look at the object he
seemed to know exactly what thousands of other people were seeing!
How would he know since he only had the advantage of total
ignorance?

Chicago Record, April 12, 1897: " Giant Airship Continues Over Chicago
And Environs! People all over the city are in an uproar, and while
everyone is viewing this grand sight on the south side, two amateur
photographers who are news dealers in Rogers Park, looked out and
saw the airship. Their photo shows the north Western Railway station
and above it the purported airship! The photographers are Walter
McCann and G. A. Overocker. This airship was seen to come in over the
lake and traverse the whole city for several days."

The same report with an Omaha date line of April 11th says: "A
gentleman brags he has mystery airship problem solved. He is an
inventor and desires that he be allowed thirty- five acres to
demonstrate his airship for the Trans-Mississippi Exposition. The
gentleman didn't sign his name, but the reporter hopes the dilemma
will be settled by his promises."

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The same report again, with a Fort Dodge, Iowa date line of April 11th
says: "Old German residents say that this very same type airship came
over Germany thirty years before and the people were scared to death
. . . said the devil's army was approaching and these were his vehicles!"

The same report again, with a Milwaukee, Wisconsin date line of April
11th says: "The residents of Milwaukee cannot be talked out of what
they are seeing . . . thousands report the authenticity of a giant,
beautiful airship with colored lights . . . the police records are full of
the story for they have been called to answer what it is!"

Chicago Record, April 13, 1897 : " Airship Called A Hoax! Several notable
citizens are known to have caused airship scene . . . remains of paper
and wood device in wreckage is in their yard. (No names given of the
'notables']."

The device mentioned was supposed to have been in the wreckage, but
another column in the same paper said: "Airship seen in Rock Island,
Illinois and Elkhart, Indiana!" How could it have been seen if it was
wrecked?

Chicago Tribune, April 12, 1897: "One chap knows all about the airship.
He says: 'These thousands of people didn't see a steel hull because this
is the airship my friend has built in California and is on its way here to
Chicago. Although, I must say, he sure has made good time for he isn't
due until next week and the hull is paper, not steel. My friend, 0.
Chanute is on board too and I will introduce all of you to him when he
arrives!' This chap is the Secretary of the Chicago Aironautical Society,
Max L. Harmar."

The same strange sightings were made at Sisterville, Virginia. In 1897
and other years, there were amazing observances in Texas. The same
old story, isn't it? Thousands of people in America observed this
gigantic space ship . . . authorities called it Venus or Alpha Orionis, or a
balloon. A balloon that couldn't go against the wind, yet the "airship"
did just that. Notice where the report says: "Scientific minds have
explained the whole thing away by now." That's exactly what they
have been trying to do since 1947 in the present saga. Also, the idea
that these are the "devil's" vehicles is thrown in as of the present. Not
once a mention of their true nature!

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The 1897 episode is very important: many space people were landed
on Earth at that time. The Wright Brothers brought in the Air Age a
few miles away at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina in the same era. (It is
strange or is it?) that these brothers finally flew their controversial
aircraft only a few years removed and a few short miles from the
location where the giant, lighted "airship" of 1897 had made one of its
final appearances?

After 1897 man progressed more in the coming half-century than he
had in the previous ten-thousand years. Our progression is due, in
part, to intellects coming here from outer space. Great men helped
push men's progress ahead hundreds of years in terms of
advancement. Where it had taken thousands of years to elapse
between the discovery of the wheel and the bow, the greatest
discoveries the world had ever seen followed each other in rapid
succession. The telephone, electric lights, the radio, wireless, the
automobile, the airplane, etc.

What actually took place in the 1800's was the first large public
demonstration of spacecraft in the modern, industrial age. After the
Industrial Revolution there had to be an influx of certain Universal
truths in order to create a semblance between highly advanced
technical skill and undeveloped spiritually. The space ships or
"airships" of the nineteenth century were the physical manifestation of
that Great Influx]

Communication with extraterrestrial intelligences also began at the
same time. The father of wireless, Marconi, in 1921 believed he had
intercepted messages from Mars or some point in outer space. The
theory that the waves were produced by electrical disturbances was
disproved by the regularity of the impulses.

Marconi conducted highly secret experiments before 1921 and knew
beyond the shadow of a doubt that he was in direct contact with
beings of other worlds! A woman in California writes: "During World
War II was teaching in Scotland. In 1918, headquarters of the Y.W.C.A.
in London wrote offering me the position of head of their branch office
in Chelmsford near London. The main station of the Marconi World-
Wide Wireless was also there. Many men from Britain died in World
War I and it was my job to look out for many young girls away from
home. I took room and board with a couple somewhat older than I.

The husband was a very intelligent person and had a responsible

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

position with the Marconi Wireless Company. One day, he asked me if I
would like to go through the Marconi Station. I was delighted to go.
During my tour through the laboratories I was startled and almost
petrified when we arrived in front of a huge, ten-foot square,
transparent case inside of which seemed to be a flaming mass . . .
flames revolving like a wheel! I asked my friend what this was and he
said that they had been receiving wireless messages somewhere
outside of Earth! I asked him to be more specific. And he said: 'My dear
girl, we have stations all over the Earth, but certain code is not coming
from any of them! We are receiving signals from intelligent beings on
other inhabited worlds!' My friend then told me that Marconi at that
moment was in Australia conducting experiment and trying to
discover more about this momentous happening. They believed the
signals were coming from the planet Mars. I have never mentioned
this experience before, and I believe Marconi kept his work secret
because he knew what the world would say."

The lady who had the above experience lives in Santa Barbara,
California and is a respectable citizen of that city.

Later in the 1920's and 1930's more strange messages were received
throughout the world as radio was developed. And radiotelegraphic
messages from Saucers are being received today! The first radio
contact with space visitors was reported by our research group in
Arizona in 1952, and now contact is being made in Ohio, Iowa, Canada,
California, Detroit, Michigan, and other places. The contact is in both
code and voice.

Space intelligences have said: "God provided-Man divided. Man has
taken this true thing and added to it his own ring."

After the period of The Great Influx, science went a long way toward
abolishing age-old theological dogma, but it went too far to the
extreme and man became bathed in the new glories of the materialistic
scientific world. Man on Earth had always de-lighted in dividing
everything; there are continents, nations, states and commonwealths,
counties and townships, cities and villages, wards and blocks,
churches, cults, sects and isms, races and creeds, classes and clubs,
societies and shrines, cathedrals and temples. But the Infinite Father is
ONE!

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Earth has been divided up so that instead of man being a brother to his
fellowman, he has set up artificial lines to separate and segregate
others different than himself. Man made boundaries, man made creeds
and ideals, man made religious groups, man made doctrine and
dogma, man made, man made. There is nothing wrong with religion,
it's what man has done to and with it that's so pitiful. Science is the
twin-sister of religion . . . truth cannot contradict truth, and there is no
religion higher than Truth. The worship of the Creator and the study of
His laws, causes and effects; of nature and the great powers waiting
for discovery within her bosom ... all these should be massed into
ONE. Hence, science and religion are one, just as everything in the
Omniverse is ONE!

When Van Tassel said: "We must present to science, the religion of
science; and to religion, the science of religion," he gave the key for
understanding between the two great fields of human endeavor.

To many people today, science is the modern savior or "messiah".

They look to scientists and their discoveries for the answer to all of
mankind's ills. Recently reports said that soon we could live forever
through the latest discoveries in biological science. "What fools these
mortals be", indeed! We already possess immortal life!

Thousands of spiritually hungry people have come to realize that the
facts unearthed by science have not thus far been adequate to satisfy
the needs of humanity, and many today are searching for something . . .
orthodox theology has failed also to satisfy their deep longings, and
orthodox science presents only cold, bare materialism to them. There
are, of course, many scientists and theologians who are sincere, honest
men, working tirelessly to aid men on this planet. But, at the same
time, we must remember that all scientists are not "men of science",
and all theologians are not "men of God".

Men are most reluctant to give up their secure, comfortable positions
and pet theories. Desmond Leslie once said: "I'm convinced that the
orthodox scientists of today are the counterpart of the orthodox
theologians of the Middle Ages." Be that as it may, orthodoxy is the
same thing wherever it is found, and it doesn't matter by what name
you prefer to call it. Once in a great while a man comes along, or a
woman, and although usually despised by their contemporaries, they
manage somehow, by supreme effort, to haul all the rest of lagging

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

humanity behind them and what we call worldly advancement or
progression takes place.

In Of Flight And Life Charles A. Lindbergh says: "To me in youth science
was more important than either man or God. I worshipped science. I
was awed by its knowledge. Its advances had surpassed man's wildest
dreams. In its learning seemed to lie the key to all mysteries of life.

"It took many years for me to discover that science, with all its
brilliance, lights only a middle chapter of creation. I saw the science I
worshipped, and the aircraft I loved, destroying the civilization I
expected them to serve, and which I thought as permanent as the earth
itself.

"Now I realize that to survive, one must look beyond the speed and
power of aircraft, beyond the material strength of science. And, though
God cannot be seen as tangibly as I had demanded as a child, His
presence can be sensed in every sight and act and incident. Now I
know that when man loses this sense, he misses the true quality of life,
the beauty of earth, its seasons and its skies; the brotherhood of men;
the joy of wife and children. He loses the infinite strength without
which no people can survive, the element which war cannot defeat or
peace corrupt.

"Now I understand that spiritual truth is more essential to a nation
than the mortar in its cities' walls. For when the actions of a people are
unguided by these truths, it is only a matter of time before the walls
themselves collapse.

"The most urgent mission of our time is to understand these truths,
and to apply them to our way of modern life. We must draw strength
from the almost forgotten virtues of simplicity, humility,
contemplation, prayer. It requires a dedication beyond science, beyond
self, but the rewards are great and it is our only hope!"

All theology and science will not be done away with in the New Age.
But under the incoming "Golden Dawn" Man will acquire a greater
concept of Creation, free of ancient ritualism and the carried-over
pagan ideas. Likewise, man will enjoy more radiant health due to the
habit of right living and right thinking. Every man will be a scientist,
even as space visitors are true scientists: utilizing the Forces of the

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Universe in the ever upward, spiraling climb toward divinity and the
Father.

The Elder Brother, Jesus, said: "Know ye not that ye are Gods?" Man
will wake up to this fact, and will leave the pupa of
ignorance, superstition, dogma, orthodoxy, etc., to emerge as a "Son of
God", claiming his rightful place in the divine scheme of things. Man is
a co-creator with the Father, but he fails to recognize this great truth.

The great scientists of Columbus' time were no less great because they
believed Columbus to be a fanatic for thinking the Earth was round.
The mistakes of yesterday or today only point the way to the greater
truth of tomorrow; with each new discovery we gain a greater
comprehension of the whole.

Everything changes, but change itself. Let that change come; the Earth
has been waiting a long, long time! Four thousand years ago, Job
asked: "If a man die, shall he live again?" This question has been
repeated in vain by every generation of men who have since inhabited
the Earth. Now, space intelligences bring proof of life everlasting, and
eternal progression.

In Conquest Of Fear, Basil King gives us a view of the future world
when he says: "Taking Jesus as our standard we shall work out, I
venture to think, to the following points of progress:

"The control of matter in furnishing ourselves with food and drink by
means more direct than at present employed, as He turned water into
wine and fed the multitudes with the loaves and fishes.

"The control of matter by putting away from ourselves, by methods
more sure and less roundabout than those of today, sickness,
blindness, infirmity and deformity.

"The control of matter by regulating our atmospheric conditions as He
stilled the tempest.

"The control of matter by restoring to this phase of existence those
who have passed out of it before their time, or who can ill be spared
from it, as He 'raised' three young people from 'the dead' and Peter
and Paul followed His example.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"The control of matter in putting it off and on at will, as He in His death
and resurrection.

"The control of matter in passing altogether out of it, as He in what we
call His Ascension into Heaven.

Yes, it is true that "God Provided-Man Divided", but man on Earth
must go back to the whole which the Creator made manifest unto His
creation. Remember the words of Paul: "0 Timothy, keep that which is
committed to thy trust, avoiding profane and vain babblings, and
oppositions of science falsely so called." (I Timothy 6:20].

The Truth alone shall make man free, and as Bacon said: 'Truth is the
daughter of time, not of authority."

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Darwin said: "An organic being is a Microcosm, a little Universe,
formed of a host of self-propagating organisms, inconceivably minute
and numerous as the stars in heaven."

A. Bronson Alcott, in 1877 said: "Matter in particle and planet, mind
and macrocosm, is quick with spirit."

So, we find matter manifesting and vibrating from minute to the
monumental in various degrees, but SPIRIT permeates through all! In
the great world of the Macrocosmos is it not logical and entirely
possible that there may exist worlds so large in comparison with ours
that their individual total masses may be millions upon millions of
times that of Earth? And, if we grant that, is it not reasonable to say
that in the small world of the Microcosmos we will find the direct
opposite? In other words, atomic worlds containing real intelligent
beings who live, work and love even as we?

For some time now scientists have been well aware of the fact that
there is a Universal pattern of form in the minute that is duplicated
exactly in the colossal of Creation!

Space visitors have said: "It is not right that man should destroy his
brother by utilizing the powerful forces of atomic energy, but the
destruction you witness is minor, indeed, compared to the enormity
of chaos created in the Microcosmos by the release of such energy!"
When an atomic bomb is detonated, literal Microcosmic worlds
containing created life are destroyed. Of course, these worlds are in

.globalgrey.c

20

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

other dimensions of time and space: what we think of as a minute may
be the passing of a million years to the Microcosmic citizen.

Infinity covers a lot of "territory", and we can easily have worlds and
life so minute that we aver-age five-foot eighters cannot possibly see
them with our organs of sight. If we accept this fact, we must also
agree that there must be bigger worlds and bigger life forms. In fact,
these forms could be so large that we couldn't possibly see them . . .
and that brings us back to the Microcosmos.

In considering the present space visitations to Earth, we encounter
Saucer occupants similar to ourselves in size and form. We do not find
spacemen coming into Earth's atmosphere landing their craft on a pin
head or Saucer pilots so large that they displace all the water in the
Atlantic Ocean if they decide to take a dip. The reason certain space
people are here and not other inhabitants of the Cosmos is because
our Infinite Father has sent those brothers to us who are most nearly
like ourselves in appearance and bodily size. After all, contact is
difficult enough in a corporeal world without adding to the problem by
sending a highly developed being who would have to announce the
Universal doctrine to us from that pin-head or lovingly lead us like a
Swift in Lilliput! The space friends here now may be far ahead of us in
spiritual development, but they are probably more nearly like us than
other dwellers in the Cosmos.

Before the consideration of similarities existing between matter and
energy from the sub-atomic (microcosmic] through the astronomical
[macro-cosmic] levels is discussed, it is important to conceive of what
matter and energy are. Very recently, it was taught in our universities
that most of the atom as well as most of the starry Universe
was empty space. Now, finally, physicists are uncovering the facts that
show matter and energy to be the same thing, though they cannot
really understand how such a situation can exist. Their facts confuse
their theories and they find themselves forced into retaining theories
they now know to be inconsistent with the facts, for lack of any better
theories.

Empty space is a dead concept, for where is there no starlight? Yes,
even starlight is matter and exerts pressure. Science has discovered
that the famous little particle called an electron sometimes exhibits
itself more as a particle and sometimes more as a wave. This is true
also of the other so-called particles of the atom and of the Universe.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

A particle can be an electron, other atomic particles, an atom, a moon,
a planet, a sun, a solar system, a galaxy, a super-galaxy, and so on, ad
infinitum. All creations (particles) in the Universe are similar because:

(1) All of them discharge energy. This might be considered as
reference to fields of force; emission of rays; waves; frequencies;
vibrations and forces. Briefly then, how can one picture something
having both particle and wave properties at the same time? It is done
by thinking of them as shells within shells. Some of these shells are
visible to the eye as the Earth's crust, the layers of an onion, the skin of
the body, or the "wheels within wheels" of Saucers. Some are visible
with instruments which have determined the wave nature of electrons
and other particles which emit quanta of energy. Some are detected by
special photography as the four known fields of vibration around the
human body and the atomic and molecular structures of various
crystalline bodies as obtained by the British physicist, W. L. Bragg. The
kind of motion that these shells exhibit, determines what the effect of
that energy is to be. Heat, for example, is a wave pattern made up of a
series of particles given off in quanta by an electron. It might be called
pure energy moving with a peculiar kind of motion. The nature of the
motion determines the effect produced, which can be any of the
following: Nonvisible light; visible light measured as heat, or cold light.
Remember that visibility and invisibility and the sensations of heat
and cold are only sensations of the physical structure. Thus the real
meaning of the term light is far beyond what is visible to the eyes. The
term light is used to designate the wave nature of all matter, its energy
and its motion.

(2) In order for bodies continually to discharge energy they must
continually absorb a new supply of energy. Thus the Universe consists
of constant interchange of energy resulting in:

(3) A perpetual rhythmic expansion and contraction. For example, it is
only possible for comets to travel at their terrific speeds for long
periods of time because they are constantly replenishing their energy
through their tail, and this energy is from a sun.

Now let us consider the tremendous likenesses exhibited by primary
bodies beginning with the smallest we can detect, the sub-atomic:

Sub-atomic particles (and when we say particle, we must think of
particle-wave for the two concepts are inseparable in speaking of basic

.globalgrey.c

22

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

structure) are to be considered in this discussion as particles that
science can know only indirectly by their behavior Thus, heat energy
given off by an electron might be comparable to satellites of the
electron. Thus the electron gives off electro-magnetic radiation, which
produces effects on varying portions of the spectrum depending on the
kind of motion.

Perhaps these particles are those quanta of electromagnetic radiation
which have been called photons and/or gamma rays. These rays, like
X-rays, are without an electrical charge and are therefore not deflected
in electric or magnetic fields. Gamma rays are electro-magnetic
radiation of very short wave length, and high energy. Photons or
energy vary in their velocity and thus energy according to the kind of
radiation to which the matter emitting the photons is subjected.

If the radiation is in the high frequency end of the spectrum, then the
photons will have a higher energy. In other words, the energy of the
photons emitted by an electron subjected to electromagnetic radiation
is related to the energy of the radiation, but the energy is emitted in
distinct quanta. Photons are too small to detect experimentally in the
high frequency portion of the spectrum. They are only detected in that
part of the spectrum below visible light.

Photons or gamma rays by interaction with atomic nuclei have been
converted into pairs of electrons and positrons (positively charged
electrons). This materialization is a good example of the equivalence of
matter (mass) and energy.

Scientists have divided the sub-atomic particles into two classes. The
first class consists of particles which cannot occupy the same shell or
energy level. These include the proton, electron, positron, neutron,
neutrino and mu mesons. The second class consists of particles
which can occupy the same energy level. Photons, gravitons, and pi
mesons be-long to this class. The graviton is the unit of gravitational
energy. According to the Unified Field Theory, gravity is just another
aspect of electromagnetism like light, radio waves and other forms of
electro-magnetic radiation.

Professor Vaclav Hlavaty of Indiana University Graduate Institute of
Applied Mathematics recently achieved solutions to mathematical
equations in Einstein's latest Unified Field Theory that revolutionize
our concepts of energy, motion and matter.

.globalgrey.c

23

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Dr. Hlavaty's solutions to the Einstein equations reveal that electro-
magnetism is the basis of the Universe . . . which goes beyond
Einstein's attempt to unify gravitation and electro-magnetism . . . the
twin forces in which he believes the Universe manifests itself. If Dr.
Hlavaty's solution is correct, the basis of all cosmic forces-gravitation
as well as matter and energy-is built up of an all-pervading, all-
embracing mathematical field.

These theories will lead to the discovery of cosmic forces not even
suspected today. Gravitation is not the basis of everything, but electro-
magnetism is. Everything, including man, owes its existence to its
electro-magnetic force field.

So-called gravity is created by the vortex of the particle itself and is
related to the density and also the size of the vortex or electro-
magnetic field. Thus the gravity exhibited by a sub-atomic particle may
be greater than suspected at the present time. It is present as pressure
toward the center of the field. Therefore, one might think of gravity as
acting inward at right angles to the energy levels or shells. And to
make a broader statement, we might say that all of the particles of the
second class are acting at right angles to the spherical energy levels or
shells, but the photons act outward and are given off as various forms
of electro-magnetic energy. Both photons and gravitons modify the
motion of their respective nuclear body in its role as a satellite to some
larger body.

As electrons revolve about atomic nuclei in energy levels, so photons
revolve around electronic nuclei, and when they are subjected to
energy they are emitted as electro-magnetic energy in waves, the
effect of which depends of their motion. For the possible effects glance
at a chart of the electro-magnetic spectrum. The effects may be
anywhere from heat on the far left, through radio waves, infrared,
visible light, ultraviolet, and X-rays, to the high energy gamma rays just
before the section of the spectrum designated secondary cosmic rays.

Gravitons are "particles" acting inward pulling from the center due to
the pressure therein resulting from the expansion and contraction of
the magnetic field which is a field of electrically charged motion. Due
to the particular kind of motion of the electron in the magnetic field,
no sensation of electricity is felt. The latter results when the negatively
charged electrons move through the positively charged solution

.globalgrey.c

24

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

called atmosphere with a frictional motion. Atmosphere as used here,
refers to the electro-magnetic field, not just "air".

". . . The particles that go to make up the ethers can be thought of ... as
sub-sub-atomic matter . . . and as you 'sub' lower than that we go out
of existence as far as the world of matter measurable is concerned . . ."
(B.S.R.A. Special Report, 10-C-53).

Now let us consider atomic structure!

Although we could probably be more nearly correct if we regarded all
the so-called particles as motion rather than substance, we retain the
physicists terminology in order that those who are acquainted
somewhat with atomic physics can judge for themselves what is

The old classical idea of an atom consisting simply of a positive
nucleus with negative point-like electrons revolving rapidly around it
is now found to be quite inadequate. Also, we are not so certain that
there is a tremendous amount of empty space between these entities.
For sub-sub-atomic matter would indicate satellites of satellites to a
micro-infinity separated by the Infinite Light of the Creator, known to
the Qabbalists as Ain Soph Aur, the Limitless Light.

The newer theory of wave mechanics envisions the electron as a
standing wave undulating to and fro. When the electron emits energy
its energy level or shell is contracted accordingly. When it absorbs
energy the shell is expanded. The apparent mass depends on its speed.
Since the electron rotates, we must now conceive of this undulating
more or less spherical shell rotating or spinning. This rotation is
brought about by the effect of flux set up by the charged solution in
which the electron is found. The rotation brings about polarity,
magnetism, gravity, electricity, etc.

Now, before we leave this discussion of what an electron is, let's
include in our concept what would give rise to this more or less
circular standing wave undulating to and fro. This can also be thought
of as a manifestation of the vortex or electro-magnetic field. This effect
can be pictured by imagining the wave effect of two series of vertical
rows offish passing uniformly between each other at a ninety-degree
angle and then backing up. Would not this motion in rhythm give the

.globalgrey.c

25

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

effect of a spherical undulating wave? In the case of the atom these
waves are produced by parallel lines of force passing between each
other at right angles with a rhythmic "breathing" resulting from the
positive-negative strain. The positive lines of force are composed of
positively charged particles, and the negative lines of force of negative
particles intersect them at right angles forming a flux effect. This
intersection, when the lines are of equal density and vibration, forms
an atom consisting of protons and electrons and an electro-magnetic
field. It is because these two kinds of lines of force have different
speeds that scientists have recently discovered that the speed of light
is not constant at 186,000 miles per second.

Several months ago, a naval research engineer said he and four
associates photographed a spot of light moving across a cathode ray
tube at 202,000 miles per second, faster than the recognized speed of
light.

Perpendicular to these intersecting lines of force are other parallel
lines of force which extend infinitely throughout all space. These have
an extremely high rate of vibration but no motion as to direction. This
is what is meant by space intelligences when they say: "Light does not
travel . . . light IS!" These lines of force establish polarity and the
resulting effects. They are the creative causation force of the Creative
Intelligence, and the insulating force between successive electron
shells. They make possible creation of new particles and add to the
rotation of particles already existing by spiral induction and partial
penetration.

It is this force which condenses and escapes invisibly as a "neutrino"
when an atom is "split". It is the part of the atom which undergoes a
"resurrection." Physicists discovered the neutrino (which they believe
to have a mass of less than one two-thousandth of the mass of an
electron] from the fact that in the nuclear process of a neutron being
converted into a proton and an electron there was some missing spin
energy. The neutrino was postulated as the carrier of this energy.

It carries no electric charge, but an idea of its character might be more
easily grasped by realizing that a beam of neutrinos would travel
through lead of almost infinite thickness with no decrease in intensity.
Indeed, the neutrino, which physicists can't see as they have seen
tracks of other nuclear particles on photographic film, appears to be

.globalgrey.c

26

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the creative light force of the Infinite Father. The Limitless Light . . .
the Light that IS! It is the balancing force of the Omniverse.

In regard to the nucleus of the atom, physicists are considering various
theories, trying to understand what holds its protons and neutrons
together in the nucleus since electrically like forces repel. A qualitative
answer is given by certain of the mesons, but quantitative
measurements await further development, because the forces acting
between a meson and proton or neutron are said to be approximately
one thousand times stronger than the forces acting between an
electron and electric field.

However, in keeping with the differences in the speed of phenomena
within the atom, could we not say that the vortical currents were
sufficiently strong to keep the nuclear matter concentrated in a
comparatively small area regardless of its apparent mass
relationships? In other words, if gravity is recognized as a force acting
inward as a result of vortical currents of the atom, the weights and
measures developed in the vortical currents of the Earth have no
intrinsic value of themselves when referring to the atom. Information
received by the B.S.R.A. states if one atom were ever truly smashed,
your whole system would be turned into a super solar . . . nothing but
light radiation . . . many millions of times brighter than your sun." No
wonder space visitors are concerned over our atomic experiments!

Before we leave the subject of atomic structure, let's glance at the idea
of the inverted atom. Physicists have found short-lived particles in all
cases that are the electrical opposites of the prevalent particles in our
atomic structure. Some of these, including the newly found anti-proton
have been found in cosmic rays. These are evidently the particles that
form atoms built with negative nuclei and positive satellites.
Substances constructed of such atoms would be identical except that
they would be invisible to our physical senses, which were constructed
to recognize substance formed of atoms having positive nuclei and
negative satellites. Physical vision is sensitive only to positive light
reflecting from negative substance on a negative planet. Inner
perceptions see colors resulting from negative light. Neither
reflections from negative substance or reflections from positive
substance are reality, and neither are they visions . . . they are
on\yreflections from reality.

Now let us consider molecular structure:

.globalgrey.c

27

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The structure of a molecule is dependent on the structure of the atoms
of which it is composed. Science has recently found that in order for
two atoms of hydrogen to associate themselves as a molecule, their
respective single electrons must have opposite directions of rotation
or spin. Thus we see the positive-negative association into oneness
reflected even in the molecule.

Like planets, some molecules possess rotational energy and others,
such as the diatomic symmetrical molecules of hydrogen, nitrogen and
oxygen, do not.

When atoms or molecules are arranged in perfect order, the result is
known as a crystal. Irregularity of atomic or molecular order results in
a fluid. A true solid state is always in a definite crystalline form.
Crystals of pure metals have recently been studied and it has been
found that different crystal faces of a metal behave as if they were
entirely different metals. Evidently, the crystalline geometrical forms
determined by the electro-magnetic field of the atoms produce a
differing field on each face.

Crystals which do not have identical characteristics in all directions
(not cubic) are called anisotropic crystals. When a ray of light enters
an anisotropic crystal it is split into two components which travel with
different velocities and follow different paths. Perhaps the crystal is
here dividing the positive and negative light lines of force.

Another interesting fact of molecular structure that has recently been
revealed is that the thousands of atoms in fibrous protein molecules
such as those composing hair, horn, fingernail, muscle and porcupine
quill, are arranged in the form of a helix. This form results when
asymmetric objects (the amino acids) are joined together in such a
way that each one has the same geometrical relationship to its
neighbors. Some of these molecules then form a compound helix or a
coil of coils, etc. Thus science is discovering the linking forms between
the atom and the biological structures.

An electron micrograph of a bacterial flagellum has shown a three-
strand cable which by its diameter suggests it is a seven-strand cable
of seven-strand cables.

.globalgrey.c

28

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The space people have said that the forms of crystals within the blood
are the source of energy for man's every motion. The crystals in the
blood, by diffusing, refracting and reflecting the positive and negative
light lines offeree, and by opposing polarized conditions, bring about
the flow of the blood by light energy and as a result, the functioning of
the heart.

The fact that there are crystals within the blood stream is significant in
relation to the use of the crystalline form in the Type 2 "fireball". For
more information on them see The Harvesters in this book in the
section called: Other Flesh.

Man, intermediate between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm, shows
similarity to the atomic structure in the expansion and contraction of
his muscles, in his rhythmic breathing to sustain life, and his shell-like
fields of vibration surrounding the visible body.

Dr. Cecil Bowiby of Los Angeles, California, recently reported that he
has succeeded in photographing four distinct fields of vibration
around the human body which are in various colors invisible to the
naked eye. They are, respectively, about one-half inch; six inches; three
feet; and nine feet and over from the skin. He believes the fourth field
is the strongest, that is, most extensive when persons radiate strong
feelings, especially those of love and peace.

Now let us consider our own Solar System:

In One Two Three . . . Infinity, Dr. George Gamow says: "The picture of
an atom began to look more like a miniature solar system with an
atomic nucleus for the sun, and electrons for planets. The analogy with
the planetary system can be further strengthened by these facts: the
atomic nucleus contains 99.97 per cent of the total atomic mass as
compared with 99.87 per cent of the solar system concentrated in the
sun, and the distances between the planetary electrons exceed their
diameters by about the same factor (several thousand times) which
we find when comparing interplanetary distances with the diameters
of the planets. The more important analogy lies, however, in the fact
that the electric attraction-forces between the atomic nucleus and the
electrons obey the same mathematical law of inverse square (that is,
the forces are inversely proportionate to the square of the distance
between two bodies) as the gravity forces acting between the sun and
the planets. This makes the electrons describe the circular and elliptic

.globalgrey.c

29

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

trajectories around the nucleus, similar to those along which the
planets and comets move in the solar system."

However, physicists have stressed the fact that "an atom differs from
the solar system by the fact that it is not gravitation that makes
electrons go round the nucleus, but electricity." (H. N. Russell]. But
what difference does it make, since gravity and electricity are both
manifestations of electromagnetism! This is an example of scientists
calling effect, cause . . . if they looked beyond gravitational and
electrical phenomena they would find the cause of both, which is
electro-magnetism.

Another difference was also discovered. An electron in an atom, on
absorbing the energy of a photon [light], jumps to another orbit, and
again to another when it emits light and releases the energy of a
photon. Because of this phenomenon, comparison with the solar
system did not seem valid. A critic said: "We do not read in the
morning newspapers that Mars leaped to the orbit of Saturn, or Saturn
to the orbit of Mars." This is true, we do not read it in the newspapers,
but the atom with its system of electrons rotating around the central
nucleus resembles the planetary system. In considering the atom, the
jumping of electrons from one orbit to another, when hit by the energy
of a photon, takes place many times a second, whereas in accord with
the vastness of the solar system, a similar phenomenon occurs there
once in thousands of years. Our own Solar System has experienced
displacements in its planetary members over the centuries and this is
similar to the "orbit jumping" of an electron.

The circular motion of an electron around the nucleus of an atom, or a
planet around the sun of a solar system, gives rise to an intensive
electro-magnetic radiation, and in this action they are identical. The
circular motion referred to is an effect of intersecting lines of force.

Now let us consider the Galactic System:

Toward the center of the Galactic System is found the nuclear region
which corresponds to the sun of a solar system and the nucleus of an
atom. The many solar systems revolving about the nucleus region of a
galaxy correspond to planets revolving about a sun and electrons
revolving about an atomic nucleus.

.globalgrey.c

30

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

At present astronomers are wondering whether magnetic fields exist
in the galaxy. Cosmic radiation suggests an answer. The intensity of
cosmic radiation is almost the same anywhere on the globe. This
indicates that magnetic fields are bringing about a random
distribution of cosmic rays in space. Cosmic ray evidence is considered
the strongest argument for the existence of these fields. If an atom and
a solar system operate in an electromagnetic field, we would expect to
find a galaxy also operating in such a field. The rotation at the edges of
a spiral galaxy is slower than near the center, just as the outer planets
in the solar system travel slower than those near the sun.

The new word in astronomy is "magneto-hydrodynamics." Scientists
say that interstellar space is now known to be pervaded by magnetic
fields. Presumably they are produced by electric currents circulating in
space, say the astronomers. Modern theory begins to visualize a galaxy
as a tremendous electro-magnet, with currents of electrons flowing
not through wires but through the viscous, turbulent eddies of gas
swirling about its center. Electromagnetic forces seem competent to
do what turbulence alone cannot do: they might form discrete arms
and even lead to the formation of stars and clusters of stars. The
modern theory of a galaxy, according to astronomers, promises to be
as intricate as the now richly observed structural details. Ten years
ago in their hypotheses of cosmic evolution they were thinking in
terms of gravitation and light pressure. Only yesterday they realized
they may contemplate a galaxy that is essentially a gravitating,
turbulent electro-magnet.

Now let us consider the Supergalaxy:

Recent evidence obtained by photographic and radio astronomy
indicates that our disk-shaped galaxy we call the Milky Way is itself a
member of a disk-shaped galaxy or supergalaxy. The supergalaxy of
which we are a member may have a population of tens of thousands of
galaxies. Its nucleus is marked by the cluster of galaxies in the
constellation Virgo. Radio waves are picked up from the super-galaxy
just as they are picked up from near galaxies and the Milky Way. From
study of the radial velocities of galaxies, the indication is that the
"inner metagalaxy" (that is the nearest regions of extra-galactic space)
is rotating. This rotation is believed to be a property of the local
supergalaxy. Several other supergalaxies have been found indicating
the possibility or rather probability of a hierarchy of systems of ever
greater size ad infinitum. Also, scientists have come to the conclusion

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

that the Universe has been expanding since about five billion years ago
before which it was contracting. Even the Universe is "breathing" as do
the lines of force that bring about the atom.

Space intelligences have said: "Progression is only recorded by change
and one who understands even his present environment is indeed a
master."

In 1888, S. Harris said: "Suns and planets and cosmic forces are the
words in which His thoughts are written."

www.globalgrey.co.uk

32

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

When we previously mentioned an electromagnetic field or vortex, we
were referring to the Fourth Great Primary Force, or the Resonating
Electromagnetic Field (RMF) which present day science knows nothing
about although they suspect its existence.

The Four Forces are: Static-Magnetic Field (SM), as in a bar magnet;
Electro-Static Field (ES), as in a charged capacitor; Electro-Magnetic
Wave [EM], as radio waves, light, heat, etc.; Resonating
Electromagnetic Field (RMF), like that of all celestial bodies (operating
in a vortex), space craft propulsion field, the basis of life, the elemental

Throughout space are positive and negative parallel light lines of force
running between each other at right angles and consisting of charged
particles vibrating at varying rates producing a rhythmic wave effect
of bands. These lines of force also vary in the number of particles they
contain in a given distance, that is, they vary in their density. When
negative and positive lines or bands ( equal to the diameter of the
particle to be) with equal densities and vibrations cross, a vortex is set
up which condenses the positive particles and these become substance
as nuclei . . . either a proton (atomic nucleus), or a comet (early
evolutionary form of a planet), or a sun (nucleus of a solar system).
The negative particles are condensed as the Resonating Electro-
magnetic Field ( vortex ) of an atom, a planet, or a sun.

When the positive particles have condensed sufficiently, and the
surrounding negative vortex has gained sufficient strength, the
insulating force of pure light between and around the positive and
negative forces is reduced and polarity is set up from the flux motion
of the positive and negative. A strong vortex is indicated by flattened
poles (oblateness) and equatorial bulging in the particle. If the vortex
breaks the substance disappears as it returns into the solution of the
light lines of force, known as the ether or space. (The vortex of the
planet Lucifer, the planet now known as the asteroid belt, broke
through hydrogen experimentation.) When the particle is sufficiently

.globalgrey.c

33

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

polarized, rotation results from the constant application of the positive
and negative light forces to the vortex.

A comet travels in the currents of the sun's vortex (RMF) until its own
vortex [RMF] breaks (The Andromedes, or Bielid meteors move in the
path of the lost Biela's comet which disintegrated and was last seen in
1852) or it becomes sufficiently powerful to attain an orbit of its own,
in which case it becomes a planet.

Now let us consider three bodies which operate in a Resonating
Electro-magnetic Field of Force: (1) The Sun (acting as a nucleus):
One-hundred years ago, in 1854, the eminent astronomer Sir William
Herschel suggested that the Sun may be inhabited and that the
inhabitants may no more suffer from intense heat than those who live
in the tropical regions of Earth! He believed the Sun to be a cool body,
not a hot, flaming gas ball.

Since it has been shown that the satellite planets are magnetic in
nature, it is only right to assume that the governing body that rules
those planets is also magnetic in nature. So, we might say that the Sun
is the magnetic "brain" or ganglion of our entire Solar System. Its
forces are the directing intelligence of all the functions of our System.

It is from this great central, nuclear body that the planets draw their
magnetic energy so that they, too, may generate forces.

The Sun's vortex is very intense as would be expected of such a huge
body, and it must extend to the very outer limits of the System. Its
atmosphere has three main layers: the chromosphere; the reversing
layer; and the photosphere. Completely enveloping these layers is the
corona. When photographed in hydrogen light the Sun displays its
magnetic structure very well. Such a photograph shows a grainy effect
very similar to that produced when iron filings are sprinkled in a
magnetic field.

Scientists today state that the Sun is a gigantic atomic furnace
radiating a tremendous amount of heat to the satellite planets each
second. The temperature at its surface is said to be thousands of
degrees and the internal temperature is supposedly in the millions of
degrees. However, it is unexplainable how super-heated gasses can act
magnetically. For, it is an elementary fact of physics that a substance
loses its magnetism when heated! Since astronomers have definitely
recorded magnetic effects upon the Sun, we have a direct conflict

.globalgrey.c

34

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

between the Sun's true nature and the suggested temperature. This
conflict only indicates that the Sun is not the super-heated mass of
gases that scientists think it is, but rather, a cool body as Herschel said
it was.

There is much evidence to prove that the Sun it, indeed, a cool body.
The process of determining the Sun's temperature is very complex and
involves the radiation laws of physics. Fundamentally, here is how
such temperatures are determined: the radiation of the body per
square centimeter per second, times the body's effective temperature
quadrupled, equals the rate of radiation quadrupled times the body's
luminosity divided by its diameter squared. In solving for the Sun, one
comes up with an average of 5900 absolute degrees. The mathematics
involved is agreeable, but astronomers base their calculations on these
two assumptions:

First, they assume the Sun is a perfect radiating body; second, and
most important, they assume that the Sun is radiating heat! This is
because they believe that heat on Earth, as well as heat on other
planetary bodies, comes directly from the Sun. People feel the heat
when they stand in sunlight, so they say the Sun must be a burning
mass radiating that heat. That is like saying a radio transmitter
radiates sound waves because when we turn on our radios, we hear
sound. But we know that such a transmitter radiates radio waves, and
that these waves are turned into sound inside the radio!

In 1543, a great comet came closer to the Sun than any previous comet
had and this was repeated by another comet in 1882. They actually
entered the Sun's corona which supposedly has a temperature of one-
million degrees absolute. These comets traveled over one-million
kilometers through this blazing corona and emerged unscathed and
with no change in velocity or direction. If the Sun is radiating heat,
why weren't these comets instantly disintegrated upon entering a
tremendous heat of one-million absolute degrees? Surely nothing
could survive such a treatment!

Astronomers have told us that the planet Mercury is devoid of life
because it is only thirty-six million miles from the Sun. They have told
us that if Mercury was any closer, it would have turned into
"nothingness" long ago. How then did the two comets survive without
at least showing some effects of their journey through the Sun's
corona? We must conclude that the answer is that the Sun does not

.globalgrey.c

35

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

radiate heat, as such! Therefore, it cannot be any kind of a super-hot
body.

The prominences supply us with some more proof of the above
conclusion. These prominences are said to be hydrogen gas explosions
and first appear in the Sun's photosphere. There are many theories,
but as yet astronomers have been puzzled over their origin. The
behavior of these so-called "hydrogen clouds of gas" contradicts one of
the oldest, and supposedly, most stable law of physics . . . the law of
gravity of Newton.

Some prominences travel at the unbelievable speed of 450 m.p.s. and
reach an altitude of one-million miles; that's one-hundred ninety-one
thousand miles more than the Sun's diameter. To add to the oddity of
this phenomenon, is the fact that these prominences rise to fantastic
heights, and then just "hang" in mid-air, unsupported, in complete
defiance of Newton's law of gravity! Others appear to "materialize"
from nowhere, and hang motionless. Surely the Sun with all its
tremendous mass and "pulling" power could bring these prominences
down again if they were composed of hydrogen gas. Astronomers say
they are composed of such gas because the spectroscope has labeled
them such. But the spectroscope is very inaccurate because between
the Sun's atmosphere and this instrument, the atmosphere of the
Earth intervenes, and the upper atmosphere of our planet contains
almost pure hydrogen. This could be the hydrogen that astronomers
say is on the Sun.

Sunspots and prominences have puzzled scientists for years, yet they
are part of the same phenomenon. Sunspots and prominences are
manifestations of the Sun's auroral activity as viewed from different
angles. They have never photographed the solar prominences except
at the edge of the Sun. Prominences take the form, or appear as
sunspots when seen on the face of the Sun. The shape and particulars
of the prominences cannot be observed unless the light of the Sun is
blotted out. These prominences are not super-heated hydrogen gas
because their very behavior proves otherwise! They behave as forces,
not as elements (gas, etc.].

The prominence force of the Sun is similar to the auroral force
emanating from the polar vents of the Earth. This auroral force is
known as the aurora borealis in the Northern Hemisphere, and the
aurora australis in the Southern Hemisphere. The names, "northern"

.globalgrey.c

36

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

and "southern" lights, are also given to this phenomenon. This Earth
force which is continually being sent into the atmosphere, has the
exact characteristics of the prominence force of the Sun. Although it is
continually emanating from the Earth, it is only seen at certain times
when atmospheric conditions are right.

The auroral and prominence forces are identical. Under the thick
atmosphere of the Sun are hidden planetary bodies which are
emanating aurora forces known on the Sun as prominence forces. The
fact that there are planets under the Sun's photosphere is also evident
from the fact that in atomic structure the electrons are balanced by an
equal number of protons within the nucleus. This makes a balanced
system.

The prominence forces manifest in the atmosphere of the hidden, or
inner planets, pass through their electro-magnetic field, then manifest
once again in the atmosphere of the Sun. Then what about the so-
called "hanging prominences" which "materialize" from nowhere in the
upper atmosphere of the Sun? The solution to this baffling question
can be found easily. When the auroral forces of the outer planets
(Earth, Mars, etc.) pass through their vortex or electro-magnetic field,
they are ultimately drawn into the great Sun body where they
manifest. At this stage, astronomers observe the "hanging
prominences" which "materialize" from nowherel

Another puzzle that has confronted astronomers, is that some
sunspots appear to have polarity, and that some prominences are
pulled mysteriously toward certain sunspots. Prominences and
sunspots have already been shown to be manifestations of the auroral
activity of the hidden or inner planets under the Sun's photosphere.
There are twelve inner planets and twelve outer planets.

Astronomers ask why sunspots arise at the more or less irregular
intervals of eleven years, and why do first spots of a new series appear
in high latitudes, and why is there a slow progression of the spots
toward the solar equator as the sunspot cycle advances, and why is
there a change in polarity of sunspots in alternate cycles? The answers
to these questions will give an accurate and complete theory of
sunspots, and the answers lie in the fact that the inner or hidden
planets create these conditions by their periods of rotation and
revolution.

.globalgrey.c

37

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Heat and light are effects of the positive rays of the Sun. Heat is felt on
the Earth because the Sun's positive rays intersect with its negative
atmosphere and crust causing a friction or change in the quality of
motion of the particles given off as heat radiation in consequence of
this friction. The effect of the Sun's rays on the Earth's atmosphere is
also responsible for the phenomenon of visible light which results
from a different kind of motion of the particles.

The eyes are only sensitive to positive light rays reflected from
negative substance, thus light is an interaction of negative and positive
forces. The Sun does not send us heat and light, although it is
responsible for its manifestation on Earth; the Sun sends only positive
lines of force which interact with the negative crust and atmosphere of
the Earth to produce the phenomena of the electro-magnetic spectrum
which includes heat and light.

Science has explored the upper atmosphere of the Earth and found
that sixty miles above the Earth artificial light is needed, and ninety
miles above the Earth it is dark as "pitch". The higher we go the colder
it gets, so we see even by logic that heat and light do not come from the
Sun. Only lines of force come from the great sun body.

Since distance and nearness to the Sun have nothing to do with
whether a planet is "boiling" or "frigid", we can immediately see that
all planets in our Solar System have nearly the same climate. The Earth
does not enjoy perfect climate because it is unbalanced magnetically.

What has been learned from space visitors about our Sun is not really
anything new, but only a return to the ageless wisdom possessed by
the Earth's most ancient races. These students of the long ago said that
the true color of the Sun was blue, and it is interesting to note that the
musical note of blue is Sol, a name for the Sun, itself!

[2] The planet Earth (acting as an electron]: As already stated, a comet
is an early evolutionary form of a planet. But the behavior of a vortex
in the formation of a particle such as the Earth has already been
discussed.

H. T. Statson, research associate, M.I.T., says: "The source and nature of
the earth's magnetism is still one of the great mysteries of science." It
is still a great mystery because the Fourth Great Primary Force [RMF]

.globalgrey.c

38

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

is not understood; when it is understood a key will be found to many
of the present day problems of science.

We cannot think of the orbit of the Earth as being merely a circle or
ellipse, because it is a spiral also. This is because the Sun is moving
through space at many miles a second. The Earth's orbit could only be
an ellipse or circle if the Sun were standing still. Remember, the Earth
is carried along within the solar vortex (RMF], in addition to following
its own orbit.

The Earth's auroral force emanates from the polar vents at both north
and south poles. The positive light lines of force leave at the north
polar vent, and the negative light lines of force leave at the south polar
vent. The bending of these light lines of force when they leave the
polar vents manifests as the aurora under proper atmospheric
conditions, and they follow the general form of the RMF.

Reports state that recent polar expeditions have discovered the actual
vents or openings that lead into the interior of the Earth at the North
and South Poles. Ancient tradition asserts the existence of a fountain of
life in the bowels of the Earth and in the North Pole. It is the "blood" of
the Earth, the electro-magnetic current, which circulates through all
the arteries; and which is said to be found stored in the "navel" of the

Tschermak noted the resemblance of structure between meteorites
and volcanic products. This is because both meteorites and matter or
"bombs" ejected by volcanoes are created in a vortex. The "bombs"
ejected from volcanoes do not come from the bowels of the Earth, but
are actually created within the volcanic vortex which is a sub-vortex of
the Earth's RMF.

Hurricanes, known also as cyclones and typhoons, are the most
dangerous storms on Earth. Their vortex may cover half a million
square miles. Sometimes a hurricane generates a number of tornadoes
on its fringes. Hurricanes sometimes spend energy equivalent to that
of several thousand atomic bombs per second. Therefore, we can see
the tremendous power of a vortex. The heavy rains carried by a
hurricane are concentrated in great spiraling lines which run inward,
showing again the Universal spiral form. Tornadoes, whirlpools, etc.,
are sub-vortices within the Earth's vortex.

.globalgrey.c

39

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Plate I

Plate I shows two views of the RMF of a nuclear particle. Fig. 1 shows a
side view of the RMF surrounding a nuclear particle. Fig. 2 shows the
same RMF viewed from above, and looking down toward the polar
vent area.

In these illustrations the nuclear particle is shown as a black sphere.
This sphere can represent an electron, an atomic nucleus, a Saucer, a
moon, a planet, a sun, the nuclear area of a galaxy, or the nuclear area
of a supergalaxy, in their respective Resonating Electro-magnetic
Fields.

The shape of galaxies (spiral nebulae] as observed through the
telescope is the perfect shape of an RMF. This shape is seen
throughout the Creation from Microcosm to Macrocosm, and the form
is Universal. Other examples would be the form of Saturn with its
rings; and the shape of several types of spacecraft [Saucers]. Celestial
bodies and Saucers take the shape of their respective RMF, that's why
there is so much similarity.

.globalgrey.c

40

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Spiral nebulae when appearing edgewise look like Fig. 1, and when
they appear more nearly circular, because their equatorial planes are
perpendicular to the line of sight, they look like Fig. 2.

[3] A Saucer (acting in an artificial and controlled RMF): The
statement has been made that a Saucer can enter the Earth's vortex
[RMF] because it has an RMF itself, therefore, a rocket ship cannot
penetrate the cleavage layer of the Earth's RMF and is disintegrated
because it does not operate in such an RMF. The rocket craft has a
magnetic field to be sure, or else if couldn't exist, but it does not have a
resonating force field about it.

Since Resonating Electro-magnetic Fields are found throughout the
Omniverse, they are interacting and only a Saucer or spacecraft with
an artificial and controlled RMF can travel in an interstellar manner.

Meteorites do not have RMF, and therefore, some will say they cannot
penetrate the Earth's field or vortex. First of all, many meteorites and
tektites are formed within the RMF of the Earth itself by a process of
gathering together at a vortex center of primal matter present
everywhere in so-called space. When these meteorites and tektites get
large enough, like raindrops, they fall by the inward force of the vortex
(scientists would say "gravity" and Einstein in his Unified Field Theory
says "magnetism").

The Earth was originally created in this manner, and cosmic debris
was gathered toward its vortex center until it was big enough and had
a field intensive enough to go from the comet to the orbiting planet
phase. The Earth is still gathering material daily and adding to its mass
by the formation of meteorites within its own RMF. These meteorites
drop to the surface of the planet.

The stone meteorites are created within the Earth's vortex, as are the
tektites. These tektites do not come from the Moon as has been
suggested. The iron meteorites are created by vortical action within
the solar vortex (RMF).

An object that doesn't have an RMF will be disintegrated when it
enters a vortex in proportion not only to the intensity of the RMF, but
also in proportion to its energy which depends on mass and velocity.
Thus, a dense, fast-moving object would not be disintegrated to pure

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

energy, while a less dense, slow body would be if given the same expo-
sure time in the same field.

For example, Capt. Mantell's plane was torn to pieces when it came in
contact with the RMF of the Saucer, whereas it would have
disintegrated into pure energy if it had attempted to enter the Earth's
RMF.

Another example is found when we consider the asteroid belt between
Mars and Jupiter. These asteroids are fragments of a planet once
known as Lucifer. The question arises: "How could the fragments from
this destroyed planet have entered the Earth's vortex since they did
not have an RMF themselves?" The reason is that the asteroid
fragments, or any other fragments beyond our planet's RMF, can enter
the Earth's field . . . but they disintegrate by so doing. The law is NOT:

" Nothing can enter the field unless it also has an RMF" . . . but the law
IS : " Anything can enter the field, but it will be disintegrated in
proportion to its energy (mass times velocity squared] and the
intensity of the field [RMF] it is entering.

First, a fine dust came from exploded Lucifer and struck the Earth
turning everything red, then a fine sand came, then coarser sand, then
gravel, then meteorites destroyed villages. When Lucifer was
destroyed, and its vortex broke, the smallest particles had the greatest
velocity, therefore, the larger fragments came last. For more
information on Lucifer-Maldek see Maldek and Malona in this book in
the section called: Other Tongues.

Some researchers say that Saucers operate in a static field, but this is
not the case. No interplanetary craft could travel as it does in a static
field. Only utilization of the Fourth Force, or RMF will enable any kind
of a craft to go from one world to another.

Saucers and all spacecraft contain their own atmosphere around them
like a celestial body. They can go under water and the RMF will keep
the liquid from touching the craft. Refer once again to Plate I: In Fig. 1,
the black sphere can represent a Saucer in its RMF. The perfect shape
of a spaceship is a globe or ball, and planets that have only recently
succeeded in developing interplanetary craft use such devices.

Celestial bodies are round and globe-like for the same reason. As a
planet advances scientifically its technicians are able to intensify the
RMF, and the Saucer takes on the shape of its on field. That is why very

.globalgrey.c

42

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

flat, discus-shaped Saucers have been seen and also, globes have been
observed. The more highly advanced the world, the flatter the craft.
Eventually, no craft is needed to travel the interstellar distances, and
beings are projected" to other worlds by thought alone! The reason
Saucers sometimes have blinking lights on the top and bottom of their
craft is because these are the polar vent areas of the ship, just like the
polar vent area of Earth which emit the auroral force. Crossed lines of
force exist at the vents, therefore observers see blinking of pulsating
lights of various colors. North-South and East- West propulsion
operates on different force. Also, a different force is used if the Saucer
goes up or down.

The human being has a very complex field with a maze of vortices.
Therefore a Saucer pilot can leave the RMF of his craft by two
methods. First of all, as the Saucer lowers Earthward, its RMF is
reduced and drawn into the rim of the craft. Otherwise, its own field
would keep it off the ground. If the ship is to be lowered all the way to
Earth, then the RMF must be completely drawn into the rim area. This
action enables any occupant of the Saucer to emerge unharmed.
Secondly, if advanced enough, a Saucer pilot can control his own field
composed of numerous vortices and thereby go through another RMF
of low intensity. When Christ walked on the water and performed
other so-called miracles, he utilized such knowledge.

If the reader will refer to photographs of the crescent-shaped arrow-
craft or mastercraft in The Coming Of The Saucers, by Arnold and
Palmer, the craft's flowing center can be observed. This center is the
polar vent area where lines of force are crossing. In the same book,
mention was made of the Saucer that exploded over Maury Island.
Sometimes the craft are not constructed perfectly, and their own RMF
begins to tear them apart. The angle of incidence of a Saucer
determines whether it has a high or low intensity field. Likewise, the
more the poles are flattened on a planet, the more intense is its RMF.

From the Delawarr Laboratories, Oxford, England, comes the following
information: "We have been able to materialize energy particles in a
controlled magnetic field and would agree that the materialization of
'saucers' at certain positions in the earth's magnetic field is entirely
possible." (B.S.R.A., CQC-B-7, April 1, 1954].

Many ask: "How are Saucers constructed? They don't exhibit rivets,
bolts, screws . . . their surfaces are extraordinarily smooth and their

.globalgrey.c

43

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

openings don't show when closed!" Needless to say, a Saucer is not
"built" as we on Earth construct anything. First of all, an electro-
magnetic field is set up, and within this field, a technician constructs
sections of a Saucer by his own powers of thought! This is similar to
the vortex within the volcano creating the ejected "bombs"; or the
Earth's vortex, itself, originally creating the Earth. After the various
small sections are completed, they are joined by pins that are hidden
from view. Therefore, no obvious joining-together shows from the
exterior of the craft. People of other planets do not hammer and
pound, cut and saw; they utilize their own creative abilities (such as
we all possess) to construct their craft and many other objects. Their
clothes have no seams, and this is also because they are "woven" in an
entirely different manner than ours!

In The Secret Of The Ages, Robert Collier says: "All about you is energy .
. . electronic energy . . . exactly like that which makes up the solid
objects you possess. The only difference is that the loose energy round
about is unappropriated. It is still virgin gold . . . undiscovered,
unclaimed. You can think it into anything you wish . . . into gold or
dross, into health or sickness, into strength or weakness, into success
or failure. Which shall it be? 'There is nothing either good or bad,' said
Shakespeare, 'but thinking makes it so.' The understanding of that law
will enable you to control every other law that exists. In it is to be
found the panacea for all ills, the satisfaction of all want, all desire. It is
Creative Mind's own provision for man's freedom. And now man is
beginning to get a glimpse of the final freedom that shall be his from
all material causes when he shall acquire the complete understanding
that mind is the only cause and that effects are what he sees. There is
no intelligence in matter . . . whether it be stone or iron, wood or flesh.
Matter is Vital Force crystallized into the pattern we have given it.
Mind is the only intelligence ... it alone is eternal ... it alone is
supreme in the Universe. Therefore, all Vital Force is good. It is only
our patterns that are at fault."

Before leaving Magnetism: The Universal 7 Am ' it is only proper to
discuss what I believe to be the greatest discovery pertaining to the
field of anthropological science. Scientists have long pondered the
question of what is culture? What constitutes culture? Why culture?

Cosmetology is called the science dealing with the effect of cosmic
phenomena on life. If we consider it from the standpoint of magnetism

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

and its effects on humanity and culture, it becomes sort of a science
of cultural magnetism.

In The Saucers Speak! a space intelligence said: "On your Earth there
are magnetic anomalies. Your scientists wonder why meteorites fall in
a pattern in certain locations over the world. They also wonder why
great civilizations are found where meteorites are found. The answer
is simple. The anomalies attract the meteorites, and these same
anomalies amplify Universal influx from outer space. Therefore, you
will find better living conditions, finer art and music and so on in the
same place you find the meteorites."

In geology, anomaly is a departure from the normal pull of "gravity" as
calculated for any particular place on the Earth's surface. Scientists say
that when positive, the anomaly indicates very heavy material beneath
the surface; when negative, very light material. Examples of such
magnetic anomalies are the Oregon Vortex; Mystery Spots at Santa
Cruz, San Jose, Guerneville, and Los Gatos, California; Mystery spot at
St. Augustine, Florida; and other locations are known to exist in
several places in the United States. There are a number of vortices in
the Ojai Valley, others in Canada, others in Mexico, etc. Scientists who
have investigated the strange anomalies have only concluded that they
know absolutely nothing about the causes for strange visual effects
and other distortions in the various anomalies.

An anomaly has its own vortex which is a sub-vortex of the Earth's
RMF. The anomaly acts as a Universal radio because it amplifies
everything coming in from outer space. Highly sensitive individuals
have strange experiences when they enter an anomaly area. Their
ability at reception is increased to a fantastic degree. If man on Earth
wants to communicate with other planets he should set-up his
equipment in one of these vortices!

One of the interesting phases of the study of meteorites is their
distribution over the surface of the Earth. If one would look at a world
map that shows the distribution of the iron meteorites, it would be
immediately seen that where the meteorites fall there is great
civilization or highly civilized peoples. This, as stated before, is
because meteorites are attracted to the anomalies, and the anomalies
are amplifiers of Universal knowledge constantly permeating all space
as the "music of the spheres." Great cultural centers are found over
and near such anomalies! The individuals living in such areas are

.globalgrey.c

45

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

receivers of this Universal knowledge and it manifests itself in great
works of art, music, literature, scientific achievement, architecture,
philosophy, etc. Depending on what vibration an individual is
operating in, he will create in one of these fields.

Here at last is the answer to: Why culture? Careful studies of geological
maps in connection with the number of cancer cases in different areas
showed Brunler that the radiation (vortical action?) of the Earth must
have an important bearing on this disease. Therefore everything man
does, thinks, says, creates, etc. is magnetic in nature! Magnetism is
truly the Universal 7 Am

A study of the major fault lines of Earth also shows that culture follows
these lines because magnetic anomalies are found along them as well
as volcanoes. Trace the fault lines on the world map of Plate II and see
where they cross areas of great cultural advancement. Remember, this
does not necessarily mean civilized centers. Native peoples have
created many wonderful cultural items that have never been equalled
in modern civilization.

Plate II. Major Fault Lines of the World

The many complex questions arising when origin of certain cultural
traits are discussed can be answered by investigation of anomaly areas

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

as they follow the fault zones of Earth. It is interesting to note here
that the Seven Shangri-Las or Seven Great Hidden cities mentioned by
Brown Landone are found directly over major fault lines of Earth! Any
center of cosmic truth preserving the ancient wisdom would have to
be located in such an area. Its inhabitants would require the
amplifying qualities of the anomaly in order to continue their higher
metaphysical research as masters.

Truly, God Provided-Man Divided! For all is magnetic, all is one, all is
God!

Spinoza said: "The Universe is ONE. There is no supernatural: all is
related, cause and sequence. Nothing exists but substance and its
modes of motion."

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

47 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In the Solex-Mal, this is the symbol for the "All-Seeing Eye," the "Light
of Creation," the four-pointed star stands for the Four Great Primary
Forces of Creation, the flower of twelve petals represents the twelve
planets.

Q s>

This is the symbol of the Solex-Mal, the Solar or Mother Tongue, the
universal language of all mankind. This language was the original
tongue once spoken on Earth by all people and is still used by the
inhabitants of other worlds in outer space. It is a symbolic,
pictographic language.

Solex means Solar, and Mai means Tongue. In Spanish, the word Mai
means bad, sin, evil, hurt, injury, illness. In the drawing heading this
chapter, we see the Solar Disc or Circle on the left. Extending out from
this disc, to the right, is a curved or curled tongue. Therefore, it is
literally a tongue as well as a language referring to a tongue.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

How did the word Mai meaning tongue come to signify evil and other
negative conditions? James 3:5-8 says: "Even so the tongue is a little
member, and boasteth great things. Behold, how great a matter a little
fire kindleth! And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the
tongue among our members, that it defileth the whole body, and
setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell. For
every kind of beasts, and of birds, and of serpents, and of things in the
sea, is tamed, and hath been tamed of mankind: But the tongue can no
man tame; it is an unruly evil, full of deadly poison.

Job 5:21: "Thou shaltbe hid from the scourge of the tongue: neither
shalt thou be afraid of destruction when it cometh."

I Peter 3:10: "For he that will love life, and see good days, let him
refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile."

Proverbs 10:20: "The tongue of the just is as choice silver: the heart of
the wicked is little worth."

Proverbs 12:18: "There is that speaketh like the piercings of a sword:
but the tongue of the wise is health."

Proverbs 12:19: "The lip of truth shall be established for ever: but a
lying tongue is but for a moment."

Proverbs 15:4: "A wholesome tongue is a tree of life: but perverseness
therein is a breach in the spirit."

Proverbs 18:21: "Death and life are in the power of the tongue: and
they that love it shall eat the fruit thereof."

Proverbs 21:23: "Whoso keepeth his mouth and his tongue keepeth
his soul from troubles."

Jeremiah 9:5: "And they will deceive every one his neighbor, and will
not speak the truth: they have taught their tongue to speak lies, and
weary themselves to commit iniquity."

Jeremiah 3:18: "My little children, let us not love in word, neither in
tongue; but in deed and in truth."

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Again in James, 1:26: "If any man among you seem to be religious, and
bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth his own heart, this man's
religion is vain."

In a Psalm of David, Psalm 39:1, we find: "I said, I will take heed to my
ways, that I sin not with my tongue: I will keep my mouth with a
bridle, while the wicked is before me."

There are many other references to the tongue of man in the Bible, but
those referred to will be sufficient to show how the word for tongue in
the original Mother Language came to be used in later languages and
meant bad or evil.

St. Matthew 15:11: "Not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a
man; but that which cometh out of the mouth, this defileth a man."

And in St. Matthew 15:17-20, Jesus said: "Do not ye yet understand,
that whatsoever entereth in at the mouth goeth into the belly, and is
cast out into the draught? But those things which proceed out of the
mouth come forth from the heart; and they defile the man. For out of
the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications,
thefts, false witness, blasphemies: These are the things which defile a
man: but to eat with unwashen hands defileth not a man."

Therefore, evil comes from the heart of man and the tongue is the
conveyor of that evil to other men. We must not translate Solex-Mal to
mean Solar Bad or Solar Evil. For originally there wasn't any evil in our
Solar System. Therefore, Solex-Mal means, simply, Solar Tongue. The
word Mai has come down to us from the dim past and is still used in
certain languages of our Earth.

The inhabitants of the Earth at one time spoke and used the Solar
Tongue. All anthropologists and linguists agree that at one time there
was only one language, and that from that one language all those
existing today came into being. The countless languages of Earth are
likened unto a tree with many branches. As we go from the top of the
tree we see the branches thinning out; suddenly there are only two or
three large branches; then we arrive at the single trunk. Science knows
what languages are represented by the two or three large branches,
but they have never yet discovered the original, parent language of
Earth. All languages of today are related to it.

.globalgrey.c

50

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Our Holy Bible wholly agrees with this theory, and tells us how many
languages came out of one. In Genesis 11:1-9, we read: "And the whole
earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass, as
they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of
Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let
us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for
stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build
us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us
make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the
whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower,
which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the
people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to
do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have
imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their
language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the
Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth:
and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called
Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the
earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face
of all the earth."

The Tower of Babel was built by Nimrod and intended to reach to
heaven. Nimrod, king of Babylon, wished for greater power and
decided to war on God. His tower of bricks in Shinar was built by six-
hundred-thousand men and was so tall that it took a year to reach the
top. From it some men shot arrows at the sky, and they came back
bloodied. When the tower was not quite finished, God sent seventy
angels to confuse the tongues of the workmen. One did not understand
the next; they fought, some were transformed into apes and demons,
and the survivors were scattered as the seventy nations on the face of
the earth. One third of the tower sank into the earth, one third was
burned, one third remained. Whoever passes the place where the
tower stood loses his memory completely. Tradition names the tower
of Birs-Nimrud at Borsippa as the original. The story may have been
inspired in the nomadic people by the ziggurats and the swarming
cosmopolitan life of the large Babylonian cities. Somewhat similar
legends accounting for the diversity of languages are found in Africa,
eastern Asia, and Mexico.

Ancient manuscripts tell us that at one time man on Earth lived in a
Golden Age and "spoke with angels." This simply means that in
Atlantis and Lemuria and before, Earth people were in constant

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

contact with beings from outer space or "angels." Through evil and
greed and lust, the Golden Age passed from the Earth and with it went
the ability to speak the Solex-Mal. We will again speak this "language
of angels," in the New Age now dawning.

Already we can see the evidence mounting that man needs a common,
universal language. The new language of science is "Interlingua". A
grammar and a dictionary of Interlingua has been published. This
publication climaxed twenty- five years of work by expert linguists
who developed the new language. It comes from some of the languages
of the western world and in its written form more closely resembles
Spanish than any other, although it also has French, Italian and English
words. It has a twenty-seven thousand word vocabulary, including
seventeen thousand scientific and technical terms which already have
wide international usage. The grammar is simpler than that of any of
the national languages and can be learned in a short time.

The following is written in Interlingua: "Energia es necessari pro toto
que occure in le mundo. In temporas passate le plus grande parge del
energia applicate esseva fornite per le fortia muscular del homies e del
animales domestic." The English translation of the above is: "Energy is
necessary for all that occurs in the world. In past times the greatest
part of the applied energy was furnished by the muscular strength of
men and domestic animals."

Interlingua is now a scientific language, but it could become a means of
international communication in other fields. For the greatest possible
progress in science it is essential that research workers know the
results of work along similar lines by investigators in other countries.
There should be a continual exchange of ideas and results. Wouldn't it
be wonderful if any person could travel through the world and
converse understandably with any literate person in any nation?

The new world interlanguage is Esperanto. It is steadily growing in
practical use in every civilized land. The pronunciation is simple, there
are no irregular verbs, and there are no exceptions to the few
grammatical rules. It is so constructed that a vocabulary is quickly
acquired. Esperanto short-wave broadcasts average one-hundred fifty-
five a month and it is taught in five-hundred and fifty schools and
colleges, some in the United States. It is being increasingly used by
business, and particularly by travel organizations to solve language
barriers.

.globalgrey.c

52

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The following is written in Esperanto, see how easy it really is:
"Inteligenta persono lernas la interlingvon Esperanto rapide kaj facile.
Esperonto estas la moderna, kultura lingvo por la internacia monda.
Simpla, fleksebla, praktika solvo de la problemo de generala
interkompreno, Esperanto meritas seriozan konsideron."

Bill Cunningham, in "The Boston Herald," said: "There can never really
be one world until there's one language . . . one working language that
the people running that world can speak, write and understand . . ."

Undoubtedly we need some sort of international language to surmount
the barriers that diverse languages have created ever since the
building of the Tower of Babel. The difficulty lies in getting people to
learn a tongue different from their own. Why learn an artificial
language, say the English-speaking nations, when English is so
eminently suitable? On the other hand, the French and the Germans
and the Italians stubbornly insist that French or German or Italian is
the best means of communication. However illogical such a position
might appear, one really can't blame them. So we need an
international language.

The meetings of the United Nations Security Council bear out this
need. Everything the Russian delegate says has to be translated into
English and French. Not only is this a waste of precious time, but it is
also a burden on those who understand Russian and French as well as
English. They have to listen to the delegate's words three times
running. If the delegate could speak in some international language,
much time would be saved and his speeches would have to be heard
only once.

Many of the old ways will be eliminated in the New Age. Even now we
can see the trend. We are now in a transitional stage to the Golden
Dawn just ahead of us. We will again "speak with angels," for we will
understand and speak the Solex-Mal, the original, and Universal
Mother Tongue of Creation.

The inhabitants of other worlds call our Earth Saras or Saros. Saros is a
Babylonian numeral representing sixty sixties or three-thousand six
hundred. It is also the Chaldean cycle of years, and in ancient Chaldean
it meant "repetition", or "repetition of cataclysms". A fitting word for
the Earth planet! Our world is also called Chan or Shan. This word also
describes our Earth very well, indeed! Our world has been termed the

.globalgrey.c

53 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"sorrowful planet". Perhaps the word sorrow came from saros; at least,
it sounds like it could have.

Eventually, dictionaries will not even be used, for the Solex-Mal is a
symbolic, pictographic language. When reading it in written form, one
interprets symbols instead of reading words. Therefore, a symbol will
be understood by all whether they have ever seen the particular
symbol before or not.

The following symbolic writing was received by our research group in
northern Arizona in 1952. It is believed to be written in Solex-Mal. It
has not been translated as yet. Some of it is Atlantean in character and
the signatures of prominent personages are in evidence. It is evidently
a complete message in itself.

TAUMA

RAU

www.globalgrey.co.uk

54

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

v Vi)

MAMMAU

*o'*

RAMDA

LENN-YAH

MU-NATAI

KAAR-MU-DUM

d a d a

J

MEXEL-TAUX-

MANILIL

.globalgrey.c

55 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

$

MASU-RA

lit!

MEXEL-MANU-

VEC

9 9 9

gJ

(—

RAGDA-MUNLIL

JOSH-TAU-

MAXIM

MESMAI

www.globalgrey.co.uk

56

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

LENNA
(Protruding
tongue symbols].

LENISH

LENMAL

LENVA

$

SHOSH (Snake-
form symbols].

.globalgrey.c

57 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

2

SHAP

a

%

D

$

SHOP'H

i

SHEN'LIL

a

F

FAMMA (Arms-

forward

symbols].

www.globalgrey.co.uk

58 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

ef

FAMMIL

ef

FAMMNAL

FAMMOSH

TT

ASAP'H

(Civilization on
world sphere].

w

ASAP'H-UN
(Civilization
under world
sphere].

SART-MUNDAI

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

EDEN-MAI (This
could be the
symbol for the
division in the
Garden of Eden].

XEN'PH-MAU

MAX-MAL-KISH-
ROK TAU-MUN

t \*4

(Signature of a
person].

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

AGASSI-PAN-
AGASSI-MALDEC-
TOM-MU (There
is reference here
to the planet
Maldek [c] and to
the Motherland of
Lemuria. (Mu).

•>cx-

EXTEL-HAI

r

UR

EIL

t-

MUS

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

.globalgrey.c

63 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

LESH-TAL

//V

PITASH-ROK
(Evidently
identical with
Pitach-Rhok,
mountains of
Poseid or
Atlantis.

eJJeU

IMELEX

U

UR-MUN ZELPH

SHAM-TOK-
MARU (The eight-
pointed star is
the "Star of
Baptism" or
"Regeneration.")

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

o<

MEP'TH-MAU

MEP

MEP'TH

NAAG

TESH

tusn

ELHIM-NAZ

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

RAGGA-DAHL

REG-MAHL (The
Four Great
Primary Forces
contained within
the Universe,
which, in turn, is
within the hand
of God].

.globalgrey.c

66 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

•pa

MAR-TOK-MARU

MAR-TOK-KAL

MAR-TOK (The
"shadowed" left
eye shows that
this individual
does not have
spiritual
perception].

TEC-LACMAL

@

RAP'H

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

M

PHAMMON (A
highly developed
individual
displaying many
accomplishments.
The "shadowed"
mouth shows
that his tongue
speaks no evil).

ots

.globalgrey.c

68 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hui

nt Williamson

URNA ("U" or

Urn-shaped

symbols].

URNAS

URNAN

<§v/^

URNEP'H

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

SHEO-SHEOI (To
the apples we salt
we return).

AKASH (Memory
of other lives.
Similar to Akasa
in the Sanskrit,
one of the five
elements of the
Sankhya
philosophy,
identified as
space, ether, or
sky. Devotees
who gaze upward
until stiffening
muscles prevent
change of facial
position are
termed Akas-
Mukhi, or "sky-
facers").

.globalgrey.c

70

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLAMMA (Past
lives

remembered by
memory stirred
through dreams].

A\

PLAMMA (New
experiences
discovered in
dreams.

"Plamma" means
forces active at
night].

ARAMMA (Force
or forces aiding
progression
upward; the road
to ever-
expanding
grandeur].

Much of the foregoing symbolism is similar to the ancient scroll
writing of the Atlanteans. Every written thought in Atlantis was a
challenge to the reader's mental development and a great variety of
translations could be given to the same scrolled copy. The scroll form
was used because it is symbolic of evolution, it is ever expanding.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Atlantis, however, used a modified form of the original Solex-Mal. So
we would expect to find great similarities if not exact duplications in
some cases.

Actually, there is nothing new under the sun; the New Age will not
really be "new" at all--we are only returning to that status which we
lost millennia ago.

In St. James 3:10, we find: "Out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing
and cursing. My brethren, these things ought not so to be."

Poisonous insects were often used in ancient times to symbolize the
deadly power of the human tongue--and it was an accurate portrayal.
But in the near future blessing and cursing will not proceed out of the
same mouth; the mouth that insists on cursing will be sealed up, but
the mouth which blesses will be the mouth that tastes of the fruit of
things promised.

Aphorismic statement was one of the favorite methods of instruction
used in the Pythagorean university of Crotona. One aphorism says:
"Govern your tongue before all other things, following the gods."

Just as science and religion will be one, so will all language be one
language-, the evil tongue will be silent and the wise tongue will
rejoice; we shall "follow the gods", for this is the promise of OTHER
TONGUES!

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

72

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

I was the first one to arrive at the footprints after the contact had been
made. I could see where the spaceman had deliberately scraped away
the top soil in order to get down to a more moist sand that would take
the impressions from carvings on the bottom of his shoes. I got down
on the ground in order to get a close observation of the symbols. The
carvings on the shoes must have been finely done for the impressions
left in the sand were clear-cut, well-defined and evidently of a high
order of workmanship.

The footprint symbols tell why men from outer space have come to
earth and what might happen if men on Earth refuse to live the
Universal Laws of the Infinite Father. There are many, many meanings
to the various symbols, and only a partial interpretation can be given
here. We must bear in mind that these are "out of this world" symbols;
however, since the planet Earth is a part of the Great Totality, we can
expect certain facts to remain constant throughout that Totality.

About eleven miles from Desert Center, Calif, toward Parker, Ariz. L.
McGinnis, L., Geo. Adamski, R.

.globalgrey.c

73

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Furthermore, in ancient times there was communication between the
Earth and other worlds. The ancient symbols of Earth are the symbols
of space beings, also.

Many people have asked: "If the space people are so intelligent why
didn't they just type out a message in English and hand it to you? That
would be so much more simple than all this footprint riddle business!"
These people forget that a typed sheet of words wouldn't be proof of
any such contact and besides, people like their "riddles", it makes them
think-and that's just what the space friends want. They made those
footprints in order to arouse curiosity, and through people's desire to
know what the symbols mean will come realization. They will get "in
tune" so to speak with the entire idea of visitors from space.

Geo. Adamski standing where Saucer had hovered. Only a few feet from
footprints.

Briefly, a breakdown of symbols shows the following:

1. Use Of Simplified Pictography: Pictographic representation would
almost be the same no matter where or by whom used. The forms used
are definitely limited.

2. Use Of Simple Dots And Lines: These would necessarily be the same
no matter what world they were used in. For example:

.globalgrey.c

74 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

[a] . Use of numeral 3 to represent Triune God-head; Body, Soul and
Spirit, etc.

(b) . Use of dots, smaller or larger as the case may be, to indicate
planets and respective satellites.

The author (far right) making the plaster casts. Mrs. Williamson, Bailey,
McGinnis, Wells (L to R).

Left Footprint. Arrow points to toe of track. (Compare with Plate IV.)

www.globalgrey.co.uk

75

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

How else could it be done?

3. Use Of A Footprint To Convey Desired Message:

[a] . After all, this would be a most simple way because the marks left
by the foot are ample proof of a contact and these same marks can be
studied; casts can be made of them; and photographs can be taken, etc.

(b) . Also, the foot-shape itself gives us a clue as to how to read the
message. We know that in walking we step on the heel and end of the
toe. Therefore, in reading the symbols, we start with the symbols on
the heel, proceed from there to the arch, and then to the toe symbols.

(c) . Also, each footprint, left and right, is to be taken as a unit in itself.
So, each one has a separate message to convey; yet, both are related in
an overall message.

[d] . We must also take into consideration the fact that the symbols that
were observed on the ground are exactly the reverse (direction] of the
symbols on the sole of the shoes making the impression of the prints. A
mold is always the opposite of the original, etc. However, our visitor
from Venus drew attention to the footprints themselves; not to the
soles of his shoes. So, the spaceman must have taken this fact into
consideration when planning the message and corresponding symbols.
We are not to read the symbols on the plaster casts, for as stated
above, they are the reverse of what should be read. In interpreting
these symbols then, we must keep all these facts in mind,
remembering them as they appeared on the ground originally.

.globalgrey.c

76

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Right Footprint. Arrow points to toe of track. (Compare with Plate VI.)

4. Use Of The So-Called Swastika And Other Symbols: The true clock of
the universe is in the form of a Swastika. It is the Big Dipper revolving
about the North Star. Some of the other symbols represent the form of
the star-grouping in certain constellations. How else would you show
these heavenly bodies and their arrangements except by drawings of
what they look like? These would, of course, be true universal symbols.
Certainly the spacemen wouldn't give us symbols we couldn't
understand. What good is a message if we don't know the meaning of
it? The form of certain constellations would be different as viewed
from other worlds, but space people would know what the form was
that appeared to men on Earth.

I made the plaster casts of the left and right footprint. From a
preliminary study of the casts (and drawings that had been made prior
to the pouring of the plaster) a partial reconstruction of the original
marks was made. Therefore, the drawings of the footprints as
reproduced in the Phoenix Gazette of November 24, 1952 were not
completely accurate. I had made hurried drawings from my field-notes
for immediate publication in the paper. Later, I did considerable work
on the casts and during certain tests many of the smaller symbols
came to light. Anyone, searching through the world's oldest records
would come to the same conclusions as I have.

.globalgrey.c

77 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

I took several photographs of the events on November 20, 1952. Five
of these photographs are re-produced in this book. (See Plate III, Fig.
1-5, pp. 96).

From the impression left by the LEFT FOOT, we get the following
interpretation:

PLATE IV. Left Footprint

A. The LEFT footprint (See Plate IV), taken as a total, represents things
Spiritual and Cause.

B. In reading the footprint, we read from heel to toe; for when stepping
we begin on the heel and end on the toe. Therefore, the footprint
message should be read from bottom to top.

C. That which is represented on the arch is chief, principle or prime.
The Sign of the Archer is also on the arch.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

78

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

D. On the heel we see a simple pictographic story. The "7"-shaped
figures appear to be like simple bird forms denoting flight. We see a
tilted Saucer in the shape of an open mouth (oval) symbolizing the fact
that spacemen have a message to give to their brothers on the Earth.
There seems to be a system of 3's represented:

(1) Saucer oval

(2) "7"-shaped figures (also made up of two lines each)

(3) Three circles or dots

There is clockwise motion here as in swastika symbols on the right
footprint. This shows that the planetary bodies represented are in
constant motion. The planets in what we call the first, second, and
third orbits are shown:

(1) Mercury

(2) Venus

(3) Earth

Also, the two "7"-shaped figures seem to form an enclosure around
two of the planet symbols and the oval Saucer figure. This shows that
these two planets are connected with the landing contact and personal
interview, but Mercury is not. In other words, a space craft has come
from Venus and made contact with Earth. The three circles or dots
used to represent these three planets are drawn roughly to scale.
Therefore, one can immediately see what circle represents what
planet, etc.

E. On the arch we see nine separate lines drawn and used to construct
the symbols here. The numeral 9 was assigned as the symbol of Life
Force by the ancients. The esoteric meaning is: "to revolve in circles or
orbits". Here too, is undoubtedly the secret of Saucer propulsion. The
utilization of universal or cosmic energy. No fuel is needed, except the
ideal "fuel" of the Universe itself in the form of some type or
adaptation of electro-magnetism. The three lines, above the arrow-like
figure, represent the equation: one plus one equals three. In
otherwords, by adding the laws of attraction and repulsion we get

.globalgrey.c

79

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

manifestation or propulsion. The two upper vertical, curved lines
represent the forward motion of the space craft, and since they do not
meet, and can never meet, they curve away and outward from each
other. This shows that the propulsion force is to be found throughout
the Universe. We also find a more spiritual message in the symbols on
the arch. The arrow-like figure represents one whose faith is low. One
whose spirit acknowledgeth the gift of spirits, but not the All person.
The three horizontal lines directly above indicates that the spacemen
have found three different types of people on Earth. One type believes
only in earthly or material things; another believes in things spiritual;
and the third has faith and believes in the All Creator. Unless a man
puts away the materialism that is in him, he cannot rise to the
emancipated heavens of the Creator. Also, the two lines extending
upward represent the upraised arms of a man seeking. The Universal
prayer of mankind. The Creator has sent people from outer space to
guide Earthmen as they free themselves from darkness and bondage.
These spacemen, in the name of the Infinite Father, will raise up men
with eyes to see and ears to hear. This message is therefore
proclaimed to all the inhabitants of the Earth.

PLATE V. Left Footprint

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Therefore, the LEFT footprint shows that our brothers from outer
space have come to the Earth to let us know our own spiritual
condition at this time and to show us how this condition can be
improved. It also shows by what method they arrived here.

The symbols in both footprints bear a strong resemblance to a crude
drawing of a fish. We must also take into consideration the fact that a
built-up layer was superimposed on the flat sole of the original shoe.
Since this section was added to the bottom of the shoe it must mean
that we are only to consider that part and omit the general outline and
shape of the foot itself. When we do this we immediately recognize the
outline of a fish. (See Plate V).

In the LEFT footprint, that which appears to be the eye of a fish, is also
a geometrical figure known as Vesica Piscis. It is a rough outline of a
fish itself, formed by two curves joined at extremities. It was held in
high veneration in ancient times. In pictorial art, the Vesica Piscis is
the oval aureole or glory within which the early painters depicted
figures of Christ, the Virgin, or an apostle. It is an emblem that
replaced the earlier figure, the fish or Ichthus, and is found on the
sarcophagi of the catacombs, in medieval symbolism, seals, etc. The
broad arrow found here was also in use since earliest times, and was
found on all ancient buildings.

The fish was frequently associated with world saviors. Vishnu was
expelled from the mouth of a fish. The Egyptian Isis is often shown
with a fish on her headdress. Oannes, the Chaldean savior, is depicted
with the head and body of a fish from which his own form protrudes at
various points. Christ was symbolized by a fish. The mysterious Greek
name of Jesus means a fish. Ichthus-used in early Christian art as a
symbol, because the letters of this word are the initials of the Greek
words: Jesous CHristos THeou Uios Soter (Jesus Christ, Son of God.
Savior]. Therefore, the first monogram of the Christians was a fish.
Oannes came out of the sea, was amphibious. He brought to the
Chaldeans their culture, showed them how to build cities, and retired
again to the sea. Quetzalcoatl, the Mexican Toltec hero-god, is
represented by a whale which rose out of the sea; the old serpent
covered with feathers who lies in the ocean. He, too, was amphibious
and was known as "the Heart of the Sea". And he, too, reputedly
brought to his people their culture.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In some ancient records, the planet Venus is symbolized by a fish. In
connection with the fish symbol we should consult the Holy Bible. In
St. Matthew 12:38-41, we read: "Then certain of the scribes and of the
Pharisees answered, saying, Master, we would see a sign from thee.

But he answered and said unto them, An evil and adulterous
generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it,
but the sign of the prophet Jonas: for as Jonas was three days and three
nights in the whale's belly; so shall the Son of man be three days and
three nights in the heart of the earth. The men of Nineveh shall rise in
judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: because they
repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is
here."

Again, in St. Matthew 16:3-4, we read: "And in the morning, It will be
foul weather to-day: for the sky is red and lowering. 0 ye hypocrites,
ye can discern the face of the sky; but can ye not discern the signs of
the times? A wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign;
and there shall no sign be given unto it, but the sign of the prophet
Jonas."

As we continue to study the symbols of the LEFT footprint, we see 3
bars above an arrow-like figure. If we consider the fish symbol here, it
is interesting to read, Jonah 2:6: "I went down to the bottoms of the
mountains; the earth with her bars was about me for ever; yet hast
thou brought up my life from corruption, 0 Lord my God."

Here we find reference to the "earth with her bars". We consider the
Earth to be in the third orbit, so the three bars could stand for that fact.
Also in Jonah we find reference to "the earth with her bars was about
me for ever; yet hast thou brought up my life from corruption". So, too,
we find the two expanding lines above the third bar going upward or
outward, away from the head of the fish symbol. Also, remember,

Jonah was in the belly of the fish three days and three nights.

Feet themselves, represent the natural, external plane of life in contact
with the world; and the feet of the spaceman represent the contact and
presence of space beings with Earthmen and the Earth planet.

Swedenborg says that a fish symbolizes sensual affections which are
the ultimate affections of the natural man. Also, those who are in
common truths, which are also ultimates of the natural man. Also,
those who are in external falses.

.globalgrey.c

82

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Their likeness to birds (swimming of fishes; flying of birds] suggests
that fishes correspond to affections for intellectual activity. And what
does the fact that they live in the water instead of the air show in
regard to the kind of thoughts to which they have relation? Plainly the
fishes of the mind enjoy a lower, less spiritual kind of thought than the
birds. The water, which is their home, corresponds to truth of a
natural kind-truth of natural science, of worldly industries, of the
letter of the Word, and of practical right and wrong.

An interest in gathering facts of science is a hungry fish swimming in
the water and devouring all the little creatures which come within his
reach. And presently some larger fish swallows up our little fish with
many others like him. So stronger, broader, scientific minds absorb the
observations of smaller minds and deduce from them the great
principles of science. There is in ourselves an enjoyment in grasping
the broader principles of knowledge, which feeds upon our special
interests in particular subjects. This is a larger fish feeding upon the
little ones.

The interest in knowledge of worldly affairs is also a spiritual fish,
which feeds with eager appetite upon our observations of the world,
and may in turn contribute to a noble interest in tracing the Creator's
providence in worldly affairs. So too, an absorbing interest in the
external forms of worship, are fishes which may easily become food
for more spiritual affections. But these same fishes-affections for
gathering natural knowledge, are bad when they refuse to minister to
the spiritual life, and at-tending only to the evidences of the senses, fall
into many errors which they eagerly confirm.

In Genesis 1:20-21, 26 and Psalm 8:6-8, we see that man on Earth is
supposed to have dominion over the fish of the sea. These can be the
spiritual fish (affections] and man is told he must have control over
them.

In St. Matthew 13:47-49, we find: "Again, the kingdom of heaven is like
unto a net, that was cast into the sea, and gathered of every kind:
Which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat down, and
gathered the good into vessels, but cast the bad away. So shall it be at
the end of the world: the angels shall come forth, and sever the wicked
from among the just."

.globalgrey.c

83

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In St. Matthew 4:18-19, St. Luke 5:3-11, St. John 21:1-13, we see the
disciples as fishers of men. They would also be fishers in the sense that
it would be their duty and privilege to lift men up from the sea of
atmosphere of natural worldly life into the air and sunshine of true
spiritual life.

Therefore, we see that the space people are now present with us on
Earth and are attempting to lift us up out of our present stricken
condition into a fuller, more satisfying existence, by their guidance and
aid. At one time the world was in the Age of Taurus, The Bull. The
Egyptians worshiped Apis or Hap, a sacred bull. And a calf was
worshipped by the Israelites in the desert during the exodus from
Egypt. Then came the Age of Aries, The Ram. The men of David's time
were shepherds-shepherds in the Age of the Ram. King David, Jacob,
Moses, Cyrus the Mede, all these had been shepherds, and the Psalms
speak of God leading the multitudes as if they were his precious sheep-
fold. Then came the age we are just now leaving-Pisces, the Age of the
Fishes.

Each of these ages lasts approximately two thousand years. However,
each one is usually about two thousand, one hundred and fifty years
long, and the passing from one such age into another is always
accompanied by both external and internal storm and stress such as
the world is now going through. The last change took place about two
thousand years ago when Jesus came on the earthly scene as the Great
Piscean Avatar or Teacher-and the new world that formed itself from
that turbulent era and area was the western Christian civilization that
we know today. Since this great enterprise has worked itself out and
fulfilled its mission, it is now drawn to a close, and the New Age of the
Water-Bearing Aquarius is upon us.

As a Piscean Master, Jesus fed the multitude with fish; he walked on
the water; his followers were fishermen, and as we said above, he
made them fishers of men. Clement of Alexandria enumerates the fish,
the anchor, the ship and fisherman as fitting objects to be employed by
the Christians on their seals and lamps. These are all Water-Fish-Age
symbols. An early Christian drawing shows the Church, in the form of a
ship, borne by Christ amidst the storm and stress of life. Pisces is a
rainy constellation, bringer of storms, and controls the fate of sailors.
Since the time of Christ the world has progressed along avenues that
dealt almost entirely with water. For several hundred years all of
man's ambitions were wrapped up in the seas and oceans. He traveled

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

by sails to the far corners of the world; he became a great explorer
using the waterways of the world to serve him in his quest. The result
was the discovery of new lands in the West, and new frontiers
promised new life and new hope for mankind. The darkness and
brutality of the Middle Ages was forgotten in these new-found lands,
and man as a spiritual being leaped to the challenge of development.

Until very recently, our great sources of power were nothing but
waterpower. We had steam engines for this and that; we built great
dams to conserve this power. Only a few years ago man took to the air;
but he had always longed to fly. Primitive man had watched the eagle
with envy.

Man graduated as a shepherd (Aries), and as a Fisherman (Pisces), and
now he becomes a Gardener in Aquarius the New Air Age. This title
expresses the kind of work that he has to do in his new role.
Psychologists insist that the conscious and the subconscious minds
stand almost exactly in the relationship of gardener and garden. The
gardener sows his seed in the soil that he has prepared; he waters the
ground, and selects a site upon which the sun will shine-but he does
not try to make the seed grow. He leaves that to Nature. Therefore, we
speak the Word but we leave it to Divine Power to make the
demonstration. The dominant note of the New Age then is Spiritual
development and Spiritual demonstration.

It takes mankind about twenty-six thousand years to go through the
class of twelve lessons about the Creator, which we call the Zodiac. We
have gone through these lessons many times before, and we will have
to repeat them in the future, but each time we go through the same
lessons at a much higher level with a different quality of knowledge,
for it is not an endless circle, but an upward reaching spiral. The
change we are now experiencing is not a change brought about by
merely passing from one Sign or Age to another, such as happened in
passing from Taurus into Aries, or Aries into Pisces; our present
change is not one brought about by a two-thousand year plus cycle,
but brought about by the ending of a Solar Year, or twenty-six
thousand years. That is why we are now going through a great
upheaval; physically, mentally and spiritually.

The LEFT footprint therefore, taken as a whole, can signify the Piscean
Age; and that Age has ended, for the fish is trampled underfoot!

.globalgrey.c

85

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

From the impression left by the RIGHT FOOT, we get the following
interpretation:

A. The RIGHT footprint (See Plate VI), taken as a total represents
things Material and Effect.

B. In reading the footprint, we read from heel to toe; for when stepping
we begin on the heel and end on the toe. Therefore, the footprint
message should be read from bottom to top.

C. That which is represented on the arch is chief, principle or prime.
(The symbol here of three dots can mean: Since; Because; Equals;
Result In; For The Reason Of).

D. On the heel we see the Clock of the Universe going in a clockwise
direction. In the center we see one circle (dot). This represents or
symbolizes the Creator, the Infinite; the curved arms symbolize the
Four Great Primary Forces; the arms project from the circle in the
center, and being joined to the circle, they are coming from it. That is,
these forces emanate from the Creator. The swastika, popularly called
a "good luck symbol" and one of the many symbols of the Four Great
Primary Forces, was a favorite among the ancients throughout the
world and still clings to the hearts of present (Masonic, etc.) humanity.
Pythagoras on his return from Egypt taught that the numeral 4
referred to the Great Creative Forces of the Universe. The legend is
that: "At the command of the Creator the Four Great Primary Forces
built the universe and all therein.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Plate VI. Right Footprint

They . . . the Four Great Builders, the Heavenly Architects and
Geometricians, the Four Great Strong Ones . . . built the earth and
formed its life." The swastika symbol evolved from the simple cross
symbol, and both are among the most ancient symbols of Earth. The
swastika is the Key to Universal Movements. Since Four Great Primary
Forces were used in Creation, and are now governing the movements
of all bodies throughout the Universe, these forces are working from
West to East, and carry all celestial bodies in the direction of West to
East. These forces by their actions cause the revolving bodies to
continue their force, so that apparently the force comes from the
movements of the body. The atomic element is simply a collector,
carrier, and distributor of the portions of primary forces that have
been handed to it; atomic force does not obtain its energy from
elements of the atom. By smashing the atom the flow of forces through
it is destroyed. The ancients used the flow, they did not destroy it. This
power is the Will and Command of the Infinite. The esoteric or hidden
meaning of the swastika was known by the priesthood and this
meaning was not communicated to the layman. (See Plate XVII" p.

.globalgrey.c

87

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

253). The swastika is an ancient sign in India and is sacred for it was
one of the body marks of the Lord Buddha and has a solemn meaning
among both Brahmans and Buddhists. The swastika has been said to
resemble the apparatus used prehistorically to make fire and thus
represents sacred fire, living flame. Milani thought it was a symbol of
the sun and "seems to denote its daily rotation".

Or it may be lightning, the storm, the Aryan pantheon; benediction,
good omen. The swastika is very ancient and widespread for it was
used in Crete, in ancient Rome, on Celtic rocks in Scotland, rock
carvings in Sweden and throughout the Orient. The wheel cross, which
is thought for Stone Age man to have symbolized the sun, is displaced
in the Bronze Age by the swastika. American Indians of the pre-
Columbian period used this cross for a number of purposes. The most
frequently mentioned is as a symbol of the four directions which were
important in Indian ritual. It has also been identified as a wind symbol,
storm symbol, and phallic meanings have been attributed to it. If the
cross pieces point to the right, it is a lucky sign; if they point to the left
it is an unlucky sign. In China the swastika was the symbol of a
benevolent society. The word swastika comes from the Sanscrit and in
Northern Europe it was called Fylfot. In China it is known as Wan. This
is especially interesting because in "The Saucers Speak!" Wan-4 was a
representative of the Safanian Solar System. And Wan is the Chinese
word for swastika. Also notice the use of the numeral 4. Apparently,
from the beginning the Four Great Primary Forces, called in the most
ancient writings the Sacred Four, have played a cardinal part in man's
religion. It would appear that most of the ancient theology was based
on their workings, and many theological lines and divergences sprang
from them. Another ex-ample of "God Provided-Man Divided". The
Sacred Four are still very much with us. But just what are these four?
Since the arrival of friends from outer space it is possible to know the
true meaning of this sacred number. The Four Great Primary Forces
are: Static Magnetic Field; Electro-Static Field; Electro-Magnetic Wave;
Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. Ancient temples were dedicated to
these Sacred Four as representative and symbolic of the almighty
power of the Creator. Ancient man at one time on Earth understood
the true meaning of the Sacred Four, but later this meaning was lost to
him; however, it continued to be used in rituals and thus was handed
down from generation to generation. These Sacred Four were the
Executors of the Seven Great Commands of Creation. The ancient
conception was: "In the beginning chaos reigned throughout the
universe, which was in darkness and without sound. Then the Creator,

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

desiring to create worlds, commanded His Four Great Forces to
establish law and order in the universe so that creations might
commence. When law and order became established the Creations
were carried out by the Sacred Four according to His desires and
commands." Apparently all ancient peoples had their special names for
the Sacred Four according to their language; some had scores of names
for them. They were designated as: The Sacred Four, the Four Great
Ones, the Four Powerful Ones, the Four Strong Ones, the Four Great
Kings, the Four Great Maharajas, the Four Great Builders, the Four
Great Architects, the Four Great Geometricians, the Four Great Pillars
of the Universe, the Four Genii, the Amshaspands by the Mazdeans, the
Elohim and Seraphs by the Hebrews, the Rabiri and Titons in Hesiod's
theogony, etc. Not only did the Sacred Four get sundry names
bestowed upon them by various people; but symbols in the form of
crosses were designated to emphasize the names. The swastika, itself,
always retained a warm corner in the people's hearts. As said before,
this symbol is found throughout the world in all ages from ancient
Mexico to early American Mound Builder to Egyptian, etc. Therefore,
in the heel, we see the Four Great Forces emanating from Deity, and
traveling from West to East around a center. Why do we look to the
most ancient symbols for interpretive material? This is because "We
have found in the most ancient records of the Aryan language proof
that the indications of religious thought are higher, simpler, and purer
as we go back in time, until at last, in the very oldest compositions of
human speech which has come down to us, we find the Divine Being
spoken of in the sublime language which forms the opening of the
Lord's Prayer." (Duke of Argyll]. Remember, the swastika was
primarily a sun symbol and was associated with Apollo. It has always
been associated with those who apparently came to Earth to teach
men better ways of living; of governing themselves; agricultural
methods; and greater appreciation of the physical form in beauty and
perfection. Therefore, the swastika is not indigenous to Earth. It is
certain that this ancient symbol came to the people on Earth from a
source in outer space and was then incorporated into religious beliefs
on this planet. So, it is not too difficult to see that it would be very
useful and would find its way into a universal symbol. All men
everywhere would understand the significance of the Sacred Four and
the Creator. In the book, "Astronomy" by Arthur M. Harding, Ph.D., in
the section entitled "The Clock In The Northern Sky" we find: "The
Great Bear is the oldest of the constellations. It moves slowly around
the pole star, making one complete circuit in twenty-four hours. Here
is a Celestial Clock that never runs down, requires no attention and is

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

always absolutely accurate. From this natural clock the expert
astronomer can get his time with an error of only a few minutes if he
knows the day of the month. When the Dipper is below the pole star it
is in its natural position. Six hours later it will be standing on the end
of its handle on the East side of the pole. At the end of twelve hours it
will be upside down and over the pole and at the end of eighteen hours
it will be found West of the pole and standing on its bowl. The Dipper
is directly over the pole in May, West of the pole in August, directly
beneath the pole in December and East of the pole in late February."
Taking this description of the Great Bear Constellation into
consideration we find we have a definite swastika design that is, by
drawing, a clockwise swastika. However, it moves counter-clockwise
around the pole star. (See Plate VII, Fig. 1).

N.rIK, PJeSt.r

(PaltWs)

* FettMilkftut

Fi». a | (A r xviuO

A r ta -' r «s~ T A U e am

(WUt)

So it is easy to see why the space people might very well use the
swastika as a universal symbol or emblem.

Now we will interpret the four symbols that are drawn between the
four arms of the swastika in the Right Heel. The early writings of the

.globalgrey.c

90

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Persians and the Chinese tell us that there were Four Bright Stars in
the sky that protected and watched over the others. Notice the use of
the Sacred Four again. These stars were said to be in the West, the
North and the South. These positions evidently corresponded to the
Vernal Equinox, the Autumnal Equinox, the Winter Solstice and the
Summer Solstice--the Four Cardinal points of the sky. If we turn the
Zodiac back to where it was five-thousand years ago we find four
bright stars in the Four Cardinal points of the heavens. (See , Fig. 2). If
we look into the sky in the vicinity of these four points we can find no
stars of any considerable brightness and we perhaps may be inclined
to doubt the accuracy of this ancient literature or to wonder whether
the four bright stars have faded considerably during the intervening
years. However, we must recall that, because of the westward
precession of the equinoxes, the Four Cardinal points do not have the
same location with reference to the stars as they had ages ago for the
constellations of the Zodiac are continually slipping in an easterly
direction with reference to the Vernal Equinox. Therefore, we must
study the Zodiac as the Persians and other ancients saw it! Suppose we
turn the Zodiac back (westward] through sixty degrees (60°]. Imagine
our surprise at finding four bright stars: Aldebaran, Antares, Regulus,
and Fomalhaut-almost exactly in the places assigned to them by the
Persians. Since the Zodiac has slipped through sixty degrees in about
five-thousand years we can tell approximately when the observations
of these ancient peoples were made. Of the four bright stars that the
Persians and Chinese said were in the Four Cardinal points of the
Zodiac, Aldebaran is in the constellation Taurus (the Bull], Antares is
in Scorpio (which Abraham and his followers called the Eagle],

Regulus is in Leo (the Lion], and Fomalhaut is in the outskirts of the
constellation Aquarius (which was usually represented by a man
pouring water out of a vessel]. It was, therefore, natural for early
peoples to think of four living creatures-the Bull, the Eagle, the Lion,
and the Man-as being situated in the four principle points of the
Zodiac-the Vernal Equinox, the Autumnal Equinox, the Winter Solstice
and the Summer Solstice. Although the Persians and Chinese seem to
have been more interested in the four stars than in the constellations
with which they were associated, the early Hebrew writer called
special attention to the Four Living Creatures. An interesting bit of
evidence that the constellations of the Zodiac have been slipping
around the Celestial Sphere since the very dawn of history is to be
found in the Book of Ezekiel and in Revelation. It is obvious from the
descriptions of the "wheels" made by the Prophet Ezekiel that here
was a landing of four Saucers and their respective pilots or occupants.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

However, this is discussed in detail in this book under The Prophets in
the section called: Other Flesh. We see in Ezekiel 1:10: "As for the
likeness of their faces, the cherubim, they had the face of a man; and
they four had the face of a lion on the right side; and they four had also
the face of an ox (bull) on the left side; they four also had the face of an
eagle." In Revelation 4:6-7, we read: "And round about the throne, four
living creatures full of eyes before and behind. And the first creature
was like a lion, and the second creature like a calf (bull), and the third
creature had the face of a man, and the fourth creature was like a
flying eagle." It is obvious that the writers of the above passages were
referring to the symbols of the constellations or four bright stars as
they appeared in the Zodiac about five thousand years ago. The four
bright stars associated with the Bull, the Eagle, the Lion, and the Man
were situated at the Vernal Equinox, the Autumnal Equinox, the
Winter Solstice and the Summer Solstice, and, according to Chinese
legends, kept watch over all the others. Therefore, we can get a fairly
accurate interpretation of the four symbols drawn between the four
arms of the swastika in the Right heel\ First of all, for simplicity, let us
look at the symbol drawn in the upper right hand section of the

swastika. It looks like: 1/ This symbol is V-shaped and very closely
resembles the V-shaped constellation or star group known as Taurus
(the Bull).

Plate VIII. Fig. 1: Aquarius. Fig. 2: Taurus

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

(See Plate VIII, Fig. 2). In the lower right hand section we see: IS\*
This symbol closely resembles the star grouping in the constellation of
Leo (the Lion]. (See Plate IX, Fig. 1]. In the lower left hand section we

see: 7 This symbol closely resembles the fishhook-shape of the

star group in Scorpio (the Eagle]. (See Plate IX, Fig. 2]. In the upper left

hand section we see: LT This symbol resembles the main star
grouping in Aquarius (the Man]. (See Plate VIII, Fig. 1]. Therefore, we
can see why the four symbols have been drawn between the four arms
of the swastika instead of at the four points. It is because now these
four constellations of the Zodiac have slipped into a more Easterly
direction. So, the swastika in the heel is definitely the Universal Time
Piece or Clock. Its position indicates where those constellations
are today. The diagram on Plate X, Fig. 1 shows the four symbols from
the heel representing the four constellations and their relative
positions five-thousand years ago. The drawing on the heel itself
shows their relative positions today. (See Plate X, Fig. 2].

PLATE IX

R«)itfuf

F^. x SCORPIO
PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Leo. Fig. 2. Scorpio

.globalgrey.c

93

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLATE X

We can see that the four arms of the swastika have moved clockwise in
an Easterly direction. When thinking of the swastika as the Universal
Clock, the center of it represents the pole star Polaris; when thinking
of it as pointing to the four constellations and showing their present
position, the center represents the Sun. By looking at Plate XI, and
moving the swastika arms sixty degrees to the East (Right) one can
readily see the meaning of Plate X.

.globalgrey.c

94

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLATE XI

PLATE XI

Therefore, our space brothers are showing us the position of the four
constellations as they are in the heavens at this time. Here they have
given us the key to Universal Movement-from West to East
and constant.

The use of the sacred four numeral is world-wide and very ancient. It
has been claimed by the ancients that there are Four Ages of Man
through which this Earth has already passed. Each of the Ages ended
in catastrophe. We are said to be now living in the Fifth Great Age of
the planet Earth. In the center of the Aztec calendar stone the Sun-God
Tonatiuh is depicted and the Aztec history of the world divides Earth
events into Five Suns or Ages. The first four Ages were ended
successively by a jaguar, a hurricane, a fire and a flood. Our present
Sun or Age is supposed to be destroyed by an earthquake. Amazing
new interpretations of the Aztec calendar stone are now being made
by research scientists. Evidently the stone tells the same prophetic
story that can be found in the interpretation of the Great Pyramid of
Gizeh. It says that there are pyramids in North America and that they
were somehow hidden when the white man began his march on
America from Mexico. From the idea of a clock we immediately think
of the passage of time or of past events or cataclysms that have
transpired on Earth. So, the four could also stand for these past Ages.
The fact that they are passed Ages is shown by the arms of the
swastika being moved in a Easterly direction. It also seems that the

.globalgrey.c

95

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

symbols of the Bull, Eagle, Lion and Man were used (or drawn] on the
sides of the four Saucers seen by the Prophet Ezekiel to show that man
as Man is to be found everywhere in the Creation, throughout the
Omniverse. The Universe extends out from small Earth in all Cardinal
directions of North, East, South and West. And, as the ancients
believed, these four "royal" stars (or suns of other inhabited worlds]
were watching over all the rest! There is little doubt that Ezekiel saw
four Saucers-complete with portholes, a type of landing-gear, pilots
and emblems. As for the difference in the angles of the bent arms of
the swastika in the heel, is seems this could represent the unbalance in
this section of the Universe at the present time, and it might also
indicate the change that will automatically take place in the Big Dipper
star grouping as time goes on. But, since it represents a clock, why
shouldn't it show past, present, and future? The four points of the
swastika also mean many more things. (See Plate XVII].

E. On the arch we see the symbol of three dots. This means: Because of.
Therefore, this could stand for future catastrophe. Because of what has
happened to four Ages of Earth represented in the heel. Three stars or
dots always represented a Triune God in ancient times. And when you
have the Triune God or Creator you have effect and result. The sacred
three is exclusively ascribed to the Supreme Deity and means a "work
of perfection". So we can see why three dots represent: Because of. For
example: Because of the Creator worlds were formed, etc. These three
small dots represent Body (Mortal]; Soul (Mind]; and Spirit
(Immortal]. We can see that Body is below. Above, and more closely
together and associated are Soul and Spirit. Man's soul knows truth of
the spirit; body is farther removed and is shown as a larger dot
because physical manifestation is of such importance to Earth. These
three dots form an inverted or upside-down triangle. The crossed lines
between Soul and Spirit show that this is the meeting place (origin]
where the Mortal Body below, of a lower vibratory rate, obtains
Universal Truth. One line, which separates Soul (Mind] from Spirit
leads directly into the joined lines forming the oval. The other line
separating Spirit from Soul (Mind] does not connect directly with the
oval but seems to be trying to penetrate the edges, not yet having
gained entrance but attempting it. This is similar to the sperm entering
the egg to fertilize it. In other words, things of the Soul (Mind] have
entered into this section of the Universe and Man has received it. But
things of the Spirit (Immortal] have not entered this section of the
Universe except to a limited degree to the other planets. This can be
seen as a club-like figure in the section of the planet Mars to be

.globalgrey.c

96

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

extending itself into the edge-line of the oval and is directly beneath
the meeting place of the line from things of Spirit (Immortal] with the
edge-line of the oval. The two crossed lines are not entering this
section of the Universe equally, therefore there is a definite state of
unbalance here.

F. The swastika within the oval figure again represents the Sacred
Four. The oval itself is once again the Vesica Piscis and many of the
symbols are contained within this oval. It is similar to the aureole of
sacred art. This is a radiance enveloping the whole figure of Christ, or
any sanctified being. Sometimes it is an oval and sometimes it is nearly
circular in form. The swastika here divides the oval into four sections.
These can represent four separate "rooms" or "houses" in this part of
the Universe. The two horizontal arms are composed of spear or
arrow-like heads. The head or point of an arrow, spear or javelin are
ancient symbols showing the Forces are active. First of all, we have the
planet Mercury represented in the upper right hand section. The
trefoil, or three-leaved flower design with stern represents this planet
as being in the State of the Flowering of Perfection. A trefoil is an
ornamental foliation of three divisions or foils. What more perfect
symbol to show the Triune Godhead! The symbol representative of All
Perfection here represents "flowering" of this Complete Perfection
itself. Here, also, could be perfect harmony of Body, Soul and Spirit.

Going to the upper left hand section we find the planet Venus. We see
no moons here and there were none for Mercury, either. Here are two
wedge-shaped figures symbolic of "Builders of Foundation for
Universal Truth". A wedge is a piece tapering to a thin edge and used
in raising heavy bodies. This means the raising of the Mortal to unite
or meet the Immortal in Man. Cuneiform characters have a wedge-
shaped stroke. These characters were used anciently in writing in
Persia, Assyria, etc. So, we can see why these figures symbolize
constructiveness or "building"-in the spiritual, not the material sense.

Going to the lower left section we find the planet Mars. Only one
satellite is shown here, although Mars has two artificial moons.
Possibly two satellites were originally shown, but because of
inaccurate drawing and casting one has been lost. There have been
many strange tales told about these satellites in past history. Ancient
poets knew of these two moons before their discovery by Asaph Hall
in 1877. Ancient astrological works mention them. For more
information on them see Maldek and Malona in this book in the section

.globalgrey.c

97

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

called: Other Tongues. Below Mars in this section of the drawing we
see a strange, club-like figure running into the outer edge-line of the
oval. This represents the fact that the people of Mars have more
revelation of Universal Truth coming from the Triune Creator below.
However, it is not a complete revelation symbolized by the fact that
the line from things of Spirit does not join the club-like figure, but
instead, rests just above it. Still, there is a connection and therefore an
influx from the sources below. It will be noticed that there are no lines
coming into the top half of the oval as they are below. There have been
more complete revelations in these sections of Mercury and Venus.
Each small dot that represents a planet is in relative size to the other
dots.

Going to the lower right hand section we find the planet Earth. Here
we see the known Moon of Earth and the "Dark Moon" or second Moon
of Earth. The "Dark Moon" is mentioned in records of great antiquity
throughout the world. We see a thin, vertical line almost extending to
the outer edge-line of the oval. Therefore, there is a seeking on Earth; a
desire in Earthmen's hearts and soul to reach the Infinite Source of All
Wisdom and Knowledge of Universal Truth. These truths are, in turn,
embodied in Soul and Spirit represented below. But this line has not
made a direct connection as yet. Compare it with the parallel line in
the Mars section. It only lacks the club-like appendage, and it too, will
make a connection.

Now let us look at the two horizontal arms again. We see that the
arrow-like head on the left is pointing downward. This indicates
clearly that Mars is directly beneath or behind Venus in State of
Progression. The one on the right is pointing upward, showing that
Mercury and Venus both are above Mars and the Earth in State of
Progression. You will notice there is nothing beneath the Earth.
Therefore, this planet is in the lowest State of Progression in this
section of the Universe, and especially in this Solar System.

Now we go to the dark oval on top of the vertical, open oval. The
material meaning here is that the oval stands for the planet Saturn.
This dark oval appears to be a sort of balance on top of the
entire toe symbol. Saturn knows Mind of Total Universe. Here is found
the greatest mechanical advancement in our Solar System. Saturn is
the Balancer of the System pointing out wrongs from rights. It enforces
the law of compensation: "As ye sow, so shall ye reap." This is in line
with Divine Will. We can see Saturn here with its rings in the oval

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

form. The oval is an ancient symbol of the mouth. Saturn, as dispenser
of Justice throughout this System is the "mouth" that conveys the
Knowledge of Justice. This oval is not contained within the larger one
because the Knowledge Saturn conveys to her brothers in this System
is not from this System alone, but is from the Creator-and therefore it
is not limited. A line extends from Saturn, and through Saturn, and
enters the joining part of oval and continues down to the top arm of
the swastika where it meets in another circle or dot. This dot
represents the planet Jupiter.

Jupiter is the Creator's Interpreter of Law. Knowledge and Wisdom
flowing from His throne. This planet gives to those who desire it: "Ask
and ye shall receive; seek and ye shall find; knock and it shall be
opened unto you." Jupiter is in a progressed state of mental and
spiritual advancement over the four planets around the swastika in
the oval. The spiritual meaning here is that the dark oval represents
the "All-Seeing Eye". For we see, extending to the right, another arrow-
like head representing active forces emanating from the "All-Seeing
Eye". The oval is also an ancient symbol for the eye. The fact that
Saturn is shown above Jupiter means that Saturn is the seat of the
Universal Tribunal, but these two planets are closely associated in
state of progression as shown by the direct line from one to the other.

Now we come to the skeleton-like hand on the right side of the vertical
oval. Five fingers and a thumb are shown of a left hand, palm away.

Five is the numeral symbol of the Full Godhead-the Four Great
Primary Forces, plus the Creator. It also stands for the Four Senses and
the Cardinal Sense of Feeling. This hand is away from the oval, and not
contained within it. Therefore, it is not limited by the oval which
encloses and designates only a very small portion of this section of the
Universe. The active-force arrow-head points directly to this hand.

Also notice that the arrow-like heads on the horizontal arm of the
swastika keep the movement going clockwise just as the bent angles of
the vertical arm do. The hand is the most ancient symbol of the First
Person in the Godhead. It represents the creative power of God. In
Proverbs 1:24, we read: "Because I have called, and ye refused; I have
stretched out my hand, and no man regarded." And in Ecclesiastes 9:1,
we see: "For all this I considered in my heart even to declare all this,
that the righteous, and the wise, and their works, are in the hand of
God: no man knoweth either love or hatred by all that is before them . .
." The Greek Christians represent the souls of the just by showing little
naked human beings, praying with joined hands in the great hand of

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

God. This hand issues from the clouds, whence it appears to have
descended to Earth to take the souls of the righteous, and return with
them to heaven and paradise. The hand also symbolizes ability, power,
and thence confidence. To lay the hand upon anyone is to inspire him
with life. Hands mean power, arms mean still greater power, and
shoulders mean all power. Communication is produced by the touch of
the hand, inasmuch as the life of the mind, and thence of the body,
exerts itself in the arms, and by them in the hands. To hold up the
hands means faith looking toward the Creator. When hands and feet
are mentioned together, the former symbolizes the interiors of man;
and the latter his exteriors; or both, whatever is spiritual and natural
in man. Hands show the faculty of receiving. The feet are in contact
with the dust of the world; they are less responsive to the guidance of
the will and thought; they are not so directly concerned in doing for
others, but serve rather in bringing us where we can be of use, and
holding us firmly while the hands do the work. When contrasted with
the hands the feet represent rather the effort to determine the course
of life toward good or evil, while the hands represent the more
particular thought in regard to the service to be done to others. The
hands are obedient to inner desires and thoughts. So, we can see why
space people have used the symbol of a foot to convey their message
to us; why they have used the hand symbol inside of the fish symbol;
and why they have used the symbol of the Great Fish, itself.

In this RIGHT footprint we see the time element in the head of the fish,
and this is represented by the swastika. There is no eye represented
here because the fish is more or less blind to certain time conditions.
See St. Matthew 24:36: "But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no,
not the angels of heaven, but my Father only." And again in Mark
13:32: "But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the
angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father."

The RIGHT footprint therefore, taken as a whole, can signify the
Aquarian Age; and that Age is now manifesting, for the RIGHT
footprint itself is not a fish symbol, but the fish is shown inside the
total footprint, therefore it is swallowed up by the New Age. The RIGHT
footprint shows something of the past of the planet Earth; something
of the present; and something of the future in that certain events will
take place if Universal Law is not learned or practiced here. It shows
that space people have been to Earth before in remote times of
antiquity and it shows our neighboring planets of this System and
what their relative positions are in regard to States of Progression. In

.globalgrey.c

100

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

this footprint, we also see the Germ of Man's Life encased within the
darkness of the interior of the Great Fish. Man's life on Earth can open
into glorious fulfillment never before realized. The active force from
the oval of Saturn pointing to the symbolic left hand with palm away,
shows that Man can progress or rise through the hand being offered by
our brothers from outer space at this time.

It is, of course, impossible to come to any kind of a conclusion in such a
short analysis of the tracks on the desert. Much of the material used
here first appeared in my: "A Preliminary Report On Analysis Of
Symbols From Footprints Left By A Man From Outer Space--November
20, 1952." Everyone who diligently studies the footprint symbols
comes up with a new interpretation and sheds new light on the
meaning of it all. The people of outer space have given these symbols
in the way they have so that man will think! It is evident that the
symbols in both the LEFT and RIGHT footprints have many, many
meanings and a great message for the people of Earth.

To show that a great deal of research is still needed before we can get
anywhere near a complete interpretation, suppose we thought of the
oval and crossed lines in the RIGHT footprint as representing a man
form. Each planetary body would therefore represent a certain part of
Total Body Form in the Grand Man or the Creator. If this is so, then we
must go into the meaning of various parts of the body. For example,
the hands mean spiritually all the desire and thought which we put
into the deeds we do. In a word, the hands are the deeds, which,
regarded spiritually, consist of the desire and thought which prompt
them. The hands are extremes of the body, and obedient to inner
desires and thoughts. Love of doing or service and knowledge of how
to do. The right hand represents love and the left hand represents
thoughts we put into our work. Those on the left hand are those who
learn but do not do. In St. Matthew 6:3, we read: "But when thou doest
alms, let not thy left hand know what they right hand doeth . . ." And in
Psalm 31:5: "Into thine hand I commit my spirit: thou has redeemed
me, 0 Lord God of truth." And again in Psalm 31:15: "My times are in
thy hand: deliver me from the hand of mine enemies, and from them
that persecute me."

For a more complete footprint interpretation we will have to study the
symbolism and meaning of numbers as well as symbolic anatomy.

Also, more research will have to be conducted along the lines of the
world's most ancient symbolism. For instance, the emblematic hand of

.globalgrey.c

101

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the mysteries was a carved hand covered with numerous symbols and
this was extended to the neophytes when they entered into the
Temple of Wisdom. An understanding of the symbols embossed upon
the surface of the hand brought with it Divine power and regeneration.
Therefore, by means of these symbolic hands the candidate was said to
be raised from the dead. The hand of the mysteries is also known as the
hand of the philosopher. When the disciple of the Great Art first
beholds this hand, it is closed, and he must discover a method of
opening it before the mystery contained therein may be revealed. In
alchemy the hand signifies the formula for the preparation of the
tincture physicorum. The four fingers represent four Divine Agents
through the combined operations of which the Great Work is
accomplished. The wise take their oath by the hand that they will not
teach the Art without parables. To the Qabbalist the hand signifies the
operation of the One Power (The crowned thumb] in the four worlds
(the fingers with their emblems]. Besides its alchemical and
Qabbalistic meanings, the hand symbolizes the hand of a Master
Mason with which he "raises" the martyred Builder of the Divine
House. The crowned thumb is Absolute Light, unknown and
unrevealed, whose power shines through all the lesser lights that are
but sparks of this Eternal Effulgence. The Creator's works are all
contained within the "hollow of His hand". A man's physical body has
five distinct and important extremities: two legs, two arms, and a head,
of which the last governs the first four. The number five has been
accepted as the symbol of man. By its four corners the pyramid
symbolizes the arms and legs, and by its apex the head, thus indicating
that one rational power controls four irrational corners. The hands
and feet are used to represent the four elements, of which the two feet
are earth and water, and the two hands fire and air. The brain then
symbolizes the sacred fifth element, aether, which controls and unites
the other four. It is easy to see why the space intelligences have used
the symbol of a hand with its corresponding number five. I am certain
that the readers of this book will have much more to offer toward a
more complete understanding of the tracks on the desert.

Mr. George H. Lark, librarian of the Philosophical Research Society, Inc.
in Los Angeles, California sent drawings of the RIGHT and LEFT
footprints to Florence Sternfels, a psychic of New Jersey. She has
worked with Dr. Rhine at Duke University on different phenomena in
the parapsychology field. Mr. Lark did not mention Saucers, etc. when
writing to her and he did not explain the drawings in any way. After
meditating on the footprints she wrote: "It seems the owner of the feet

.globalgrey.c

102

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

is very odd, and it could be a woman because of the long hair. This
person seems to be in another world or on another planet and talks in
a strange language and has an unusual sounding voice. This person
also dresses very strangely. Whatever the mystery is everyone will
know in a short time. People like the one the footprints belong to
certainly appear to come from another planet." This is very interesting
information considering the fact that this woman had no knowledge of
what these prints were or from where they might have come!

Of our space friend who placed his tracks in desert sand, we might say:
"How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him who brings glad
tidings "

The Lemurian interpretation of the tracks on the desert, is given here
by itself since placing it with the preceding material would have only
confused both interpretations.

The LEFT footprint stands for the old continent of Mu. Mu, Empire of
the Sun, Motherland of the human race on the planet Earth, lies
beneath the waters. She is also called Kui, Pan, or Lemuria. (See Plate
IV).

u

5 .

A. Closed lotus means Mu no longer exists. The fish represents sunken
Mu and is, as mentioned before, the symbol of the Piscean Age. Mu will
remain submerged until all influences of the Piscean Age are removed
for she will emerge from Pisces to Aquarius.

1. Mu lies beneath waves.

2. The invisible Trinity of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, pervades all,
even the waters. The Empire of the Sun shines no more for she has set.

.globalgrey.c

103

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Since a triangle represents heaven we see that inhabitants of Mu are in
their heavens.

3. The closed eye--Mu sleeps. The third eye, or the spiritual eye of the
Piscean is closed. This also represents a Cosmic Egg.

4. Arabic numeral (1) meaning the Infinite One, the Creator. Since this
symbol forms the fish it means Mu is swallowed up. All life returns to
the One.

5. Mu lies in an abyss at a great depth.

B. The lotus flower, the floral symbol of Mu. The lotus was the first
flower to appear on Earth.

1. A water jug, (a) with or [b] without the top portion of the lotus. The
water jug is the Aquarian Age. The new continent of Mu will emerge
from the water during the Aquarian Age on Earth.

2. This symbol represents colonists who went out from Mu, the
Motherland. The left line represents those who went West, and the
right line represents those who went East.

3. The three bars represent Mu because she emerged originally in
three stages. The rectangle is a Hieratic symbol for Mu.

.globalgrey.c

104

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

4. Mu is submerged; upside down.

5. Lemuria, or Mu, was divided into three parts and water separated
the land.

6. She was a tableland.

7. The "T" represents Tau--resurrection or emersion, also the Crux or
Southern Cross in the heavens. Mu will be resurrected (the new
heavens, new Earth, New Age will emerge) in the region of the
Southern Cross.

The RIGHT footprint stands for the new continent of Mu. The New
Heavens and the New Earth, the New Golden Dawn or Age, the
Aquarian or Air Age; the New Mu will emerge from the Pacific Ocean.
(See Plate VI).

c.

C. The Four Great Primary Forces of Infinite Spirit are continually
active in the Universe.

1. The Four Forces are revolving in vortices--the Central Sun or
Creator, the Initiator.

2. These could possibly be the symbols of the different activity of each
Force. The Four Great Primary Forces are: Static Magnetic Field;
Electro Static Field; Electro-Magnetic Wave; Resonating Electro-
Magnetic Field.

3. Life takes form through the activity of the Four Forces. The face tells
us that the human form is a Universal form. Because we are made "in
the image of God", whose countenance is as the Sun, full of beauty and
"too pure to behold iniquity", we too should reflect that loveliness with

.globalgrey.c

105

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

a smiling face; and this face is smiling. Remember in "The Saucers
Speak!" where we mentioned the experiment of Dr. David Todd in
1924? Contact was attempted in Washington with the planet Mars.
Several of the messages received took the form of a crudely
drawn human face\

7 \* 2- if.

D. The new, resurrected continent of Mu, brought up through
cataclysmic changes in the Pacific.

1. All comes from the Great Totality, the One. All in the New Age will be
according to the Divine Will. (This large dot appears as the first
symbol above the heel on the RIGHT footprint and was not interpreted
in the previous section).

2. Lemurian colonists (reincarnated) will return from East and West
and merge into a new race. This will take place through the coming of
positive (male) and negative (female) lines of force.

.globalgrey.c

106

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

3. [a] The One Spirit; [b] Symbol of the Sun, the male principle of the
One; (c) Symbol of the Moon, the female principle of the One.
Therefore, from the One androgynous Spirit springs male and female.

4. The Cosmic Egg, having been resurrected from the water, brings
forth new life. This could also be a sperm and would mean the same
thing. (This symbol as a black oval was seen on the side of the large
mother-ship that appeared on the desert, November 20, 1952.
However, it was on its side thus:

5. Life takes place through the action of the Four Great Primary Forces
within the One.

6. The Seven Planets of Ancient Wisdom will again be at the heart of
the new race and they will be guided by the planetary forces.

7. This is a symbol of emersion of New Mu. She will emerge as a unit;
the three lands will be one.

8. Here is another symbol of the Four Forces radiating from the One;
Infinite Spirit shown by the thumb. All forces will be understood and
utilized for good in the New Age. The hand is the hand of God and will
rule supreme. The hand is a universal form just as the face is.

9. Through purity of living, purity of thought, meditating on the One,
the Central Sun, and through prayer the spiritual third eye will be
pierced and opened in the new race. All will experience telepathy,
clairvoyance, etc. The activating force will be the Fourth Primary Force
or the Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field [RMF]. The symbol of an
arrow means the force is active. There is a connection here with sound
and may be the means of rediscovering the lost Sacred Word.

10. These are geometric patterns. God geometrizes, for everything has
mathematical pattern.

11. This is a musical note, symbol of the "Music of the Spheres". This
sound, or vibration, in the fourth dimension of motion, together with
geometric patterns in the fifth dimension of motionlessness, is the
cosmic glue which holds the Universe together.

.globalgrey.c

107

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In Job 13:27, we read: "Thou settest a print upon the heels of my feet."
And it has been truly written: "There shall be signs in the heavens
above and signs in the earth beneath." The tracks on the desert fulfill
ancient prophecy, brought to us by OTHER TONGUES!

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The word Lucifer comes from a Latin word meaning, "Light-bringing",
a name sometimes given by poets to the Moon, or to the planet Venus
when it appears as the morning star and to the day. In ancient times,
this word was wrongly interpreted to mean Satan.

The Hebrew meaning of the word seems to be "brilliant", "splendid",
"illustrious", or as in the Septuagint, Vulgate, the Rabbinical
commentators, Luther, and others, "brilliant star!" and in this sense
was the proper name among the Hebrews of the morning star.

.globalgrey.c

109

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Tertullian and Gregory the Great understood this passage of Isaiah in
reference to the fall of Satan; in consequence of which the name
Lucifer has since been applied to Satan; and this is now the usual
acceptation of the word.

Dr. Henderson in his Isaiah renders the line: "How art thou fallen from
heaven, 0 illustrious son of the morning!" Dr. Henderson says: "The
application of this passage to Satan, and to the fall of the apostate
angels, is one of those gross perversions of Sacred Writ which so
extensively obtain, and which are to be traced to a proneness to seek
for more in any given passage than it really contains."

The only place in the Holy Bible where the word Lucifer is found is in
Isaiah. The early church fathers were under the impression that, the
passage could only refer to Satan, the prince of darkness. However,
Satan in the Bible has no connection with the Lucifer of Isaiah.

Isaiah was figuratively speaking of the king of Babylon in reference to
his glory and pomp, but he was actually referring to the destruction of
a planet known to the ancient world as the "shining one". Lucifer and
its remains are now to be observed in the telescope as the Asteroid
Belt.

By a curious chain of reference the passage in Luke 10:18 once was
thought to refer to Isaiah 14:12, but this passage says: "I beheld Satan
as Lightning fall from heaven." Even though this passage speaks of
Satan, Lucifer became the chief of the fallen angels, the name borne by
Satan before his rebellion. However, it must be stated again that Satan
is in no way connected with Lucifer.

In "The Saucers Speak!" Zo said: "Your so-called Hydrogen Bomb could
make an asteroid belt out of you. This happened many years ago to the
planet of what you would call the fifth orbit. We knew what they were
doing but we didn't interfere. We cannot stand by and see another
waste. After their destruction there were terrible disasters on Masar
(Mars). Great volcanic eruptions took place. Many of our people
perished. We would have been thrown out of this Solar System and
lost if we had not quickly constructed two artificial satellites. Some of
you scientists have noticed that our so-called moons Phobos and
Deimos reflect too much light to be made of earthy substance. They are
right. They are metallic in nature. They readjusted our unstable
condition and saved a planet."

.globalgrey.c

no

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

It is true that the ancient poets knew of the satellites of Mars before
their discovery and ancient astrological works mention them.

Jonathon Swift in "Gulliver's Travels", 1726, wrote that Mars had two
satellites and his complete description of them was most accurate.
They were actually discovered as late as 1877 by Asaph Hall of the
Naval Observatory in Washington, D. C. How did Swift and all these
other individuals know that Mars had two moons?

If the Prophet Isaiah was actually referring to a "fallen star" or a
destroyed planet let us see if his description as found in the fourteenth
chapter fits such a happening.

To begin with he wonders how Lucifer, then a morning star, fell from
heaven. A morning star now can be Jupiter, Mars, Saturn or Venus
when rising shortly before the sun, and forming a conspicuous object
in the sky just before dawn; hence, figuratively, a forerunner, or one
who announces and guides. For a planet to be called the morning star
it must be West of the sun and visible before sunrise. When bright
planets are East of the sun and therefore visible in the early evening
they are called evening stars. The ancients not realizing they were the
same stars in different roles, called Venus when the evening star,
Hesperus or Vesper and when it was the morning star, Phosphorus.
Mercury was called Mercury when it was the evening star, but it was
called Apollo when it was a morning star:

When we think of morning star now we immediately associate it with
the planet Venus. Therefore, we think the ancient word Lucifer also
applied to Venus. However, this is not the case. Venus and Mercury
were known primarily as evening stars, but when Venus was a
morning star it was called Phosphorus. (This word comes from the
Greek, phos, light; and phero, bear). The Asteroid Belt, then the planet
Lucifer, was also known as the morning star.

Did the destruction of Lucifer take place in Isaiah's time? This is not
likely, for history tells us that there were great catastrophes on Earth
as early as the 13th century B.C. And remember, space intelligences
refer to our Earth as Saros (Saras) "the sorrowful planet", or the
"planet of much cataclysm".

The Old Testament is literally full of references to the end of the planet
known to the ancients of Earth as Lucifer, and to outer space
intelligences as Maldek, the "silver-tongued". The first three letters of

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the planet's name (Mai) mean: tongue. For a moment, let us refer once
again to James 3:5-10. There is a double meaning to be found here, for
James is not only talking about the literal tongue of man, but he is
speaking metaphorically of Maldek (Lucifer).

James 3:5: "Even so the tongue is a little member, and boasteth great
things. Behold, how great a matter a little fire kindleth!"

In reference to Maldek, this could be translated: "Even so the planet
Maldek (tongue) is a little world (member), and boasteth great things.
Behold, how great a destruction (matter) a little explosion (fire)
causes (kindleth!)."

James 3:6: "And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the
tongue among our members, that it defileth the whole body, and
setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell."

This verse can also be translated: "And the tongue is a fire, that world
of iniquity: the tongue is among our members that which defileth the
whole body, and setteth on fire the wheel of nature (or birth), and is
set on fire by hell (Gehenna)."

Referring again to Maldek, James 3:6 could read: "And Maldek (the
tongue) is aflame (a fire), that would of iniquity: Maldek (the tongue) is
among our planets (members) that which defileth the whole solar
system (body), and setteth on fire the vortex (wheel) of nature (or
birth), and is set on fire by the unseen state (hell)."

In Greek, hell is here translated as Gehenna (Hebrew, Gehinnom).
Gehinnom was the valley of Hinnom, near Jerusalem, where the city's
refuse was thrown and burned; hence, hell-fire and hell itself; the
place of future torment of the wicked.

The last part of James 3:6 can also be translated: ". . . and it is set on
fire of hell."

In referring to Maldek, this would give us: ". . . and Maldek (it) is set on
fire of the unseen state (hell)."

This means that Maldek was a world of iniquity that exploded and
burned and was a planet in our solar system that defiled all the other

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

planets because of its evil, and Maldek (the tongue] set on fire its
vortex, the power of its birth and being, and therefore was set on fire
of the unseen state . . . because Maldek released the terrible hydrogen
power she broke her vortex and was thereby reduced to an unseen

James 3:7: "For every kind of beast, and of birds, and of serpents, and
of things in the sea, is tamed, and hath been tamed of mankind (nature
of man]."

We see here that man in this solar system had tamed everything, for all
things of nature were under his control.

James 3:8: "But the tongue can no man tame; it is an unruly evil full of
deadly poison."

Man could not tame Maldek (the tongue] for it was an undisciplined
child of the solar system, it wished to have power over all other
planets and desired the authority of the Creator himself. Maldek was
therefore "full of deadly poison".

James 3:9: "Therewith bless we God, even the Father; and therewith
curse we men, which are made after the similitude of God."

Maldek (the tongue] praised the Father, but cursed all men who are in
the likeness of God.

James 3:10: "Out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing and cursing.
My brethern, these things ought not so to be."

Maldek blessed and cursed at the same time, but this is not living true
Universal Law of the Infinite Father. These things should not exist side
by side.

I mentioned before, that the Old Testament has many references to the
destruction of Lucifer or Maldek. Maldek, as a world, came to an
abrupt end during the Exodus from Egypt in the days of Moses (13th
century before Christ]. The Exodus took place amid a great natural
upheaval that terminated the period of Egyptian history known as the
Middle Kingdom. Contemporary Egyptian documents describe the
same disaster accompanied by "the plagues of Egypt".

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

One of the first visible signs on Earth of the destruction of Maldek was
the reddening of the earth's surface by a fine dust of rusty pigment.
Ipuwer, an Egyptian eyewitness of the catastrophe, wrote his
description on papyrus: "The river is blood. Plague is throughout the
land. Blood is everywhere."

The Papyrus Ipuwer corresponds very well with the Book of Exodus
7:20: "All the waters that were in the river were turned to blood." And
in Exodus 7:21: "There was blood throughout all the land of Egypt."

The presence of the red dust in the rivers caused the fish to die and
there was decomposition and foul odor. Exodus 7:21: "And the river
stank." Exodus 7:24: "And all the Egyptians digged round about the
river for water to drink; for they could not drink of the water of the
river." The Papyrus Ipuwer says: "Men shrink from tasting; human
beings thirst after water. That is our water! That is our happiness!
What shall we do in respect thereof? All is ruin."

Men had boils and sickness; cattle died from the irritating red dust.
Exodus 93: "Behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thy cattle which is in
the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the
oxen, and upon the sheep: there shall be a very grievous murrain
(pestilence or plague]."

After the coming of the red dust, another strange phenomenon took
place. Exodus 9:8: "And the Lord said unto Moses and unto Aaron,
Take to you handfuls of ashes of the furnace, and let Moses sprinkle it
toward the heaven in the sight of Pharaoh." Exodus 9:9: "And it shall
become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and shall be a boil breaking
forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of
Egypt."

This "small dust", like "ashes of the furnace", sounds identically the
same as the radioactive ash that fell on men and animals in the Pacific
Ocean after atomic tests there recently. Even some of the fish were
contaminated. It is possible that this "small dust" or "ash" was the
radioactive material sent out after the explosion of Maldek and
entered the Earth's atmosphere before the next happening . . . the
shower of meteorites that struck Earth.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Exodus 9:18: "Behold, to-morrow about this time I will cause it to rain
a very grievous hail, such as hath not been in Egypt since the
foundation thereof even until now." Stones of "barad" are translated
here as "hail". However, "barad" is the term for meteorites. Midrashic
sources and the Babylonian Talmud tell us that the stones which fell
on Egypt were hot. Therefore, the "hail" could not have been ice, for
this description fits only meteorites. The ancient Egyptian word for
"hail" was ar, and means a driving shower of sand and stones. Also, in
the Book of Joshua it is said that "great stones" fell from the sky, and
they are called: "stones of barad".

Exodus 9:24: "So there was hail, and fire mingled with the hail, very
grievous, such as there was none like it in all the land of Egypt since it
became a nation." Exodus 9:25: "And the hail smote throughout all the
land of Egypt all that was in the field, both man and beast; and the hail
smote every herb of the field, and brake every tree of the field."

Exodus 9:28: "Entreat the Lord (for it is enough] that there be no
mighty thunderings (voices of God] and hail; and I will let you go, and
ye shall stay no longer."

The fall of meteorites is accompanied by explosion-like noises and in
this case the crashes were "mighty".

The Papyrus Ipuwer says: "Trees are destroyed, no fruits, no herbs are
found, grain has perished on every side, that has perished which
yesterday was seen. The land is left to its weariness like the cutting of
flax."

In the Visuddhi-Magga, a Buddhist text on world cycles, we find:

"When a world cycle is destroyed by wind, there arises in the
beginning a cycle-destroying great cloud. There arises a wind to
destroy the world cycle, and first it raises a fine dust, and then coarse
dust, and then fine sand, and then coarse sand, and then grit, stones,
up to boulders as large as mighty trees on the hilltop."

So, Maldek came to an end with the coming of the red dust in the time
of Moses and the Exodus from Egypt. As time went on the Earth was
engulfed in more dense matter from the fallen planet.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Exodus 10:22-23: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of
Egypt three days: They saw not one another, neither rose any from his
place for three days."

Maldek caused terrible destruction on Earth and darkness was over
the entire world. Mars was also greatly damaged by this catastrophe
and that will be taken up later on.

The Papyrus Ipuwer speaks of a great earthquake: "The towns are
destroyed. Upper Egypt has become waste. All is ruin. The residence is
overturned in a minute."

Exodus 12:30: "And Pharaoh rose up in the night, he, and all his
servants, and all the Egyptians; and there was not a house where there
was not one dead."

It should be stated here that the word Marduk may have come from
Maldek. Marduk was the chief god of the Babylonian pantheon . . . from
his mouth issued flame. In the battle of Marduk with Tiamat, "he
(Marduk] created the evil wind, and the tempest, and the hurricane,
and the fourfold wind, and the sevenfold wind, and the whirlwind, and
the wind which had no equal."

This description fits Maldek who created chaos with hydrogen devices
or "the evil wind". Maldek, therefore, created "the wind which had no
equal". Hydrogen detonations are without equal because they will
completely destroy a planet if used. I must pause here for awhile in
order to say that no true hydrogen bomb, as such, has ever been
detonated on Earth!

Van Tassel has shown us that space intelligences are not particularly
concerned with the explosion of plutonium and U325, the Uranium
mother element, because this atom is an inert element. But they are
concerned with the attempt to explode an actual hydrogen bomb. If we
had set-off such a bomb we would now be nothing but a bunch of
floating cinders ... we would be as Maldek, an asteroid belt. Space
friends vowed that they would never again allow a planet in this Solar
System to destroy itself; therefore, no government on Earth will
explode true hydrogen ... it will not be allowed.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The element hydrogen is life-giving along with five other elements in
the air we breathe, in the water we drink, and in the composition of
our physical self. Explode a true H-bomb and all life on Earth will be
extinguished. Van Tassel told us months and months ago that our
scientists were "tinkering" with a formula they did not understand.

The explosion of an atom of inert substance and that of
a //v/ngsubstance are two different things.

Hydrogen "devices" have utilized deuterium and tritium, not
hydrogen, as such. The elements exist in simplest form as atoms, and
these atoms are composed of a nucleus about which electrons revolve.
Elements are distinguished from each other by the number of
electrons revolving about the central nucleus. Each electron carries a
negative electrical charge which is off-set by a positively charged
particle in the nucleus known as a proton. Elements may contain
additional particles in the nucleus, which carry no electrical charge
and are known as neutrons.

All of this basic explanation is to show why no true hydrogen bomb
has been detonated. The simplest element is hydrogen which in its
most common form consists of one electron and thus one proton in
each atom. Two other forms of hydrogen are known which, in addition
to the one electron and one proton also have respectively one and two
neutrons in their atomic structure. These two rare forms of hydrogen
are known as deuterium and tritium. Deuterium exists in the
proportion of one atom of deuterium to every sixty-four hundred
atoms of ordinary hydrogen, in nature. Tritium is an artificial
radioactive element. Because their masses are so greatly different in
proportion to ordinary hydrogen, the differences in properties are
quite marked.

Deuterium and tritium then, are isotopes of hydrogen, and because of
their extreme rarity it is possible that they would not have the
dangerous "chain-reaction" results that common or ordinary hydrogen
would ... for hydrogen of the common type is found in all living things
on Earth. To create and detonate a true H-bomb would be to announce
to the rest of the Universe that the planet Earth had suddenly come to
an end like a flaming, exploding star in the corner of the Milky Way
Galaxy. The history of Maldek would repeat itself: "How art thou fallen
from heaven, 0 Earth ..."

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In getting back to Marduk, we find that in his battle with Tiamat,
mother of the gods, he killed her and when he became the most
powerful of all things he set about to create order in the universe. He
then split Tiamat's body in two. This sounds like Maldek battling the
elements of nature and finally subduing the atomic power (mother of
the gods or forces]. Maldek became powerful because of this mastery
and attempted to rule all other planets. Maldek split this hydrogen
force of nature (Tiamat].

After the Exodus from Egypt, the Wandering in the Desert lasted for
forty years according to the Holy Bible. Then for a number of years the
conquest of Palestine went on. Between the time when the Israelites
left the desert and started the difficult task of the conquest, and the
time of the battle at Beth-horon, twelve years may easily have passed.
According to rabbinical sources the war of conquest in Palestine lasted
fourteen years. During the fifty-two years between the catastrophe of
the Exodus and the time of Joshua commanding the Sun to stand still at
the battle of Beth-horon, the Earth was shrouded in dense clouds and
the observation of the stars was difficult.

The Book of Joshua was compiled from the more ancient Book of
Jasher.

Joshua 10:11-13: "And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel,
and were in the going down to Beth-boron, that the Lord cast down
great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they
were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of
Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day
when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel,
and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and
thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the
moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their
enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still
in the midst of heaven, and hasted not to go down about a whole day."

Therefore, about fifty-two years passed after the Exodus before the
Earth encountered another swarm of meteorites from the destroyed
Lucifer-Maldek. At least, there wasn't any major catastrophe until the
time of Joshua.

It should be mentioned that the Book of Jasher is one of the long-lost,
and long-sought for sacred books, which should have been included

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

among the other books of the Bible but which was not because the
original manuscript could not be located. In Joshua 10:13, it says: "Is
not this written in the book of Jasher?" And the account is to be found
in the Book of Jasher 30:11.

In reference to the fifty-two year period, it is interesting to note that
the natives of pre-Columbian Mexico expected a new catastrophe at
the end of every period of fifty-two years. Fernando de Alva
Ixtlilxochitl (circa 1568-1648] was a great early Mexican scholar. He
claimed that only fifty-two years elapsed between two great world
catastrophes, and each of these catastrophes terminated a world age.

Because of the memory of the catastrophe, the people of the Earth
feared it would occur again, but not much happened until the eighth
century before Christ, in the days of Uzziah, king of Jerusalem. At this
time there occurred a devastating catastrophe called raash or
"commotion". Raash is translated "earthquake". Amos lived at this
time and predicted some sort of great cosmic upheaval before
the raash took place. Later, Isaiah, Joel, Hosea, and Micah all declared
that the Earth would encounter more of the same in the future. Many
generations later it was remembered how the people "fled from before
the earthquake [raash] in the days of Uzziah king of Judah". (Zechariah
14:5]. Uzziah reigned from about 189 to about 740, and since a new
calendar was introduced in the Middle East in the year 747 B.C., the
great upheaval or "commotion" must have taken place in that year of

Hebrew sources say that the Prophet Isaiah began to prophesy
immediately after the "commotion" of the days of king Uzziah. He said:

Isaiah 1:7: "Your country is desolate, your cities are burned with fire:
your land, strangers devour it in your presence, and it is desolate, as
overthrown by strangers."

Isaiah prophesied in "the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah,
kings of Judah". Somehow, Isaiah knew that at intervals of fifteen years
a catastrophe occurred. The "commotion" of the days of Uzziah was
only the beginning of sorrows and more destruction caused by Lucifer-
Maldek.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

I believe that Isaiah was visited by space intelligences who told him
that catastrophe would come to Earth caused by the great fragments of
Maldek. The space friends would have been able to calculate the time
that the destruction would return. Proof of this is found in Isaiah 6:1-
3: "In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a
throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple. Above it
stood the seraphim: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his
face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And
one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts:
the whole earth is full of his glory."

Isaiah 6:-12: "Then flew one of the seraphim unto me, having a live
coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar:
And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips:
and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. Also I heard the
voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?
Then said I, Here am I; send me. And he said, Go, and tell this people,
Hear ye indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive
not. Make the heart of this people fat, and make their ears heavy, and
shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes, and hear with their ears,
and understand with their heart, and convert, and be healed. Then said
I, Lord, how long? And he answered, Until the cities be wasted without
inhabitant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly
desolate. And the Lord have removed men far away, and there be a
great forsaking in the midst of the land."

The space visitors told Isaiah to go and tell the people until "the cities
be wasted without inhabitant", "And the Lord have removed men far
away". This sounds as though some people were taken by space craft
to a safer place.

In reflecting on the terror that Lucifer-Maldek had caused for many
centuries since the Exodus, Isaiah was inspired to write: "How art thou
fallen from heaven, 0 Lucifer, son of the morning!" Then the prophet
asks how Lucifer was "cut down to the ground, which didst weaken
the nations!" Therefore, Lucifer's destruction along with the Earth
receiving a pounding over many years by meteor showers, caused the
nations to be weakened. Many people will ask: "We have meteor
showers now, why don't we have great catastrophe like they had in
the time of Moses, Joshua or Isaiah?" It is true that we do have meteor
showers in this day and age, but they are nothing compared to what

.globalgrey.c

120

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the Lucifer-Maldek showers were, for these showers were much more
dense.

Somehow Isaiah knew that the planet Lucifer had tried to become the
ruling world of the Universe, for he says: "For thou hast said in thine
heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars
of God." Lucifer intended to rule all the worlds (stars).

Then Isaiah says: "Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides
of the pit." In Hebrew and Greek, the literal meaning of hell is "the
unseen state", and the meaning of hades is "the unseen world".
Therefore, Isaiah, meant that Lucifer was brought down to an unseen
state . . . after the destruction it was an unseen world.

Isaiah said, "They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and
consider thee." Did he mean that observation would be difficult? The
largest of the asteroids is Ceres, and it is only 480 miles in diameter.
Ceres along with the brightest asteroids is said to be sometimes visible
to the naked eye, when nearest to our Earth and under exceptionally
favorable conditions, but the rest are, naturally, telescopic, as their
size is too small in relation to their distance. Is this what Isaiah meant
when he said: "They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee?"

The prophet said that those who looked on Lucifer later would say: "Is
this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms;
that made the world as a wilderness and destroyed the cities thereof;
that opened not the house of his prisoners? (or, did not let his
prisoners loose home-wards)."

In calling Lucifer a man it would seem that the prophet was referring
to an actual person, perhaps the king of Babylon. But this is not the
case. In Hebrew, there are four words that can mean man. One of these
words means: a man, human being; another means: a man, a mortal;
and another means: a male. But the word man used in Isaiah 14:16
means: a husband, individual.

Therefore, Isaiah is saying: "Is this the individual that made the earth

to tremble " Or, he is saying: "Is this the husband that made the

earth to tremble "? In neither case does it imply that Lucifer was an

actual man! Lucifer could represent a husband very well, because the
planet Maldek had a moon. This moon was known as Lilith. A moon is

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

often feminine and the moon deity is usually a goddess. The Greek
goddesses Selene, Artemis, and Hecate were all identified with the
moon. According to Moslem tradition Lilith cohabited with the Devil
(from Lucifer?) and was even his wife.

In our contacts with space intelligences in Northern Arizona, the
planet Lucifer was always referred to as Maldek (Maldec) and its moon
was called Malona. Father Lorber also mentions Malona in his work.

He is discussed in this book under The Great Influx in the section
called: God Provided-Man Divided.

Isaiah says that Lucifer shook kingdoms, made the world a wilderness,
and destroyed her cities. This is certainly true as we can see from the
references already given. Cities and fields were pelted with meteoric
fragments, the earth was shaken with earthquakes.

Lucifer did not open "the house of his prisoners" and he "did not let his
prisoners loose homewards". Those responsible for the destruction of
Lucifer-Maldek were "prisoners" of their own making. They were not
allowed to leave the doomed planet and suffered the same fate as their
world. They were "freed" when the planet was destroyed because they
lost their physical equipment and were known as spirits again.

Isaiah says: "But thou art cast out of thy grave like an abominable
branch." All other worlds go through space in majesty, but Lucifer
didn't even have a final resting place. The blasted fragments of a once
beautiful and proud planet were left to float endlessly in space that
others might know what Lucifer had done. It would be a warning to all
others that this should not be. It is interesting to note here that in May,
1854, Leverrier read a paper before the French Academy upon the
asteroids, their eccentric orbits and irregularities. He said that the
hypothesis stated by Dr. Olbers that the asteroids were derived from
the wreck of a larger planet that had exploded, is incompatible with
the real truth, inasmuch as the forces necessary to launch the
fragments of a given body in such different routes would be of
such improbable intensity as to render it mathematically absurd!
Leverrier didn't know what a hydrogen detonation could do!

The prophet then tells us: "Thou shalt not be joined with them in
burial, because thou hast destroyed thy land, and slain thy people."
Lucifer was not to end its days as other worlds which had completed
their usefulness. Because of the evil of this planet, its land and people

.globalgrey.c

122

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

were destroyed in a horrible holocaust. "The seed of evil-doers shall
never be renowned."

Because of Lucifer's self-destruction, his children or people would "not
rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the face of the world with cities". The
spirits from Lucifer were not to reincarnate on Earth to the extent that
they would hold dominion over it in "cities".

"For I will rise up against them, saith the Lord of hosts, and cut off
from Babylon the name, and remnant, and son, and nephew, saith the
Lord."

Swedenborg, in his Science of Correspondences tells us that Babel,
or Babylon represents those whose externals appear holy, while their
internals are profane. In the prophets of the Old
Testament, Babylon means the profanation of good, and Chaldea
means the profanation of truth. According to Swedenborg, Lucifer
signifies self-love, the profaning of holy things. Lucifer means the same
as Babel. It is from the self-love of Lucifer that we get the modern
phrase: "Proud as Lucifer".

This again applies to the reincarnational cycle of Luciferians. They
were to be completely cut off from "the profanation of good". Never
again would such a destruction take place in our Solar System. They
would not be allowed to encourage the internal profanity of those on
Earth.

In Isaiah 14:29, we read: "Rejoice not thou, whole Palestina, because
the rod of him that smote thee is broken: for out of the serpent's root
shall come forth a cockatrice, and his fruit shall be a fiery flying
serpent."

This could be translated: "Rejoice not all you who conceive false
principles, because the vortex of Lucifer who struck you with force is
broken: for out of the center of the coiled, spiral vortex shall come
forth a venomous serpent that will corrupt and tread, and the fruit of
this will be a fiery flying serpent."

A cockatrice was a fabulous serpent with deadly glance, reputed to be
hatched by a serpent from a cock's egg, and commonly represented
with the head, legs, and wings of a cock and the body and tail of a

.globalgrey.c

123

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

serpent. The word cockatrices comes from the word cocatris (corrupt],
and calcar e (to tread]. When cockatrice is used in the Bible it means
an unidentified venomous serpent.

Swedenborg tells us that Palestina (Philisthea] means those who
conceive false principles and reason thence concerning spiritual things
which overflow man. All those who conceive falsely are told not to
rejoice just because Lucifer was destroyed by having its vortex
shattered, because out of the center (root] of the coiled, spiral vortex
(serpent] would come an unidentified destructive object that would
corrupt and tread the land, and the result or product (fruit] of this
would be a fiery, flying object.

Here we see that the people are warned that the catastrophe is not
over yet because a large meteoric fragment will head for the Earth and
it will divide into smaller fragments like "fiery flying serpents" and
when it strikes the Earth it will "corrupt and tread the land". One
object, perhaps larger than the rest, is mentioned specifically.

The Great Meteor Crater near Canyon Diablo in Arizona, about six
miles south of the Sunshine Station of the Santa Fe Railroad, was
evidently caused by one of the "fiery serpents". These meteors were
thus described by the ancients because as they headed for Earth they
did, indeed, look like flaming dragons or snakes. It is important to note
in this connection that the morning star of the Toltecs, Quetzal-
cohuatl, is represented as a great dragon or serpent: "cothuatl" in
Nahuatl is "serpent", and the name means "a feathered serpent". The
morning star of the Chichimec Indian tribe in Mexico is called "serpent
cloud".

The ancestors of the present day Navajo Indians are said to have seen
one of their gods come down from the sky in a cloud of fire and bury
himself in the ground at the spot where the Great Meteor Crater exists
in Arizona. A cedar tree on the rim of the crater grew to be over seven
hundred years old. Some scientists think that the meteor that caused
this tremendous crater may have been a small comet. And what better
description would fit a comet than a "feathered serpent"?

Of course, Meteor Crater was not formed by a "true" comet, but the
meteor itself was of such tremendous size, it would seem more like a
comet than a meteor, which we associate with little "shooting stars".
The meteorite weighs somewhere between a million and ten million

.globalgrey.c

124

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

tons. It threw out between three and four hundred million tons of rock
when it hit the earth. The crater is about 4,100 feet wide, about 570
feet deep, and about three miles around. The outside rim is over one
hundred feet high. The time when it fell is unknown. Scientists say
probably more than one thousand years ago and maybe as much as
fifty thousand years ago.

However, the fall of this gigantic meteorite is found in the legends of
the Navajo Indians, and this tribe hasn't been in the Southwestern area
very long. They came from Canada "hundreds", not "thousands" of
years ago. Therefore, it is believed that this great meteor was a part of
the "fiery flying serpent" that headed for Earth in the time of Isaiah the
prophet.

Isaiah 24:17-19: "Fear and the pit, and the snare are upon thee, 0
inhabitant of the earth ... for the windows from on high are open, and
the foundations of the earth do shake. The earth is utterly broken
down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly."

When did the catastrophe come? Isaiah 14:28: "In the year that King
Ahaz died was this burden." Ahaz was the son of Jotham, King of Judah,
and father of Hezekiah. Ahaz succeeded his father as eleventh King of
Judah, and reigned sixteen years. (740-724 B.C.]. Therefore, the
catastrophe came on the day on which King Ahaz was buried, some-
time in 724 B.C.

Isaiah 24:1: "Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it
waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the
inhabitants thereof."

Isaiah continued his ministry until about 690 B.C. His name means:
"helper". And he did everything he could to help and warn the people
of the impending catastrophes. After the death of King Ahaz, Hezekiah
was King of Judah and during his fourteenth year another catastrophe
was expected.

Isaiah 28:2: "Behold, the Lord hath a mighty and strong one, which as a
tempest of hail and a destroying storm, as a flood of mighty waters
overflowing, shall cast down to the earth with the hand."

A "mighty and strong" heavenly body was to be cast down to Earth.

.globalgrey.c

125

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Isaiah 29:5-6: "Moreover the multitude of thy strangers shall be like
small dust, and the multitude of the terrible ones shall be as chaff that
passeth away: yea, it shall be at an instant suddenly. Thou shalt be
visited of the Lord of hosts with thunder, and with earthquake, and
great noise, with storm and tempest, and the flame of devouring fire."

Isaiah 28:21: "For the Lord . . . shall be wroth as in the valley of Gibeon,
that he may do his work, his strange work; and bring to pass his act,
his strange act."

This refers to the "strange act" in the valley of Gibeon when Joshua
witnessed a meteoric shower and commanded the sun to stand still.
Isaiah knew of this happening and says the new catastrophe will be
similar to it.

The prophet referred his readers to the "Book of the Lord". Isaiah
34:16: "Seek ye out the book of the Lord, and read: no one of these
shall fail." Evidently this book belonged to the same series as the Book
of Jasher, in which the records of the days of Joshua at Gibeon were
preserved. Other ancient records must have been in the "Book of the
Lord". The Book of Jasher is once more avail-able, but the other book is
still lost.

There were more catastrophes in the years ahead, but there is not
sufficient room here to list all of them.

Planets of our Solar System were greatly disturbed by the destruction
of Lucifer-Maldek, and its moon Lilith-Malona. The Chinese say: "In the
tenth year of the Emperor Kwei, the eighteenth monarch since Yahou,
the five planets went out of their courses. In the night stars fell like
rain. The earth shook."

Mars and the Earth suffered more from Lucifer than any of the other
worlds. The two moons of Mars have already been mentioned,
however, other facts must be added. How could Jonathan Swift have
guessed not only their number [two], but their size and their short
revolutions? Homer knew about the "two steeds of Mars" and Virgil
wrote about them. Asaph Hall gave the names of Phobos (Fear) and
Deimos (Panic) to these two moons. These names were suggested by
Mr. Madan of Eton, England because the ancients said Mars had two
steeds and gave them these names. It should also be mentioned that

.globalgrey.c

126

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Voltaire told of these moons in the story of Micromegas more than a
hundred years before their discovery!

Phobos, the inner satellite, revolves at the distance of 5800 miles from
the center of Mars, and 3700 miles from the surface; it completes a
sidereal revolution in only 7h 39m, a period less than one third that of
the planet's rotation. As viewed from the planet, therefore, it rises in
the west and sets in the east. No other known satellite in the solar
system revolves in a shorter interval than the rotation period of its
primary.

The distance of Deimos from the center of Mars is 14,600 miles, and its
period of revolution is 30h-18m. It is smaller than the inner satellite (5
miles?), and only one third as bright. The size (diameter) of these
satellites is not exactly known. Phobos is about ten miles in diameter
and Deimos is about five miles in diameter.

In mythology, the two steeds were yoked when the Greek god of war,
Ares (Mars) prepared to descend to the earth on a punitive expedition.
This sounds like the two artificial satellites (steeds) of Mars were used
together for launching plateforms before Mars sent spaceships to the
undisciplined Earth in ancient times. To "yoke" animals, means to join
the heads or necks of animals for working together.

In the eighth century before Christ, Mars suddenly became a great and
feared god. In Babylon and other ancient centers, prayers were
composed and invocations and hymns were sung, many magic
formulae were used in incantations. These prayers with lifted hands
were addressed directly to the planet Nergal (Mars). Like the Greek
Ares, Nergal is called "king of battle". Mars became the great sword
god, because in one of its conjunctions, its atmosphere was stretched
so that it appeared like a sword.

The Chaldean Nergal is called "Sword-god", and the Roman god Mars
was depicted with a sword. In Babylonian inscriptions of the seventh
century, Mars was called "the most violent among the gods". Great
good Mars became the frightful god of war.

" Shine of horror, god Nergal, prince of battle,

Thy face is glare, thy mouth is fire,

Raging Flame-god, god Nergal.

.globalgrey.c

127

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Thou art Anguish and Terror,

Great Sword-god,

Lord who wanderest in the night,

Horrible, raging Flame-god . . .

Whose storming is a storm flood."

Remember what Zo told us: "After their (Luciferians) destruction
there were terrible disasters on Masar (Mars). Great volcanic
eruptions took place. Many of our people perished." Mars literally
then, became a "horrible, raging Flame-god . . ."

Evidently the people of Mars knew what was coming so they
constructed the two artificial satellites known as Phobos and Deimos.
These two objects were well named (Fear and Panic) for they were
created during a time of great fear, not only on Mars but on Earth as
well. And there certainly was panic as Isaiah has shown us.

Although Lucifer actually came to an end in the time of the Exodus, it is
believed that Mars did not receive as much of the destructive force of
the blast as Earth did. This was due to its orbital position at the time.
Mars took the main shock in the time of Isaiah.

Nergal (Mars) was the war god of the men of Cuth whom Shalmaneser
placed in the cities of Israel in place of the ten tribes. II Kings 17:30:
"And the men of Babylon made Succoth-benoth, and the men of Cuth
made Nergal, and the men of Hamath made Ashima."

The two "moons" of Mars readjusted the unstable condition caused by
Lucifer-Maldek and balanced the Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field of
the Plan-et. Moons are "balancers" of planets with which they are
connected.

The people of Maldek who had been tampering with the force of "the
terrible wind that has no equal", were warned by members of the
Universal Tribunal on Saturn that their doom was certain if they
carried out their plans to detonate actual hydrogen. But they would
not listen; therefore, the children of Maldek and the innocent were
removed to other worlds. The "black magicians" and "scientists of the
left hand path" were left on Maldek to greet chaos of their own
making. They believed that if by some chance the hydrogen would not
do what was expected of it they would have control of the greatest

.globalgrey.c

128

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

power in Creation. They could then exalt their "throne above the stars
of God".

They would "be like the most High". But since evil destroys evil, the
proud Lucifer was "brought down to hell (the unseen state]". What
was to come of the spirits of those who perished in the fall of this
world?

The allegory of the Fall of Man and the fire of Prometheus is also
another version of the myth of the rebellion of the proud Lucifer,
hurled down to the bottomless pit, Orcus. In the religion of the
Brahmans, Maha-sura, the Hindu Lucifer, becomes envious of the
Creator's resplendent light, and at the head of a legion of inferior
spirits rebels against Brahma, and declares war against him. Siva, the
third person of the Hindu trinity, hurls them all from the celestial
abode into Honderah, the region of eternal darkness. But here the
fallen angels are made to repent of their evil deed, and in the Hindu
doctrine they are all afforded the opportunity to progress.

Therefore, the souls of those responsible for the fate of Lucifer-Maldek
were sent to some far off world or worlds in interstellar space, a
"region of eternal darkness". Through countless lives they will be
made aware of the enormity of their crime to their fellow man. And
they will be able to progress once more "up the worlds". They will
eventually find the "Great Path". All are on the road to All Perfection . . .
none are lost!

That last day of days on Maldek must have been one of unbelievable
madness and terror. The sacred "White Light" known as Ishtal-Maxin
went out in their Temple of Temples; the sky was dark, ominous,
foreboding; even the stars refused to shed their light.

In the Book of Job we find reference to the "wicked" and this may be a
description of Lucifer.

Job 18:4-21: "He teareth himself (his soul] in his anger: shall the earth
be forsaken for thee? and shall the rock be removed out of his place?
Yea (Nevertheless], the light of the wicked shall be put out, and the
spark of his fire shall not shine. The light shall be dark in his
tabernacle, and his candle (lamp] shall be put out with him. The steps
of his strength shall be straitened, and his own counsel shall cast him

.globalgrey.c

129

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

down. For he is cast into a net by his own feet, and he walketh upon a
snare. The gin shall take him by the heel, and the robber shall prevail
against him. The snare is laid (hidden) for him in the ground, and a
trap for him in the way. Terrors shall make him afraid on every side,
and shall drive him (scatter him) to his feet. His strength shall be
hunger-bitten, and destruction shall be ready at his side. It shall
devour the strength (bars) of his skin: even the firstborn of death shall
devour his strength. His confidence shall be rooted out of his
tabernacle, and it shall bring him to the king of terrors. It shall dwell in
his tabernacle, because it is none of his: brimstone shall be scattered
upon his habitation. His roots shall be dried up beneath, and above
shall his branch be cut off. His remembrance shall perish from the
earth, and he shall have no name in the street. He shall be driven (They
shall drive him) from light into darkness, and chased out of the world.
He shall neither have son nor nephew among his people, nor any
remaining in his dwellings. They that come after him shall be astonied
at his day, as they that went before (lived with him) were affrighted
(laid hold on horror). Surely such are the dwellings of the wicked, and
this is the place of him that knoweth not God."

If this excerpt from the Book of Job is read substituting Lucifer for
"wicked" a startling similarity is at once noted between the description
of "wicked" and the last days of Lucifer. "The light of the wicked
(Lucifer) shall be put out. The light shall be dark in his tabernacle;
destruction shall be ready at his side." Then it says: "It shall bring him
to the king of terrors." What is the "king of terrors" but the "wind that
has no equal": hydrogen devastation! "His remembrance shall perish
from the earth", and indeed it has. Knowledge of the destruction of
Lucifer has been a closely guarded secret of the Mystery Schools for
centuries.

"They that come after him shall be astonied (dazed or dismayed) at his
day, as they that lived with him laid hold on horror."

"Such are the dwellings of Lucifer, and this the place of him that
knoweth not God."

Space intelligences say: "You can never use your great atomic power
for peace or peaceful pursuits because the very nature of atomic
power is destruction not construction. How can you attain peace by
that which is itself essentially unpeaceful? We do not 'split atoms' for
that destroys the flow of force through them. Instead, we use that flow

.globalgrey.c

130

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

offerees. Your people say that 'peace is for the strong' but this is not
true. You will never attain your long-sought for world peace through
armed might or military strength. You can't force other men to your
will in order to assure peace 'at any cost'. What kind of a 'peace' is it
that is attained by pointing a gun in another man's back? Therefore,
can you make certain undeveloped souls desire peace? No, a thousand
times no! They must progress to the place where they realize that
death and destruction through war is senseless; they must actually
learn to want peace.

"Do you know that you destroy untold, literal worlds when you
perform your so-called 'atom-splitting' process? All is the same in the
Omniverse, from microcosm to macrocosm. Why is it that man of Earth
has heard yet understands not? Peace is not for the strong for it has
been truly written that 'the meek shall inherit the earth'. And you will
never use atomic power for peace in your Golden Age now dawning."

The Earth is now on the same path that Lucifer-Maldek took. Atomic
power on that planet ended in destruction to end all destruction. But it
will not happen on the Earth; our brothers in outer space will not
allow the Earth to end as Maldek did. There will be catastrophes, yes,
but greet them with a prayer on your lips and joy in your heart for it is
a sign unto you that your deliverance is nigh.

Maldek was the "silver-tongued", or simply, "the tongue". Before the
planet was eliminated from the family of our Solar System there were
altogether thirteen planets. Perhaps in the end of Maldek we have the
origin of the unlucky number thirteen! Since there are two planets
between Mercury and the Sun and one yet beyond Pluto, Maldek was
in the seventh orbit. This is a very significant fact, not only because of
the symbolic meaning of the numeral seven, but because of the fact
that the tongue is situated in the middle or center of the head and face.
Since Maldek was number seven among the planets it was situated in
the center of the solar family, with six other worlds on each side.

(See Plate XII).

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLATE XII

There has been great meaning attached to the numbers seven, twelve
and thirteen for generations. Christ had twelve Apostles, and
eventually there were thirteen (St. Matthias or St. Paul can be the
thirteenth); one of the thirteen, Judas, destroyed himself. Originally,
there were thirteen planets with a Sun (Christ) and one (Lucifer-
Maldek) destroyed itself. St. Matthias shouldn't be considered the
thirteenth because he took Judas' place in the original twelve. St. Paul
is therefore really the thirteenth through his astounding conversion.

Jeremiah 9:3: "And they bend their tongues like their bow for lies: but
they are not valiant for the truth upon the earth; for they proceed from
evil to evil, and they know not me, saith the Lord."

Lucifer-Maldek may be gone forever, but "tongues like bows" still bend
for lies; the spirit of Lucifer lives on; "They profess that they know
God; but in works they deny him, being abominable, and disobedient,
and unto every good work repro-bate." (Titus 1:16).

.globalgrey.c

132

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

From all space . . . from all space! We cry for thee, Maldek, Maldek . . .
thy fate is sealed in eternity . . . thou art lost to us forever . . . Ishtal-
Maxin, Aramma? Maru, Maldek . . . Maldek . . . Maldek . . . Ishtai.

It is finished, 0 Father of us all!

So, we come to the end of the section called, Other Tongues. Much
research and work is still needed before the information that was
presented here will be anywhere near complete. Tape recordings of
the Solex-Mal were played for Japanese and Oriental students at two
different universities. They unanimously agreed that there were some
words that were identical with their own language, but that the
strange, sing-song language most nearly resembled Ainu. The Ainu are
perhaps the strangest people on Earth. They are an indigenous race of
Japan having light-colored skin and features of a European cast. Ainu
could very well be the Earth language closest to the Solar Tongue, the
Mother of all languages.

In 1900, a book was published that demands serious attention. It is
called, From India To The Planet Mars, (A study of a case of
somnambulism], by Th. Flourney, Professor of Psychology at the
University of Geneva. Many remarks on the Martian language are to be
found and there is a plate showing the Martian alphabet. The Martian
characters are similar to those of the Solex-Mal.

Previously, the theory was held that Lucifer collided with another
celestial body, or that Lucifer was in reality two separate planets, and
these collided. However, new discoveries show that Lucifer and its
single satellite Lilith were destroyed by a "thermal" catastrophe, and
what would hydrogen destruction be but "thermal"? Much research
needs to be done along these lines, also, but the following is quoted
from The Astronomical Validation of the Correlation Between Electro-
Magnetism and Gravitation, a progress report of the Educational
Research Laboratories, Valley of the Pines, Montague, Michigan.

"It is generally considered that since there is no accepted reason to
believe otherwise, all the asteroids came from a single parent body
that was less than the Earth in mass and size. From this view the
problem of origin becomes a problem of the means of disruption. The
several possible modes of disruption resolve themselves into two main
types: The one of a catastrophic nature which might have produced
jagged fragments and splinters of irregular shape such as it is

.globalgrey.c

133

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

presumed some of the asteroids possess; the second of a thermal,
radioactive or stellar nature, which might have produced molten or
gaseous fragments that would eventually solidify into nearly spherical
shapes. The density of the asteroids is not known, but the 'EMG'
formulae indicate that it ranges from 2.5 to 3.5. They could be
mountainous 'rocks'; but are they the jagged fragments of a 'cold'
collision, or the cooled, originally molten and now nearly spherical
fragments of a 'thermal' catastrophe? The implications of the 'EMG'
formula favor the latter assumption, by suggesting a satisfactory
solution to the problem of the variable asteroids."

The problem of the asteroids is nothing new, it all started when Dr.
Olbers suggested that the four planetoids known in his time had been
formed by the explosion of a single planet. Soon, scientists began to
disagree with this conclusion. The main reason why may have been
that this hypothesis brought on the inevitable counter-question
of what had caused the original planet to explode. And that question
would have been very hard to answer. H. J. Jeffreys and Prof. K.
Hirayama agree with the explosion theory.

Today, more than a thousand planetoids are known compared to
Obler's four, and scientists say the estimated total mass of Lucifer is
anything but impressive. They say if they gathered all the fragments
together they would make a planet far smaller than our Moon. Dr. H. H.
Nininger has shown, by his research on the great meteor crater near
Winslow, Arizona, that much of the original meteor that hit that area
was "vaporized" and turned into fine cosmic dust on impact. This is
what happened to Lucifer also. Therefore, not even half of Maldek can
be accounted for by asteroid observation.

Much will be learned in the New Age about Other Tongues!

Through the Solar Tongue: the Tracks On The Desert; and through
Maldek, "The Tongue", itself, we have glimpsed other worlds!

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

134

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Hopi Ceremonial Dancers

"In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. And the earth
was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the
deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters."
(Genesis 1:1-2].

In the beginning, the Earth was a comet. After it had gathered enough
cosmic debris it became a planet, a new world. For untold ages this
satellite of the Sun was a molten mass of fire. Meteorites from outer
space bombarded the whirling sphere, great clouds arose. Finally, the
great blanket of clouds condensed and it rained incessantly; the
"cooling off" process had begun. Life first appeared on Earth when it
was still boiling and seething with chemical turbulence in the air and
in the hot seas. Some time during this period a synthesis occurred, and
there was the first movement of life in some unknown spot of the
Earth's vast seas. A microscopic glob of transparent jelly, flagellate.
These multiplied and spread through the seas, where evolution was to
start and eventually produce the indigenous life forms of the planet
Earth. New types of half-plant, half-animal creatures began to inhabit
the waters of the Earth. Hard parts, protective shells, plates and skins
appeared and the continuous fossil record began.

The Earth planet, now cooled and teeming with mineral, vegetable,
and animal life, was ready at last to receive human life. On another
planetary system spiritual life migrated through interstellar space and

.globalgrey.c

135

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

began to struggle independently with the problems of Earth planet
environment. At that moment the Word was made Flesh and Man in
his present form . . . WAS!

"And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the
earth, and daughters were born unto them, that the sons of God saw
the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of
all which they chose. And the Lord said, My spirit shall not always
strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be a
hundred and twenty years. There were giants in the earth in those
days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the
daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became
mighty men which were of old, men of renown. And God saw that the
wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination
of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented
the Lord that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his
heart. And the Lord said, I will destroy man whom I have created from
the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and
the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them."
(Genesis 6:1-7].

So we come to the place where man appears on the planet Earth. The
human race in its present pattern has been upon this planet anywhere
between seventeen million and ten million years. For centuries
scientists have pondered the question: "How did life in the human
form make its advent upon Earth?" The famous Missing Link between
the Anthropoid Apes and Man will never be found because the link is
a spiritual and not an organic link. A great migration of souls known as
the "Sons of God" arrived on Earth when the evolution of its
indigenous life was progressing and incarnated in certain animal
forms. This caused the basic difference between the human and other
mammal forms. The primate species went on living and breeding as a
true species, giving us the monkeys, apes, and gorillas of today. But the
ape-forms that were borrowed for incarnation by the spirit-souls
arriving from outer space, apparently supplied the original
expressions of the human. These forms continued to breed and
develop, and gradually sublimated the ape-forms into the races of man
as society now recognizes them.

The scientist of today can be an atheist or a devout man, for he can fit
the evolutionary theory into his own concepts nicely. He can either
believe that God brought certain chemical substances together when

.globalgrey.c

136

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the first single-celled life appeared in our warm seas, or he can believe
that the happening was purely accidental.

Evolution is a fact, but does not, however, as so many assume, teach
that man is descended from an ape or monkey. Modern evolutionists
teach only that man and the apes had a common ancestor of whose
characteristics they know little, and who may have approached in
structure and appearance the modern man more than the modern ape.
Neither does evolution pretend to explain the origin of life, or to prove
that the development of man has been entirely mechanical or
accidental. Evolution is simply a theory that every known plant or
animal, whether living of extinct, developed out of a previous form.
This theory is now accepted universally by all scientists in every
country of the world, and only the reasons for, and the methods of
transmission of the successive modifications are questioned.

Science has proven by the Earth's record, written undisputedly in her
rock formations, that the evolution of indigenous earth-life is a true
fact. Fossil bearing formations literally tell the Earth's auto-biography.
This indigenous earth-life, developed from the single-celled organisms
into a highly evolved ape-form over millions of years. The "Sons of
God" made wives of the ape creatures and the progeny was
antediluvian man, or prehistoric-primitive man. The physical
attributes belonged to the anthropoid apes and the spiritual attributes
belonged to the migration which came from the planets of the star-sun
Sirius. Science is only wrong when it takes certain fossil remains and
tries to fit them into the category of the "missing link." As said before,
this link is a spiritual link, not an organic link.

The Migrants arrived on Earth during the middle division of the
Tertiary Period. This is known as the Miocene Epoch. In the strata of
this epoch are found "Eoliths" or "Dawn Stones" (flints). They are
roughly shaped, and some authorities claim they were fashioned by
primitive human beings. Others say that the Miocene flints are of
natural origin. The "Dawn Stones" were undoubtedly used by the
offspring of the "Sons of God" and the "daughters of men".

The Migrants made the Earth planet their abode in order to gain
experience on the physical plane. The Sirian planets centralized
Thought Incarnate so to speak and man was sent to Earth, a prisoner
of pain for education. Man's heart was heavenly in divine creation, his
body was physically handicapped by weight, but he acquired

.globalgrey.c

137

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

proficiency in altering his body. Man could create by thought and he
created monsters and abominations.

Man, therefore, came from races of angels mixed with beasts, and he is
now engaged in separating the brute from the angel. He has a mission
on Earth for he is this planet's keeper and essentially has lessons in
flesh to learn. Man must know pain, suffering, and sorrow so he can
become a fit subject for higher planes.

Man finally put thought into practice, and created abominations. When
he first arrived on Earth he had no body as we think of a body, so he
looked upon beast and bird and chose the physical vehicle most likely
to give him attributes producing qualities of spirit. The various cat
forms were attractive to The Migrants, but the ape form was the form
most suitable for their Earth environment and experience. The ape
form gave them a more flexible and better controlled hand with the all
important opposable thumb. Without the thumb man couldn't have
produced a civilization. The cat form was discarded.

In "Star Guests" the Elder Brother tells us: "Mankind was not always as
ye see him walking the earth at present; mankind was possessed of
physical features making him hideous unto God. Mankind had queer
members, too potent of evil to be long tolerated. Mankind had features
of the Beast. He was of eagle-head and lion body. Great was his
brutishness." This reminds us of the griffin, a mythical creature, half
animal (lion] and half bird [eagle]. It was used to represent the two
natures in Christ, divine and human. But its earlier meaning
symbolized the period of the Great Abomination when man was
literally half eagle and half lion. There are countless references in
mythology and history to this abomination period and some of these
will be mentioned later.

The Elder Brother continues: "From the evil which he did when he had
come to earth and found earth-forms upon it, was man cleansed by fire
and flood. He came through vast ordeals which shaped his
physiognomy as ye do see it now. He had strange claws and stranger
tissues. He was of the Brute and yet not of it. From the depths of
degradation to which he had sunk he arose with skull of ape; he
walked upright on two legs; he became the prey of beasts instead of
hunter. He made for himself habitations in trees and prowled by night
seeking food. Deep, deep was his ignorance. Little more than beast was
he indeed, with almost no spark of divinity left to him."

.globalgrey.c

138

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The abomination was so vast that forms were fusing together into
monsters having no purpose but self-destruction. Men and animals
were growing interchangeable of spirit and structure. Man was beastly
and beast was manlike. Spirit knew not itself, whether it were divine
or whether it were experiment of Thought Incarnate. They had so
interchanged that they could no longer be accepted by the Host on the
Sirian planets as divine. All physical forms had to be cleansed. "Pure
beast must be preserved as beast; pure angel-man must be preserved
as angel-man. Therefore, a vast catastrophe was decided upon. Ice
from polar seas was melted and released upon continents of
monsters." The Elder Brother tells us: "No longer could life make
physical vehicles by thought. Forms existing in purity were preserved.
Monsters and anomalies were destroyed. No longer could they
propagate. Pure species were saved and pronounced sterile unto all
but themselves."

By being pronounced "sterile unto all but themselves" means, of
course, that they could only breed their own species and kind. That is
why today man can only mate with other human beings. No longer can
the half-man and half-animal creatures be produced. The only
reference to them today is in ancient legends.

The griffin has already been mentioned. It was the Gryps or Gryphus of
Greek mythology. A monster with the head and wings of an eagle, the
body of a lion, and sometimes the tail of a serpent. The most familiar
and least complicated of the composite beings known as bird-man
creatures are the medieval angels and demons, the fairies, the Greek
Keres (represented as tiny human figures with butterfly wings].

Many representations of Egyptian gods embody combinations of
human and bird anatomy, for they say the gods were first birds and
animals and only gradually evolved into men. Perhaps the most
complicated and fearsome of these creatures is the Gorgon, which had
serpent hair, the hideous face of a woman, the wings of a bird, and the
body of a lioness with bronze claws. The most frightful of these was
Medusa.

The important feature of the Hindu Garuda bird is that it is one of the
few combinations with the head of a bird. Other features vary
considerably with locale (it is known in India, Indochina, China, Japan,
and many other places].

.globalgrey.c

139

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Egyptian soul was sometimes depicted as a bird with a human
head, as was also the Greek Harpy, which befouled everything it
touched. The Sirens were similar in form, but had beautiful voices and
lured men to their downfall. The Welsh Washer of the Ford is a
spectral female in black with the wings of a bat. The Furies are another
of these combinations.

The Sphinx is a combination of man-bird-beast, that is, the head and
chest of a man, wings of a bird, and the body of an animal. In Egypt
sphinxes were always male, and had the body of a lion. The Greek
female sphinx also had a lioness' body. The Babylonian shedu, the
Hebrew shedim, and the Sumerian clad were similar to the Egyptian,
and male. They had the bodies of bulls, neatly curled beards, and often
wore hats. The female counter-part of the sedu was called lamina or
lamassu and could fly. The Syrian female sphinx had wings and
resembled the Egyptian.

The sacred bull-men of Babylonia are extraordinary beings. They were
first seen only on rock drawings, and small seals, but later they were
used for imposing statuary like the winged bull with a human face
from Sargon's palace in Khorsabad.

The so-called "dragon" of Babylon was found on the walls of the Ishtar
Gate. It was called the "mighty snake". It had the head and scales of a
snake, but the body of an unidentified monster. This creature had
lion's paws and eagle's claws.

The Centaurs in Greek mythology were a race of monsters, half man
and half horse. The Greeks also had legends of Cercopes: a race of ape-
like but human pigmies. The ancient Arcadian Pan was a goat from the
waist down, and a man with goat ears and goat horns from the waist
up.

References to the strange bird cult of Easter Island are numerous in
the native art. A remarkable example is the following representation of
the bird man holding an egg in his hand. The original was carved upon
a block of stone, itself egg-shaped.

.globalgrey.c

140

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The egg in the birdman's hand symbolizes the creative power of
thought once enjoyed by man; but since the Great Catastrophe, man no
longer can create by thought alone. Those who perished physically in
this catastrophe were not dead spiritually but they sloughed off their
monstrous features and were known en masse for spirits again, but
without physical equipment.

An entire book or books could be written on the subject of man-bird-
beast creatures. The Migrants or "Sons of God" arriving from the Sirian
planets mated with the "daughters of men" who were the indigenous
bestial female earth-forms that were coming to high evolutionary
development on this planet. The account of that mating still exists in
the so-call myths, legends and folktales of the people of the world.

After the Great Catastrophe the Son of Thought Incarnate entered
upon the Earth scene. In "Star Guests", he says: "Came I to this planet
at the Father's behest. Man was pure ape or pure spirit. He had
escaped the Great Catastrophy in areas where his species was clean.

He was beastly but cleanly beastly and he knew not the scheme of
creating by thought that which pleased his whim. Came I first to earth
on a mission. The Father desired that knowledge of good and evil be
restrained. Man was to suffer and die as beast, returning to the planets
of the star-sun Sirius on physical death of beastly body. But came I to
the Father with better plan. The world of men could be cleansed of the
beast by my instruction. Over countless generations could man be
lifted back slowly to his lost angelic status. Life upon life he could live
and perish, and live again. Slowly he could come up through new
forms of ape-men until he was indeed a god restored to the Godhead!
Not through varied forms but through manifestations of the same

.globalgrey.c

141

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

form, could he regain unto ennoblement. And the same form meant the
ape-form. Thus was reincarnation born as men of earth understand
reincarnation today. So man came to remain in possession of ape-
body. Man had used the ape-form for thousands of generations, finding
it more efficient for his caprice than lion-form. Thus was he
manifesting when catastrophe overtook all creation. Therefore, know
ye, that ape-forms are pure forms of species but man hath
appropriated ape-forms and improved upon them until ye do be angel
apes yourselves. Man as spirit hath no form that is constant. Man as
spirit hath any form which serveth constructive purpose in making
Love externalize. But man on the physical plane maintaineth the Ape
Form of the Great Catastrophe."

The book, " Star Guests " is published by Soul-craft and much of its
material was compiled several decades ago. Yet, that information ties-
in perfectly with knowledge now being received from space
intelligences. Van Tassel has received nearly identical material in
confirmation of this, only instead of being called, "The Great
Abomination", he calls it, "The Great Adultery". But it is the same
happening.

In Northern Arizona the research group was informed that all the
inhabitants of the Earth are space people. This is true for several
reasons. First of all, none of us live underground; we have our
existence on the surface of Earth; therefore, we are inhabitants of
space as well as people on Mars, Venus, or any other world. We are
not, however, space craft people, for we have not yet mastered the
secret of magnetic propulsion and have not gone to other worlds
beside our own.

All people on Earth are true space beings for another very basic and
important reason. Our ancestors came here as the "Sons of God", and
since true "human" life came from outer space in the first place we are
all descended from that migration. Hence, we are true space people.
However, all individuals on Earth are NOT related in the dim past to
the indigenous biologic earth-forms that were the ape mothers
and The Migrants who came via the Great Migration and "looked upon
the daughters of Earth" and saw that they were fair and chose of them
wives.

There is a third class or category of spiritual life that is maintained on
Earth. These are the Christ People who arrived to make a cosmic

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

mission of mentoring the "angelic host from Sirius that fell" into the
practices of mixing the heavenly and earthly breeds, and winning it
back to its original angelic status. This third class is a special Universal
order of souls: they are The Wanderers.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

143

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Space intelligences said that this was one of their old prophecy
legends, but what could it mean? It sounds as though space people
salted away some apples and were now returning to them. But what
about the word "apple"; what did it represent?

For many months now, evidence has been accumulating at a rapid rate
that there are many people on Earth that don't really belong here! This
doesn't mean that they came here aboard a Flying Saucer,
disembarked, put on a tweed suit, polished up their English language
and moved into the house next door. It does mean, however, that there
is a special class or order of beings in the Universe that are different
from the rest because of the fact that they wander from one world to
another, and from one system to another. They are the "chimney
sweeps" of Creation. It is their specific job to go to the "trash cans" of
the Universe and give aid to their fellow man on those backward
worlds.

If these Wanderers didn't arrive here by spaceship, how did they get
here? They volunteered to come to Earth and go through the
reincarnational cycle here. In otherwords, they were born here! They
have birth certificates, they went to school, had the childhood diseases,
drank soda pop at the corner drug store and made eyes at each other
in school, or threw "spit balls" at teacher. In brief, they were exactly
the same as all the other people on Earth, except for one thing: they
didn't belong here! They occupy physical vehicles and are born to
parents of their own choice who they feel will best give them the
advantages and training they need to fulfill their missions on Earth.

It was this special order of beings that arrived with the Son of Thought
Incarnate when He came to Earth for the first time to begin his
instruction. It is said that 144,000 souls or Lesser Avatars arrived with
the Elder Brother, Son of Thought Incarnate. Here we see the use of
the mystic numeral 12. Much will be said about this later.

There were several statements made in "The Saucers Speak!" that are
significant in connection with these "Wanderers" or "Apples". "Seeds

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

may be planted but they can rot and never reach maturity." This
means that the people of outer space knew what was going to develop
on Earth. They "planted" some of their own people here; "salted" them
away like "apples". But every seed that is planted or "salted away"
does not grow and reach maturity; it may rot in the ground because of
many conditions. Therefore, some of the "Wanderers" now on Earth do
not know who they are--they are lost in the ways of the Earth, and on
physical death will return to their own worlds. They will be none the
worse for their experience, except that their mission will not be
accomplished.

Space intelligences knew that a certain percentage of the "apples"
would fall by the way, therefore enough of them incarnated into Earth
bodies to make up for this inevitable deficiency. It should be stated
here that during the "Great Influx" of the late 1800's, many offspring
were born to space visitors who had mated with Earth women. The
descendants of these offspring are living today, but they are not part of
the class known as The Wanderers.

Space friends also said: "Many of our people are in your world now.
There are nearly ten million of them, with six of those million in the
United States itself." This statement refers to the "apples". Space
people, actually born on other planets, do get out of Saucers and go
into cities and towns for various purposes. They never remain long, for
they make the survey they are working on and immediately leave.
Truman Bethurum points this out in his book , " Aboard A Flying
Saucer". At certain times Aura Rhanes was seen by several people in
places of business and on city streets.

So there are several million people in the world that have nothing to
do with this world as far as learning anything from it that they haven't
already acquired. They either passed through many lives on the Earth
planet itself, or they learned the same lesson on another world similar
to our Earth. At any rate, they are far ahead of the average Earth man
or woman. Why do they come back? The answer is, because they want
to help; they feel that there is something far more beautiful for man on
Earth to attain. They are the reason we have progressed more in the
last fifty years than we did in the previous ten thousand years! Many of
our great and famous historical personages were "apples". Those
specifically mentioned were Benjamin Franklin, Abraham Lincoln,
Nikola Tesla, and others. Of course, many more fit into this category.

.globalgrey.c

145

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Wanderers go through a normal childhood, not realizing who they
are. If they are not among those "seeds that rotted" they someday
remember who they are, where they are from, and what they are here
for. Many "apples" had memory veils lifted about 1947, the year when
Kenneth Arnold brought the Flying Saucer to the attention of the
world. Space intelligences figured that we wouldn't develop atomic
power until sometime in the 1960's. But World War II with its
demands that an atomic bomb be made, speeded up the advancement
of science and therefore the entire space program working itself out
on Earth. The Saucers then appeared openly and also began the great
task of "waking up" their own people occupying Earth bodies and
going about their daily business unaware of the entire matter. Many
received "the beam" in 1947!

They were right when they said: "We walk the streets . . ." Another
time they facetiously said: "To the slop we throw out we never
return!" By that they meant that they were not interested in those
individual souls who couldn't make the grade on their respective
worlds and thereby were the "slop" or "refuse" of that world. They
never will return to the "waste" material of Creation that isn't
interested in Truth and progression through the loving of your fellow

Again they said: "Certain seeds have been placed on Saros (Earth). To
the apples we salt we return!"

Many ancient legends and manuscripts tell about these "Wanderers".
For instance, in "Lessons In Gnani Yoga" by Yogi Ramacharaka, we
read: "In fact there are in the world today, individual souls which have
reached similar stages on other planets, and who are spending their
rest period here amidst the comparatively lower Earth conditions,
striving to lift up the Earth souls to greater heights."

The fact that some of the space visitors coming to Earth at this time
once lived on the Earth itself was vividly shown when George Adamski
spoke to the Venusian near Desert Center, California, on November 20,
1952. On page 204 of " Flying Saucers Have Landed," Adamski said:
"Then pointing to himself, he (the Venusian), indicated that once he
lived here on this Earth: then pointing up into space . . . but now he is
living out there."

.globalgrey.c

146

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Therefore, those souls who incarnated here over and over again,
finally learning the lesson the Earth world offered, went on to higher,
more majestic realms. Some have returned to us in Saucers, others
were born amongst us! Not all of the "apples" come from our own
Solar System; many come from far-distant systems and galaxies. These
volunteers have vowed that they will continue to appear on Earth until
the situation here is cleared up, and Earthman takes his true place
beside his brothers in the Cosmos!

As I said above, many of these universal servants know who they are.
Others will have memory restored to them as time goes on and our
Solar System goes deeper and deeper into Aquarius. They will rise to
the occasion to help their brothers overhead in the Saucers accomplish
their mission here.

How can we identify or recognize a "Wanderer"? It is not easily done.
However, these space friends who work and live with us daily, are
identified by their brothers in the sky by certain body markings. These
marks may take the form of scar tissue that has been present on the
body from birth and thereby not acquired by any natural means, and
they may take the form of unusual types of stigmata (not the religious
type]. The arrangement and type of marks will determine the
individual's place of origin and other pertinent facts. These marks are
not really necessary in order for them to be recognized by the Saucer
occupants, because they know who is who by other methods.

However, the marks serve more as a "key of remembrance" to the
individuals they are located on. By thinking of these strange scars, the
"apple" is automatically put into the right frame of mind and
vibrations for lifting of a memory veil. The more they dwell on how the
marks were received, the more they remember.

As said before, many great men of history, known as adepts, leaders
and reformers belonged to other worlds. Even now they serve in every
field of endeavor: they are scientists, inventors, writers, ministers,
students, teachers, electronic engineers, speakers and farmers! They
have infiltrated everywhere and only wait for the day of The Telling to
make themselves known.

These "Wanderers" are truly "Wayfarers" when they take up life on
Earth. For they very seldom stick to one job for long periods of time.
Some are inclined to be "nervous" or highly sensitive types. This is
because of the lower vibratory rate on Earth. Many of them have

.globalgrey.c

147

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

intestinal disorders and stomach trouble. They move from one job to
another, and many of them are found in communications,
transportation, and scientific fields. The infiltration of the writing and
radio profession has been on a colossal scale.

Remember in "The Coming Of The Saucers " , by Arnold and Palmer,
where Arnold said: "I knew him the moment I saw him. He had tried to
talk to me once in the lobby. He was a rather small man, sandy-haired,
and physically handicapped, apparently from some childhood disease.
He looked healthy and sound." The man Arnold is speaking of was Paul
Lance, reporter for the Tacoma Times . . . and he died shortly after he
met Arnold. At another time, Arnold said: "There we met ... I think we
were both a little surprised to find that . . . was also physically
handicapped, due apparently to some childhood disease, although he
looked robust and healthy."

Kenneth Arnold became quite concerned over the fact that he was
dealing with an unusual number of handicapped people! What did it
mean, if anything? It can only be stated here that some of the "apples"
are cripples in some sense of the word. This is because they do not
function properly on the Earth planet even though they come from
more advanced worlds. Could this be the answer to Arnold's problem?

Rolf Telano, well known to B.S.R.A. readers, must have been thinking
of "Wanderers" when he wrote: "The messages received on radio are
actually point-to-point messages intended for certain persons on this
planet who are working with the operators of the flying discs . . .
mostly their own people whom they have put here to live among the
people of this planet, and act as observers. A telephone directory check
would be useless because they are not known among the Earthlings by
the same name as in the message. In most cases, the name mentioned
is the actual name of the person, but it is often a name which would
sound strange to the people here, so they assume one which will not
arouse so much curiosity. The particular band was chosen because it is
not as much used as others, and it is thus less likely that others would
hear the messages. As an extra precaution, they are also usually coded.
The 'CW' is not actually such, but merely a tape recorded message
which happens to sound like it. The transmission is on a rather wide
band (in frequency), but on a quite narrow band as to direction, being
beamed directly to the person whom they wish to contact. If a radio
set happened to be directly on the beam, it would be quite likely to
pick up the message even if it was turned off, as it is possible for the

.globalgrey.c

148

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

voice coil of the speaker to pick it up by induction. Ordinarily,
however, the set is working on the fringe of the beam, and must be
turned on and tuned somewhere near the right frequency."

Some have said that the coil of the speaker could pick up the code by
induction, but there would have to be a cold solder joint somewhere in
the circuit to act as a rectifier.

When writing the above, Telano had reference to the strange message
picked up by the Iowa research group that was mentioned in " The
Saucers Speak!" This message was received on 405 kc, and said, in part
". . . contact Alesandro Stockvet of Chicago." When the group checked
the telephone directory in Chicago, no such person was found listed.

Telano could be referring to "Wanderers" and also regular Saucer
occupants now engaged in activities on the surface of the Earth.
However, as mentioned before, most of the space people on Earth are
"apples".

Certain individuals have received messages from the space
intelligences that were similar to the following: "Do not think of us as
gods, for in a sense you are greater than we . . . and we must serve you
as it was promised since time immemorial." By this, the Saucer
occupants mean that The Wanderers were a special order of beings
who did nothing but wander from planet to planet and stay until the
particular world they were on was lifted up into higher understanding.
If the message was directed to an "apple" on the Earth, we can see why
the space people would say: "In a sense you are greater than we."
Actually, there is no high nor low, but The Wanderers or "Apples"
would be greater in the sense that they had previously served other
worlds before coming to Earth. The Saucer men recognize these
"Wanderers" because they aided them before they came to Earth to
help. In other words, "apples" lifted up other planets to their present
majestic state of progression where all war, greed, lust and falsity is
non-existent. They passed through Mars, Venus, and other spheres
before volunteering for the Earth mission. And the mission to Earth
began not just one or two lifetimes back, but it all started in the
Miocene Epoch millions of years ago! The Universal "chimney-sweeps"
will not go on to other degraded worlds until the planet Earth returns
to the Interplanetary Brotherhood, established in Love, Truth, and
peace.

.globalgrey.c

149

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The following message was received in the central part of the United
States by a "Wanderer". It illustrates the point we have made above. Its
point of origin was from space intelligences.

"Wake up! Do not underestimate yourself. Do not say that something is
not true just because you alone thought it. Know this about yourself . . .
when you think purely on your own plane (thought], there is no room
for error as there is none being a part of who you are! Son of Light, we
are coming soon to Earth in great numbers. Upon our arrival we will
scatter over the face of the planet and instruct the immature souls
concerning the most perfect application of the Love principle. Truly, in
reality, this is all we do. We keep away and shut out all selfish interests
and egotistical desires: in this we find our true purpose to the rest of
God's great creation. We have so perfected the Love principle that we
need not adopt the policy of loving our enemies and blessing those
that curse us for there are no enemies and there is no one that curses.
Truly here is where the spirit of God can move freely and give unto us
unimaginable blessings. This, too, is one of our great missions here,
since it is only when Love reigns supreme that it is possible for God to
give you more than he has. This is not because God is unwilling to give
unto you, it is because in your ignorance you refuse to receive that
which is already given unto you. Upon our arrival be ready to receive
and welcome us; not that we are demanding, but in order to fulfill our
mission here it is necessary for us to mingle as much as possible with
you who know us. You can aid us with certain information we desire.
We mingle with you and people like you purposely because although
you look human, yet are you divine, even more so than we by far! You
remember meeting a stranger the other day, yet he was not a stranger
at all, but one of us whom you met while working in our realm to build
us up as you are even now building up the Earth. When we come to
cooperate wholeheartedly, be not fearful of telling the world of our
coming; for the world must know to be prepared. The time is therefore
short, as we have said before. Work well and preach the truth until we
come! And we will come, as we promised you before you took up the
mantle of this mission". This message was signed simply: "A friend
from Venus".

This Venusian friend was obviously addressing his remarks to a
"Wanderer". He recognized the Earth worker because he had passed
through his world Venus before coming to Earth. As stated before, the
"Wanderers" began their mission on Earth millions of years ago when
they originally came with the Great Avatar or Son of Thought

.globalgrey.c

150

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Incarnate. However, the original number of 144,000 has been added to
over many generations and highly advanced beings on other planets
joined the ranks of The Wanderers.

Some might ask: "Why don't the occupants of the Saucers do the job of
lifting up humanity on Earth?" Actually, they couldn't do the job alone.
First of all, in order to get by for very long in present day society an
individual has to have papers and records proving his birth, age, place
of residence, driver's license, draft board classification, etc. Secondly,
people of the Earth wouldn't want to be "lifted up" or taught by
"foreigners" from outer space. But, if space people are among them as
their own kind, they will be raised automatically into higher states of
progression. Only if the "apples" volunteer for such a mission can it be
accomplished.

Saucer occupants and "Wanderers" in our own Solar System belong to
an order known as Knights of the Solar Cross. The literal solar cross is
a luminous appearance consisting of a light-pillar combined with a
segment of the parhelic circle, forming a cross with the sun at the
center. A similar phenomenon about the moon is called a lunar cross.

Solar Cross, used here, however, means something entirely different.
The swastika symbolizing the Four Great Primary Forces is the true
Solar Cross, for without these forces our Sun and Solar System could
not operate-in fact, they wouldn't even exist, and neither would
anything else in Creation exist.

A Knight Errant was a wandering knight who, in the Middle Ages went
forth in search of adventures fitted to exhibit his skill, prowess, or
chivalry toward women; he belonged to wandering knighthood.
Therefore, The Wanderers are Knights Errant of the Solar Cross as they
go to the various planets of our Solar System. They operate through
the authority and powers of the Four Great Forces to point men
everywhere to the Great Path.

As said before, it doesn't matter whether the helpers came here in
Saucers, or whether they were born here as "apples"-they all belong
to the Solar Cross Order. The symbol of this Order shows the present
twelve planets enveloped in their Resonating Electro-Magnetic Fields.
The planet of the fifth orbit to space intelligences is the Earth, and its
field is shown shaded and dark. This is because the Earth is now the
only world in our Solar System that does not belong to the

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Interplanetary Brotherhood. The twelve planets surround the
swastika and super-imposed over this is a face-like shield with a single
eye in the center of the forehead.

Plate XIII

This symbolizes the fact that Knights of the Solar Cross have a highly
developed pineal body or gland, a "third eye" which gives them their
astounding telepathic abilities. They examine all men by this "eye"
instead of by normal vision which would only allow for reason and
logic instead of truth. (See Plate XIII).

In June, 1953 a well known magazine received the following letter in
reference to an article they had printed on life of other worlds.

"I have just read your article that claims the people on other worlds
look like huge enlarged editions of your own (airth's) microbes. Ha.
Have a surprise in store! I was born on the planet Venus and my
mother and father entered life on the planet Uranus. All three of us
could walk right by you on the street and you couldn't tell any
difference between us and those born on this planet airth. I have now
been on this satellite of the Sun ten years, and along with hundreds of
thousands of my group from the various galactic regions, have been
mingling with you without undue alarm. Your own government is
aware of our presence as well as our appearance; and every time

another load of us arrive via solar ship, they get jittery I am a

Knight of the Solar Cross."

.globalgrey.c

152

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The editor published this letter in the next issue of the magazine and
said: "Hey, Knight . . . ever heard of the Immigration Act?"

The following is a message received in Arizona from one of these
Knights who is now surveying our Earth in space craft.

"In the Light of our Infinite Father, the Creative Spirit, we greet you
fellow creatures and brothers of Saros. We who now speak are also of
your third density. As you peer through your "big eyes" you can easily
see many of us. However, you only see eight of us besides yourself.
There are three more of the Father's Mansions with one being beyond
the planet you know as Pluto, and the other two between Mercury and
the Sun.

"Twelve is an important number and so is Seven. That is why a group
to the west at Giant Rock in your State of California speaks of The
Council of the Seven Lights. Remember, we have also spoken of The
Council-Circle 7x. There were Twelve Apostles who followed the
Master, one of the Twelve destroyed himself. There are Twelve Planets
now in our Solar System, and one, your planet of Earth, known to other
beings of the third density as Saros, is a lost brother (mansion) now on
the brink of self-destruction. The Creator's symbolism is always exact
and understood only by those who discern His signs.

"The planet known to you as Saturn is the location of the Universal
Tribunal of this, our Solar System. We will not go into the nature of our
Great Sun Body at this time, but let it be stated here that there are
beings on the planetary bodies under the photosphere of the Sun.
There is life on your Moon as well as on some other moons belonging
to other planets.

"Saturn is the Seat of Justice . . . "As ye sow, so shall ye reap." Saturn
was your ancient god of Seed-Sowing, and believed to be a king during
an ancient Golden Age. Yes, the literal rule of Saturn was enjoyed on
Earth during the period of your Golden Age. It was distinguished for
peacefulness, happiness, and contentment. The Saturnian Age is
mentioned in all Earth history. Saturn was the "sower of seeds"
because it was he who gave authority to The Wanderers so that they
might go into physical life on the Earth. Saturn has been called by your
people, 'The Rising Sun of a New Dispensation', and this is true for he
represents form and discipline which, when met and profited by, bring
sure and permanent rewards. Remember what your Holy Book tells

.globalgrey.c

153

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

you: "Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man
soweth, that shall he also reap." (Galatians 6:7].

"Long ago, it came to our attention that our Solar System, of which you
are a vital part, was quickly moving into another realm of our Father's
Creation. We are now a part of the first stages of the fourth density.
Beings of this density are now with us and among us. They do not need
mechanical contrivances as we of the third density need them. We of
the other planets in this System are more advanced than your world,
Saros. But we say this in all humility, not wishing to boast. For we are,
in a sense, still very crude. Again it is written in your Good Book: "I
have seen all the works that are done under the sun ; and, behold , all is
vanity and vexation of spirit." (Ecclesiastes 1:14]. We are not perfect!

"As your 'big eyes' peer into space you see us because we are in your
density, but there are degrees of advancement and we are ahead of
you in that degree. We are now contacting our Saros brothers by
means of radiotelegraphy, telepathy, and direct physical
manifestations. Our brothers of the fourth density are now contacting
Saros brothers almost entirely by telepathy and by projection. Do not
think for a moment that the so-called 'Saucers' and related phenomena
are just from this or that planet; they come from many, many worlds,
systems and galaxies. And they are of different development, yet they
are all part of the Creator's plan for Saros. The Interplanetary
Confederation now operating around your planet contains fifty-one
solar systems which includes several hundred planets (six-hundred
and eight according to Van Tassel] controlling some three and a half
million spacecraft.

"For centuries and centuries we have watched your ruinous wars, and
hoped that someday you would gain the understanding needed to gain
your freedom from bondage of your own making. Our hopes have not
been realized; instead, our worst fears have been realized. Not fear as
you think of it, but only the knowledge of past events. The time has
come for Saros to prepare herself for the Groom-she must put off the
old, the shabby, and array herself in finery for the Wedding Feast
shortly to take place in the fourth density realm. We, as your nearest
Neighbors in space, are trying to prepare you adequately for this
meeting.

"Our authority is from the Saturn Tribunal headed by Kadar Lacu. This
Tribunal and its Kadar acts in the Creator's Light and Love. None of us

.globalgrey.c

154

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

are perfect as I have said, or we would not be here. There is much we
all have to learn. There are worlds millions and even trillions of years
'ahead' of us, and there are many worlds thousands of years 'behind'
us. We must not, therefore, be worshipped as gods. It is truly written:
"And hath gone and served other gods, and worshipped them, either
the sun, or moon, or any of the host of heaven, which I have not
commanded." (Deuteronomy 17:3). "And they shall spread them
before the sun, and the moon, and all the host of heaven, whom they
have loved, and whom they have served, and after whom they have
walked, and whom they have sought, and whom they have
worshipped. (Jeremiah 8:2). We are the Host of Heaven, and we must
not be worshipped as ancient men have bowed to sun, moon and stars!

"We are here among you. Some of us have always been here, with you,
yet apart from you. We have watched you closely and occasionally we
guided you whenever the opportunity arose. Our numbers have now
been increased tremendously in preparation for another step in the
development of your world Saros. You are not aware of this step
completely, although it has been hinted at frequently in the accounts of
your prophets. We contacted these prophets of yours in time past; but
many of them did not know our true nature, therefore they could not
always translate clearly the concepts implanted in their minds.
Sometimes they were extremely cautious, and to insure the
preservation of the information they wished to place upon record in
the world, they spoke in metaphors and symbols.

"We have been confused many times with the gods of world-religions.
However, we are your fellow creatures as I said before. You will find
records of our presence in the mysterious symbols of ancient Egypt,
where we made ourselves known in order to accomplish certain ends.
One of our principal symbols appears in the religious art of your
present civilization and occupies a position of importance upon the
great seal of the United States. It has been preserved in certain secret
societies founded originally to keep alive the knowledge of our
existence and our intentions toward mankind. Another of our symbols
is the Circle-Cross and the Swastika. The symbol known to you as the
'Tree of Life' is well-known to us and is important.

"We have left you outstanding landmarks. These were carefully placed
in various parts of Saros, but most prominently in Egypt where we
established a headquarters at one time. At that time, the foundations
of your present civilization were 'laid in the earth' and the most

.globalgrey.c

155

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

ancient of your known landmarks established by means that would
appear as miraculous to you now as they did to the pre-Egyptians, so
many thousands of years ago. Since that time the whole art of building
in stone has become symbolic, to many of you, of the work in hand-
the building of the human race toward its perfection.

"Many of your ancestors knew us in those days as preceptors and as
friends. Indeed, many of you knew us then, also. Now, though your
own efforts, you have almost reached, in your majority, a new step on
the long ladder of liberation. You have constantly been aided by our
watchful inspiration, and hindered only by the difficulties natural to
your processes of physical and moral development.

"You have lately achieved the means of destroying yourselves. Do not
be hasty in your self-congratulation for yours is not the first
civilization to have achieved and used such means. The 'lost world'
known to you as the Asteroid Belt is spoken of in your records as
'Lucifer, the Shining One'. We called this planet 'Maldek, The Tongue'.
We did not interfere when the men of that world experimented with
certain and quick disaster. Each man, and hence each world, must
learn the lesson and make its own progression. Universal Law
prevented us from interfering. When this world was shattered, it
caused terrible catastrophe on other worlds, as well as on Saros. You
have not recovered to this day.

"We are now interfering more than we should, but we will not stand
by and see another waste of creation in our System. There isn't time
for another waste. Now that the Great Cycle is ending and we are all
entering a new plane, all must be purified. That which is beyond hope
will eliminate itself. We say 'eliminate itself for we will destroy
nothing. Those on Saros who believe the Creator punishes or destroys
anything are in darkness. You are punished by your own deeds, as
your world is now punishing itself for its crimes against Universal
Law.

"Yours will not be the first world to be offered the means of preventing
that destruction and proceeding in the full glory of its accumulated
knowledge, to establish an era of enlightenment on Saros. However, if
you do accept the means offered you, and if you do establish such a
'millennium' upon the basis of your present accomplishments, yours
will be the first civilization to do so.

.globalgrey.c

156

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"Always before, the knowledge, the techniques, the instruction, have
become the possessions of a chosen few; a few who chose themselves
by their open-minded and clear-sighted realization of the 'shape of
things to come'. They endeavored to pass on their knowledge in the
best possible form and by the most enduring means at their command.
In a sense, they succeeded, but in another sense their failure equalled
their success. Human acceptance is, to a very large extent, measurable
by human experience. Succeeding generations, who never knew of our
actual presence, translated the teachings of their elders in the terms of
their own experience.

"For instance, a cross-sectional drawing, much simplified and stylized
by many copyings, of one of our space craft, became the 'Sacred Eye of
Horus', and eyes of many other gods. Other symbolical and alchemical
'eyes' are merely representative of our means of transportation. Osiris
and Apollo became gods to the people, but they were actually our
representatives on Saros: they were men! The 'golden disk' now
confused with the solar disk and made a part of religion, and the
'discus' hurled sunward by the Grecian athlete and your athletes are
also symbolic of our traveling devices or 'Saucers'.

"The really important fact, however, is that we are here among you!
And you, as a world-race will know it before very much longer. The
time is almost ripe, but as with all ripening things, the process may not
be hurried artificially without danger of damaging the fruit. There is a
right time for every action, and the right time for our complete
revelation of ourselves to Saros is fast approaching.

"Many of you have seen our 'advance guard' already. You have met us
often in the streets of your cities; but you have not noticed us. Some,
however, do 'sense' us! When we speed through your skies in the
traditional vehicles, you are amazed, and those of you who tell of what
you have seen are ac-counted dupes and fools. Actually, you are
prophets of your age, seers in the true sense of the word. You in
Kansas and Oklahoma, you in Oregon and in California, and Idaho,
Indiana, Maine, and Vermont-you who know what you have seen, do
not be dismayed by what so-called 'authorities' tell you. Remember,
many of them haven't seen what you have! Their faulty opinions are
not based on actual experience.

"Can you imagine a material almost transparent to the rays of ordinary
light, yet strong enough to endure the stress of extremely rapid flight?

.globalgrey.c

157

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Look again at the Great Nebulae, and think of the construction of your
own Milky Way Galaxy, and be-hold the Universal examples of what
we have found to be the perfect shape for an object which is to travel
through what you still fondly refer to as 'empty' space. Our Crystal
Bells operate in their own Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field the same
as all celestial bodies do. Your own Saros is nothing but a huge space
craft. We can travel the so-called 'speed of light' and faster, but
actually light does not travel; Light Is!

"If we chose to remain unseen, we could do so easily and, in fact, we
have done so almost without exception for hundreds of years. No one
sees us unless we want to be seen! You must now become accustomed
to our shapes in your skies, for one day soon they will be familiar,
friendly, and reassuring sights.

"One of our very ancient prophecy legends says: "To the apples we salt
we return." Some of you understand what this means. Long ago we
knew what would take place on Saros and we knew that we would
have to come down and dwell with you to accomplish certain
objectives. Many of us have only recently arrived on your world and
were brought here by space craft from our respective homes in this
System and other systems. Our Confederation is large, but
unfortunately, there are those of other worlds who are not here in the
name of the Infinite Father. They are intruders!

"Many of us came centuries ago, and especially during the last part of
your nineteenth century. Some of you are our direct descendants.

Some of you were incarnated back into Saros from other planets and
only recently have you begun to realize who you are and what your
true purpose is. You are one with us and must prepare to meet the
work ahead of us all. You are the 'apples' we 'salted away' until we had
need of them. That time is now here. We have returned! However, all
the 'seeds' have not matured; some have rotted. Therefore, some of
you because of certain conditions will never know who you are. We
are all space beings since all life is spiritual in essence and inhabits
space. We are all the Creator's children; we are brothers and sisters.

"All of our people now on your planet are working toward the new
order of things shortly to en-gulf your world. We are Knights of the
Solar Cross. De you understand this? If you do fail, as other worlds
have failed, then we will know what to do. The Council-Circle 7 has
completed its work here, and matters have now been turned over to

.globalgrey.c

158

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

the Universal Tribunal. You will soon notice even stranger changes
begin to take place in your world: unbelievable changes to you.

"Recognize us for what we are; we are here! We are a Confederation of
many peoples working in Eternal Light. Our love and light to all of you.
May our Infinite Father guide you always. For my brothers, I am, 'One
Who Serves'."

This message speaks of the Twelve Planets. Besides the nine we know
of, there is one beyond Pluto, which was spoken of as Patras in " The
Saucers Speak!" Could Patras refer to the Greek petra, rock or petros,
stone? Perhaps this planet is a small world and Patras in the Solex Mai
may be "The Rock". Then there are two more planets unknown to most
scientists between Mercury and the Sun.

In 1859 M. Lescarbault, a village physician of Orgeres, France, saw a
small dark planet-like body pass across the sun's disc. This planet was
called by anticipation, Vulcan. However, its existence still remains
unconfirmed by science. M. Porro and M. Wolf of Zurich reported
seeing Vulcan in transit in 1876. Since Vulcan was seen passing across
the disk of the Sun it can be assumed that such a planet really exists.
However, most astronomers refuse to accept its existence. They say it
is a hypothetical intra-Mercurial planet. The French astronomer Le
Verrier said Vulcan did exist because this would account for certain
unexplained perturbations of Mercury. In 1846, J. G. Galle, the German
astronomer, discovered the planet Neptune, following the calculations
of Le Verrier. If Le Verrier was correct about the existence of Neptune,
could he not be correct about Vulcan? He had calculated the exact
position of Neptune in the sky. The perturbations mentioned means
the deviation was caused by the attraction of some other body other
than that round which Mercury moves. The perturbations of Mercury
are caused by Vulcan. Besides, it has been seen in transit across the
Sun's disk too often to be ignored.

Between Vulcan and the Sun there is still another planet of which little
is known at this time. Information received by Van Tassel confirms the
existence of Vulcan and this other world closest of all planets to the
Sun.

All the planets in our Solar System are inhabited and are working in
the Interplanetary Confederation. There is only one planet that is
uneasy about the Earth. In "The Saucers Speak!" the following was

.globalgrey.c

159

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

received: "Uranus doesn't believe in too much contact with the Earth
planet." Uranus had to be won over in the Universal Tribunal for she
felt that little could be accomplished through Earth contact. This has
been confirmed in a startling manner recently by a physicist in Canada
who has had contact several times with a craft from Uranus. The
occupants said they were not too interested in the Earth, but they did
hope that man on Saros would rise out of stupidity and take his place
with the other men of Creation.

The numeral 12 is very important in symbolism. A few of the
important parts of the Scale of Twelve follow:

12 symbols of the Pillars in Neptune's Temple were related to the

12 Laws (Atlantis).

12 Emerald Tablets of Thoth the Atlantean. The writing is similar to
the Solex-Mal and has engraved characters in the ancient Atlantean
language.

12 Labors of Hercules: 12 Great Gods.

12 Signs of the Zodiac.

12 Months.

12 Faculties; 12 great Qualities and Virtues;

12 Gems in the Breastplate of the high priest.

12 Tribes of Israel; 12 Rods of the 12 Princes of Israel.

12 Phalanges of the fingers.

12 Lesser Prophets.

12 Apostles.

12 Patriarchs.

12 Gates (Revelation 21:12).

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

12 Angels (Revelation 21:12); 12 Legions of Angels (St. Matthew
26:53).

12 Foundations (Revelation 21:14).

12 Bullocks (Ezra 8:35).

12 He goats (Ezra 8:35).

12 Pointed Star; 12 Fruits (Revelation 22:2).

12 Sons of Jacob.

In ancient symbolism the Twelve Sons of Jacob were represented as
twelve stars surrounding two circles. These circles stood for Jacob and
his wife. (Jacob had several wives, but the circle stands for the mother
of each son). In this connection, there is something very interesting to
be found in Genesis 37:9: "And he dreamed yet another dream, and
told it his brethren, and said, Behold, I have dreamed a dream more;
and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made
obeisance to me."

Now this dream literally meant that some day Joseph's father (Jacob)
and his mother and his eleven brothers would bow to him. Joseph's
brothers sold his as a slave, and later they did bow down to him in
Egypt. In Genesis 37:10, we read: "And he told it to his father, and to
his brethren: and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is
this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy
brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth?"

Joseph's dream likened his father, mother and brothers to the sun,
moon, and eleven stars. Why eleven stars? In his day there were
altogether thirteen planets in our Solar System. Since Joseph was on
the Earth he would not count that a star, and besides the Earth did not
belong to the Interplanetary Brotherhood. That would leave twelve
stars or planets, But Maldek, not yet destroyed (its total destruction
taking place at the time of the Exodus) did not belong to the
Brotherhood either. Therefore, there were actually eleven stars or
planets in our System that would have recognition at the Universal
Tribunal. Somehow, the ancients knew this.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

A sun disk, balanced upon a four-legged stand was found at Sippar
before the canopied throne of Shamash, the sun god. It is recorded in a
tablet of Nebopaliddin, King of Babylonia about 880 B. C. (See Plate
XIV). This disk shows the central Sun with the Four Great Primary
Forces, and it shows twelve wavy lines extending out or radiating from
the Sun. This means there are twelve planets in the Solar System. Since
this dates from 880 B. C. it would not show the planet Maldek or
thirteen planets since Maldek ceased to exist around 1500 B. C. This
sun disk is similar to the Ishtal-Maxin in the Solex-Mal. (See
illustration on page 72).

PLATE XIV

The large silver star which was placed in the floor of the Grotto of the
Church of the Holy Nativity, in Bethlehem, in the nineteenth century, at
the sup-posed spot on which Jesus was born, has twelve points.
Tradition associates the number twelve with closeness of relationship
between the divine and the human. Formerly, the Feast of Epiphany
was known as "Twelfthtide", or "Twelfth Day", because it falls on the
twelfth day after Christmas.

The Golden Candelabra with seven lamps of ancient times is very
important because of its obvious connection with the Council of Seven
Lights (Van Tassel) and the Council-Circle 7.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof: and they shall light the
lamps thereof, that they may give light over against it." (Exodus
25:37).

"Speak unto Aaron, and say unto him, When thou lightest the lamps,
the seven lamps shall give light over against the candlestick."

(Numbers 8:2).

"And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I
saw seven golden candlesticks; And in the midst of the seven
candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment
down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle."
(Revelation 1:12-13).

"The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand,
and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of
the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are
the seven churches." (Revelation 1:20).

Therefore, for the Scale of Seven we have: 7 Spirits of God; 7 Souls
(Egyptian); 7 Seals; 7 Logi; 7 Creative Lords; 7 Creators or Fabricators
(Jewish Elohim); 7 Golden Candlesticks; 7 Builders or Governors
(Egyptian); 7 Rays; 7 Lamps; 7 Lamps of Fire; 7 Colors of Spectrum; 7
Sounds; 7 Rishis; 7 Stars; 7 Notes of Musical Scale; 7 Zones; 7
Continents; 7 Suns; 7 Angels; 7 Eyes of the Lord; 7 Daughters of Atlas
(Pleiades); 7 Laws; 7 Churches; p. 237 7 Worlds; 7 Primordial
Mysteries; 7 Principles; 7 Wheels; 7 Days of the week; 7 Old Books
(From Noah's Ark); 7 Brazen Columns of Ham and Cheiron.

When Kadar Lacu, Head of the Universal Tribunal on Saturn contacted
us in Northern Arizona, he always identified himself with a certain

symbol: © Van Tassel at Giant Rock has also received this Circle-
Cross. Anciently, it was known as the "Astronomical Cross of Egypt".

Or it was called the "Mundane Cross". It is supposed to represent
"accomplished creation". The ancients said it was of the fundamental
divine interplanetary language, and it has the numerical value of three.
To them it meant an individual creation, such as a planet, a solar
system, or a galaxy. Since Lacu is Kadar (Head) of the tribunal for this
Solar System, he would naturally use the Circle-Cross as his symbol.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Ponnar is an important personage from the planet Hatonn in the
galactic system of Andromeda. The symbol he always uses

is: CO This symbol of "eternity" is very old and is found on
several of the Tarot Cards.

The symbol of the Tree of Life or the Tree and the Serpent is one of the
Earth's most ancient representations. Remember in " The White Sands
Incident", by Dan Fry, where Dan noticed a simple design imprinted in
the material of the seat in the Saucer? Alan said: "Oh, I see you have
noticed the symbol and recognized its significance." "Yes," Dan said,
"anyone who has ever read to any extent would recognize the symbol
of the tree and the serpent. It is found in the original inscriptions and
legends of every race on earth. It has always seemed to me to be a
peculiarly earthly symbol and it was startling to see it appear from the
depths of space or from whatever planet you call home."

Alan answered Dan by saying: "These are things which I had hoped to
put off until our next contact. There is so much to tell and so little time.
Our ancestors came originally from this earth. They had built a great
empire and a mighty science upon the continent which your legends
call 'Mu' or 'Lemuria'."

Mu was symbolized as a tree--the Tree of Life. The unadorned serpent
is Khan the symbol of Khanab, "The Great Waters", the ocean. Mu was
surrounded by water, even as the tree is surrounded by the serpent.
There were indigenous life forms on other worlds, but several

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

research groups have received information that during the
catastrophes that struck both Lemuria and Atlantis, groups of people
were evacuated from the Earth and taken to other planets. Especially
Mars and Venus.

"To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in
the midst of the paradise of God." (Revelation 2:7).

"In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was
there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded
her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing
of the nations." (Revelation 22:2).

"Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right
to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city."
(Revelation 22:14).

Swedenborg says that by "the tree of life" is signified a man who lives
from God, or God living in man; and as love and faith, wisdom and
charity, or good and truth, make the life of God in a man, these are
signified by the Tree of Life, and derivatively also the eternal life of
man is signified. The Babylonians had a symbol of the Tree of Life, as
did the Greeks for they spoke of "the wide spreading tree of Jove". The
Egyptians had the "pillar of degrees", apparently a conventionalized
palm tree in which they showed three levels or degrees. The Teuton
mythology knows the tree Yggdrasil which grows by the well of Urd,
the well of wisdom.

.globalgrey.c

165 Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLATE XV

Its branches reach into heaven, it roots into hela, the caverns of
darkness.

Early in 1952, a strange young man appeared in California. He lectured
on the coming of the space people to earth. He always spoke to small
groups of students or clubs. There was nothing unusual about him
except that he wore a lapel button on which was a distinctive symbol.
(See Plate XV]. Here we see the familiar swastika of the Four Forces
and a serpent twined about a wand or rod. This is similar to the
caduceus, a magic herald's wand, a sacred rod having power over
wealth, prosperity, happiness, and dreams, carried by the messengers
of the Greek gods, especially by Hermes. The caduceus was a sign of
the settlement of quarrels, carried by heralds and ambassadors. This
symbol is also used for Apollo.

The serpent and the staff are symbols of Aesculapius, Roman god of
medicine and Asklepios, Greek god of healing. The staff represented
this god's wanderings from place to place dispensing cures.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will
fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort
me." (Psalms 23:4].

Since Apollo, Hermes, Osiris, and others were undoubtedly nothing but
space visitors in ancient times who later were defied by the people, we
would expect their symbols to be used yet by modern space visitors.
The attributes or actions of Apollo or Hermes as space men were
carried over to fit the later gods Apollo, Hermes, etc. The space men
came to settle disputes and the caduceus became a sign of "the
settlement of quarrels". It was carried by "heralds and ambassadors"-
indeed space visitors were heralds of a new wisdom and knowledge
and ambassadors of the worlds. The rod or staff represented the god
of healing's "wanderings". And, the space visitors were "healers" of
man's sufferings; they did wander from "place to place dispensing
cures" for the "sorrowful planet Earth. The "rod" and the "staff did
"comfort" the people of the ancient world when it was visited by
intelligences of other realms in outer space.

The description that has come down to us of Apollo fits him in his role
of spaceman: "He was the god of pure light, the enemy of darkness,
healer, preserver. He always declared truth; but the limited mind of
man cannot always grasp the meaning of his sayings."

Likewise, the same is true of Osiris: "Osiris, reigning as a king on earth,
reclaimed the Egyptians from savagery, gave them laws, and taught
them worship. He introduced the cultivation of grains. Eager to
communicate his discoveries to all mankind he travelled over the
world, diffusing the blessings of civilization and agriculture wherever
he went."

The Elder Brother clearly showed his position as Head of the
Wandering Host when he said: "Ye are from beneath; I am from above:
ye are of this world." (St. John 8:23].

In Christ's Prayer of Consecration he refers to The Wanderers : "I have
given them thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are
not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that thou
shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep
them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the
world. Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth. As thou hast
sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified
through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also
which shall believe in me through their word; That they all may be

one as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be

one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the
glory which thou gayest me I have given them; that they may be one,
even as we are one: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made
perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me,
and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me. Father, I will that they
also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may
behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before
the foundation of the world. 0 righteous Father, the world hath not
known thee: but I have known thee, and these have known that thou
hast sent me. And I have declared unto them thy name, and will
declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them,
and I in them." (St. John 17:14-26].

Jesus referred specifically to St. John as a Wanderer when he said: "If I
will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?" (St. John 21:22].

"Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that the disciple
(John] should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but,
If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?" (St. John 21:23].

Jesus didn't mean that John would not die. He meant that as
a Wanderer, John would go in and out of life on Earth-he would
"tarry" until the great plan had been fulfilled on Earth and man again
took his rightful place in the Universe.

The Wanderers are mentioned in many other writings. For instance, in
the "Golden Scripts".

"Behold it is of fact that in the higher realms of life there is a system
that classifieth spirits into groups, according to their willingness to be
of assistance unto others. At the head is the Christ Group, or group of
Christ Souls, who have suffered so greatly in other worlds and in other
forms that the essence of Self hath become utterly lost." (G. S. 69.2-2].

"They have come to earth from other planets, not earthly born, not
knowing always Golgotha of reincarnation." (G. S. 69:6].

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"They do manifest in flesh but rarely, and then only for great purposes
involving earthly leadership: they go down into flesh when great
events portend having as their essence the heart of humanity in
jeopardy to itself. These persons have errands to perform of special
tenor: they manifest according to plan agreed upon beforehand: they
come and go at behest of a leader, usually the wisest and holiest
among them. I say beloved, there are those amongst you of this order:
they have known of old when labors were required to ennoble the
race." (G. S. 69:8-10).

"All the mighty of the earth, verily the truly mighty, are members of
this group. Some manifest in flesh today like unto yourselves; far
greater, however, is the number gone on into the higher and even
higher planes." (G. S. 69:26-27).

"My beloved, hear my words: I am at the head of sacrificial ones:
bestowed upon me was the leadership of that group in that I wouldst
sacrifice most, going down into flesh times of greatest number,
suffering most terribly most of those times. Those who make up the
group were created by that Spirit whom men call the Father, for
purposes of ministering; therefore ye who do minister most are
greatest, and he who is greatest in service is leader." (G. S. 69:31-32).

In the above, the Elder Brother tells us that he is the Head of the
Wanderers, and that the Father created them for a special purpose;
they belong to a special order.

The disciples were all Wanderers, for Christ says: "Did I not say unto
my disciples, Verily I tell you there are those among you who shall not
taste of death until I come again? Were not those disciples of the
serving ones? Whereof can Mammon say with a certainty that they
have ever died? Is it death for consciousness to pass from body unto
body? Verily I tell you, they know themselves." (G. S. 69:36-39).

"There are those on planes of earth who have manifested unto me in
many ages, not as men and women but as Radiant Ones; they have
come and gone in your lives of the present as servants of mine,
messengers and ministers in flesh, making you to see the earth after its
nature as an abiding place for the children of men." (G. S. 79:15).

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"Beloved, be advised: there are in flesh certain entities who are
messengers of mine sent by the Host to do you good; they have one
thought only, to execute my will." (G. S. 79:24].

"I tell you angels are about you, in and out of the flesh, that ye do meet
and talk with them daily, that they do serve you at my behest, that they
come back to me with report of your zeal. In that ye serve, ye are
served, my beloved!” (G. S. 79:39-40].

Whether we call them the "Goodly Company", the "Sons of Light", the
"Lesser Avatars", "Those who serve", "Apples", or The Wanderers, it
doesn't matter-they continue to serve in Love and Light.

"Let brotherly love continue. Be not forgetful to entertain strangers:
for thereby some have entertained angels unawares." (Hebrews 13:1-
2 ]-

It is truly written: "Other sheep have I which are not of this fold; them
also will I bring."

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

170

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Prophets went before the face of the Lord to prepare his ways; to
give light to them that sat in darkness and in the shadow of death; to
guide their feet into the way of peace.

There have always been prophets and there always will be prophets;
they are with us today. Wordsworth said: "Mighty Prophet! Seer blest,
On whom those truths do rest, Which we are toiling all our lives to
find."

In Old Testament times there were orders or bands of prophets,
called schools of the prophets. In New Testament times Christian
prophets constituted an order ranking next to that of apostle. The
Moslems had Mohammed, the Mormons had Joseph Smith and the
Christian Scientists had Mary Baker Eddy. Those who are discerning
the signs of God and are telling the people of what the future holds are
still exercising the office of Prophet.

Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah,
Micah, Haggai, Zechariah and Malachi were prophets along with others
during the Old Testament days. Of course, Isaiah and Ezekiel seem to
have had more direct contact with space intelligences than any of the
others. Many of their writings are no longer available, such as "The
Acts of Uzziah" written by Isaiah. (See II Chronicles 26:22].

Chapter Six of Isaiah was referred to in Maldek And Malona, showing
us that this prophet was visited by space intelligences and thereby
received his information for prophecy. Isaiah, himself, was a
"Wanderer", a "Son of Light". To show that he knew of extraterrestrial
visitation to Earth, he wrote:

"Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things,
that bringeth out their host by number: he calleth them all by names
by the greatness of his might, for that he is strong in power; not one
faileth." (Isaiah 40:26].

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

David had said: "He telleth the number of the stars; he calleth them all
by their names." (Psalms 147:4].

Isaiah wasn't referring to things or stars alone, and he didn't mean the
light they gave off in the heavens. By "host" he meant the intelligences
that were coming earthward from the heavenly bodies.

Isaiah's prophecy in Chapter Five could easily refer to the present time
as well as it did the prophet's time. The vineyard and the wild grapes
therein symbolizes our world of today and its people. In one of the
new editions of the Bible, the following verses are omitted. Chapter
Five ends with verse twenty-five. Why were these verses taken out
after all these years?

"And he will lift up an ensign to the nations from far, and will hiss unto
them from the end of the earth: and, behold, they shall come with
speed swiftly: None shall be weary nor stumble among them; none
shall slumber nor sleep; neither shall the girdle of their loins be
loosed, nor the latchet of their shoes be broken: Whose arrows are
sharp, and all their bows bent, their horses' hoofs shall be counted like
flint, and their wheels like a whirlwind: Their roaring shall be like a
lion, they shall roar like young lions: yea, they shall roar, and lay hold
of the prey, and shall carry it away safe, and none shall deliver it. And
in that day they shall roar against them like the roaring of the sea: and
if one look unto the land, behold darkness and sorrow (distress], and
the light is darkened in the heavens thereof (when it is light, it shall be
dark in the destructions thereof). (Isaiah 5:26-30).

The space friends have "wheels like whirlwinds", their "arrows (truth)
are sharp", they "come with speed swiftly", and they shall "lay hold of
the prey, and shall carry it away safe".

Ezekiel had his encounter with space craft many years after Isaiah in
595 B.C. He gets off to a grand start in Chapter One giving us a perfect
description of Flying Saucers, their landing, and their occupants
getting out. Although the entire verses being transposed and generally
mixed up, we can obtain a comprehensive view of the situation by
careful reading and proper correlation. Remember that Ezekiel had no
mechanical contrivances with which to make comparisons and he was
therefore compelled to use the only things with which he was familiar-
-animals, birds, and horse-drawn chariots with wheels.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

PLATE XVI

In this connection the Tetramorph of Greek art is interesting.

(See Plate XVI]. This symbolic drawing was taken from a Byzantine
Mosaic in the Convent of Vatopedi on Mt. Athos. The principal figure is
that of a Man, the three heads of the other creatures appearing from
behind, and six large wings covered with eyes are arranged around the
heads and across the body of the Man, whose feet rest on
fiery wheels which are also winged (indicating flight]. All the heads are
invested with plain nimbi. The Tetramorph was the ancients' idea or
conception of what Ezekiel saw that day in 595 B.C. by the River of
Chebar. It is one of the world's earliest known drawings of Saucers.

The verses in Chapter One which make the most sense in the light of
our modern knowledge of space-craft will be given in that order.

"And I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, a great
cloud, and a fire infolding (catching] itself, and a brightness was about

www.globalgrey.co.uk

173

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

it, and out of the midst thereof as the color of amber, out of the midst
of the fire." (Ezekiel 1:4).

Many of the spacecraft sighted within the last few years have
displayed a very bright amber glow.

"And every one had four faces, and every one had four wings. And
their feet were straight feet (a straight foot); and the sole of their feet
was like the sole of a calf's foot: and they sparkled like the color of
burnished brass." (Ezekiel 1:6-7).

We shall see in a moment why they had four faces and four wings. The
"straight foot" is, of course, the ball-bearing landing-gear-like devices
on the bottom of some Saucers with their contact points.

"Their wings were joined one to another; they turned not when they
went; they went every one straightforward. As for the likeness of their
faces; they four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion, on the
right side: and they four had the face of an ox on the left side: they four
also had the face of an eagle." (Ezekiel 1:9-10).

"And they went every one straight forward: whither the spirit was to
go, they went; and they turned not when they went." (Ezekiel 1:12).

This could easily represent a fleet of four space craft or Saucers with
their insignia shown on the sides, designating what portion of the
heavens they come from. A man; a lion; an ox (bull); and an eagle. One
represented the Constellation Aquarius (Man); one the Constellation
Leo (Lion); one the Constellation Taurus (Ox or Bull); and one the
Constellation Scorpio (Eagle). For the complete reconstruction of the
ancient Scale of Four see Plate XVII. When reading this plate on the
hidden meaning of the Four, the vertical columns should be
considered as separate units, so that, when you read down in any of
the four columns, you will discover all related material. Likewise,
when you read across from left to right in the horizontal lines or
sections, you will discover four items that are all related.

THE HIDDEN MEANING OF THE SCALE OF FOUR (DIVINE TETRAD):

.globalgrey.c

174

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

I

K—|— i.

i

The Four
Numerals:

1

2

3

4

The Four
Cardinal
Directions:

North

East

South

West

The Four
Seasons:

Winter

Summer

Autumn

Spring

Winter

Solstice

Summer

Solstice

Autumn

al

Equinox

Vernal

Equinox

Four

Constellatio

ns:

Aquarius

Leo

Taurus

Scorpio

Gemini

Aries

Virgo

Cancer

Libra

Sagittariu

s

Caprico

rn

Pisces

.globalgrey.c

175

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Saturn

Mars

Fixed

Stars

Jupiter

Mercury

Sun

Moon

Venus

Four Royal
Stars of the
Ancients:

Fomalha

ut

Regulus

Aldebar

an

Antares

Four Great

Primary

Forces

RMF

ES

SM

EM

Four

Beasts:

Man

Lion

Bull

Eagle

Four

Gospels and
Evangelists:

Matthew

Mark

Luke

John

Four Rivers
of Paradise:

Gihon

Tigris

Euphrat

es

Pison

Incarnati

on

Resurrecti

on

Passion

Ascensi

on

Four

Elements:

Air

Fire

Earth

Water

.globalgrey.c

176

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Four
Tribes:

Reuben

Judah

Ephrai

m

Dan

Four Major
or Greater
Prophets:

Isaiah

Daniel

Jeremia

h

Ezekiel

Four

Archangels:

Gabriel

Michael

Uriel

Raphael

Cold

Heat

Dryness

Moistur

e

The Four
Kingdoms:

Metals

Animals

Stones

Plants

Flying

Walking

Creepin

g

Swimmi

ng

Cherub

Seraph

Ariel

Tharsis

Since Ezekiel could not conceive of a bird being able to fly in "any
direction" without turning around, and since the Saucers did fly or go
in any direction without turning, he naturally had to add wings to all
four sides in order to remedy that defect, and also to protect himself
and his writings from the uniformed populace. If there had been a
Project "Whirlwind" (Saucer) in Ezekiel's time he would have been
ridiculed indeed; and probably was by many.

.globalgrey.c

177

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Ezekiel didn't realize that the Saucers were separate from their
respective occupants. He thought the men in the Saucers were the
spirits of the wheels; to him the Saucers were living things!

"Also out of the midst thereof came the likeness of four living
creatures. And this was their appearance; they had the likeness of a
man." (Ezekiel 1:5).

Now that the Saucers are on the ground perhaps we can find out more
about them.

"Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold one wheel upon the earth
by the living creatures, with his four faces." (Ezekiel 1:15).

Two-faced men are bad enough, but Ezekiel would have had a difficult
time, indeed, with four-faced men. However, the prophet did not mean
that the living creatures had four faces, he meant the wheels had "four

"The appearance of the wheels and their work was like unto the color
of a beryl: and they four had one likeness-, and their appearance and
their work was as it were a wheel in the middle of a wheel." (Ezekiel
1:16).

"As for their rings, they were so high that they were dreadful; and their
rings (strakes) were full of eyes round about them four. And when the
living creatures went, the wheels went by them: and when the living
creatures were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up.
Whithersoever the spirit was to go, they went, thither was their spirit
to go; and the wheels were lifted up over against them: for the spirit of
the living creature (spirit of life) was in the wheels." (Ezekiel 1:18-20).

"And the likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living
creature was as the color of the terrible crystal, stretched forth over
their heads above." (Ezekiel 1:22).

The firmament over the heads of the living creatures is, of course the
dome, and the "eyes round about" were the portholes or observation
openings of a Flying Disc or Saucer (Compare Adamski's photographs
in "Flying Saucers Have Landed"). The word "rings" can also be
translated "strakes" which is a shipbuilding term. It means one

.globalgrey.c

178

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

breadth of plates along the bottom or sides of a vessel reaching from
stem to stern. Now the first word "rings" in verse eighteen cannot be
translated "strakes," therefore it should read: "As for their rings, they
were so high that they were dreadful; and their strakes were full of
eyes round about them four." It means that the counter-rotating rings
of the underneath portion of the Saucer "were so high that they were
dreadful", and the strakes or sides of the Saucer which were composed
of one breadth "were full of eyes round about them four". This latter
description means that all four Saucers had the porthole openings.

The phrase, "when the living creatures were lifted up from the earth,
the wheels were lifted up", means that when the occupants of the
Saucers were in their ships, they both (creatures and wheels) left the
ground together.

The "firmament" or dome of the Saucers was like "the color of the
terrible crystal". On top of each dome there is a light or lamp that
sends forth a terrifically bright beam. This corresponds to the "polar
vent" area of our own big "spaceship", the Earth. Usually this light is a
"pulsating" light and changes colors. It would have appeared "terrible"
to Ezekiel, indeed.

"And there was a voice from the firmament that was over their heads,
when they stood, and had let down their wings. And above the
firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne, as
the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the
throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it. And
I saw as the color of amber, as the appearance of fire round about
within it, from the appearance of his loins even upward, and from the
appearance of his loins even downward, I saw as it were the
appearance of fire, and it had brightness round about. As the
appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain (the
rainbow), so was the appearance of the brightness round about."
(Ezekiel 1:25-28).

In the November, 1953 issue of Mystic Magazine, Orfeo M. Angelucci
told his story of contact with space beings to Paul M. Vest. Here is part
of what he said: "But even as the glowing red orb vanished two smaller
discs came from it. These discs were a soft fluorescent green and shot
toward me like shooting stars. They streaked down in front of my car
and hovered about fifteen feet directly in front of me. I judged them to
be about thirty inches each in diameter. Hanging silently in the air like

.globalgrey.c

179

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

iridescent bubbles, their green light fluctuated in pulsations. As I gazed
at those two eerie balls of green fire I heard a masculine voice, strong,
well-modulated and speaking perfect English. The voice apparently
came from between the two green discs." Again, he said: "The glowing
discs created a soft illumination, but I could see no person anywhere.
The voice stated that the small green discs were instruments of
transmission and reception comparable to nothing developed on
Earth. Then the voice added that through the discs I was in direct
communication with friends from another planet." Then Orfeo said:
"The area between the discs began to glow with a soft green light
which gradually formed itself into a kind of luminous screen as the
discs themselves faded perceptibly. Within that luminous, three-
dimensional screen there appeared images of the heads and shoulders
of two persons, as though in a cinema close-up." He continued: "Those
two figures struck me somehow as being the ultimate of human
perfection. There was a nobility about them, their eyes were larger
and much more expressive and they emanated a kind of radiance that
gave me a sense of wonder." Orfeo said that he had the feeling while
they studied him that they knew every thought that passed in his
mind: "I seemed to be in telepathic communication with them, for
thoughts, understandings, and new comprehensions flashed through
my consciousness that would have required hours of conversation to
transmit."

If Angelucci's experience had taken place in 595 B.C., he too, would
have been a prophet like Ezekiel. Instead he is a Prophet of the New
Age now dawning on Earth.

Considering the strange experience of Angelucci, we can interpret
Ezekiel 1:25-28, as follows:

A voice came from the dome of the hovering Saucer. Then, Ezekiel says
that above the dome "was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance
of a sapphire stone". Notice he doesn't say an actual throne, but
"the likeness of a throne". Later he says "the likeness as the appearance
of a man". Therefore, the throne and the man were not actually there-
only their likeness. They were projected there, even as the man and
woman were projected between the two green discs observed by
Orfeo. Then, Ezekiel tells us that he saw the "appearance of fire", and
that "it had brightness round about; as the appearance of the rainbow,
so was the appearance of the brightness round about". Ezekiel was
seeing the aura of the space visitor speaking to him from some sort of

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

highly evolved television system. Where was this visitor? He is
separate and distinct from the four living creatures, or occupants of
the Saucers. Possibly he was as far away as the planet Saturn as we
shall see presently.

The prophet says the throne appeared as "a sapphire stone". The ruby,
or red corundum, is almost never called sapphire, but all other gem
varieties are, as white, green, purple, and yellow sapphire. Therefore, a
"sapphire stone" can be green! Besides, the color sapphire blue
is greenish-blue in hue. Again this sounds very similar to Orfeo
Angelucci's experience. In Ezekiel 1:16, we read: "The appearance of
the wheels and their work was like unto the color of a beryl. "An
emerald is a rich green variety of beryl; and the beryl is commonly
green or bluish-green-aquamarine and emerald are varieties. Again
the green color!

The gem sapphire is usually the birthstone of April and Taurus. And
Taurus is ruled by Venus. This gem has been ascribed to Saturn, and to
Venus. It was mentioned in Revelation as one of the foundations of the
New Jerusalem. Moses and Aaron saw the God of Israel with a paved
work of sapphire under his feet.

"And they saw the God of Israel: and there was under his feet as it
were a paved work of a sapphire stone, and as it were the body of
heaven in his clearness." (Exodus 24:10).

The Book of Revelation also speaks of a similar happening and that
will be discussed a little later on.

One legend about Aaron's rod says that it was made of sapphire.
Sapphires are used against the evil eye and witchcraft of all kinds; the
gem is said to exert good influence on its owners.

The beryl is designated the birthstone of October or Scorpio. Some
Bible authorities claim it was one of the stones in the High Priest's
breastplate and one of the foundation stones of the New Jerusalem. It
was sometimes used to make crystal balls! Saucers or Crystal Bells of
Beryl, indeed!

It is possible, therefore, that one of the Saucers of the four came from
Venus, representing the Constellation of Taurus (Ox or Bull,), and the

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"voice of one that spake" could have been the voice of the Head
(Kadar) of the Universal Tribunal on Saturn.

Then in Ezekiel 1:28, we read: "This was the appearance of the
likeness of the glory of the Lord. And when I saw it, I fell upon my face,
and I heard a voice of one that spake."

"And he said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak
unto thee. And the spirit entered into me when he spake unto me, and
set me unto my feet, that I heard him that spake unto me." (Ezekiel
2 : 1 - 2 ).

When the prophet says that "the spirit entered into" him when the
voice "spake unto" him, he means that telepathic communication had
been set up-the same thing again as the Angelucci experience!

"And he said unto me, Son of Man, I send thee to the children of Israel,
to a rebellious nation (nations) that hath rebelled against me: they and
their fathers have transgressed against me, even unto this very day."
(Ezekiel 2:3).

Here, Ezekiel is being sent unto the people as Isaiah was sent: "And he
said, Go, and tell this people, Hear ye indeed, but understand not; and
see ye indeed, but perceive not." (Isaiah 6:9).

Isaiah and the Saucers were discussed in Maldek and Malona. Both
prophets had encounters with extraterrestrial beings and then were
told to go forth and give the message to the people. The very same
thing is happening today in our twentieth century!

Ezekiel goes on to make many references to Flying Saucers. In Ezekiel
3.12-15, we read: "Then the spirit took me up, and I heard behind me a
voice of a great rushing, saying, Blessed be the glory of the Lord from
his place. I heard also the noise of the wings of the living creatures that
touched (kissed) one another, and the noise of the wheels over against
them, and a noise of a great rushing. So that spirit lifted me up, and
took me away, and I went in bitterness (bitter), in the heat of my spirit,
but the hand of the Lord was strong upon me. Then I came to them to
the captivity at Tel-abib, that dwelt by the river of Chebar."

.globalgrey.c

182

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Ezekiel could truthfully say that he "rode a Flying Saucer". The "great
rushing" was the characteristic humming of a space craft.

In Chapter Ten, the prophet speaks of the vision of the Cherubim and
the Wheels.

"Then I looked, and, behold, in the firmament that was above the head
of the cherubim there appeared over them as it were a sapphire stone,
as the appearance of the likeness of a throne." (Ezekiel 10:1].

Here we encounter the greenish-blue color again. And the prophet
says, "as it were a sapphire stone." This means it appeared to be like a
sapphire stone, but was not actually such a thing.

"And when I looked, behold the four wheels by the cherubim, one
wheel by one cherub, and another wheel by another cherub: and the
appearance of the wheels was as the color of a beryl stone. And as for
their appearances, they four had one likeness, as if a wheel had been in
the midst of a wheel." (Ezekiel 10:9-10].

The cherubim here represent the occupants of the Saucers. So, Ezekiel
had another contact with the four Saucers! One Saucer was by one
occupant, and so on. Again they appeared green.

"As for the wheels, it was cried unto them in my hearing, 0 wheel."
(Ezekiel 10:13].

This can also be translated: "As for the wheels, they were called in my
hearing, wheel, or galgal."

Ezekiel says the cherubim "mounted up from the earth" in his sight,
"and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above". (Ezekiel
10:19].

A Saucer increasing its speed and going through various color changes,
all the time glowing brilliantly, would indeed appear as "the glory of
the God of Israel".

"And the likeness of their faces was the same faces which I saw by the
river of Chebar, their appearances and themselves: they went every
one straightforward." (Ezekiel 10:22].

.globalgrey.c

183

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In Chapter Eleven, we read: "Moreover the spirit lifted me up, and
brought me unto the east gate of the Lord's house." (Ezekiel 11:1).

"Then did the cherubim lift up their wings, and the wheels beside
them; and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above. And the
glory of the Lord went up from the midst of the city, and stood upon
the mountain which is on the east side of the city." (Ezekiel 11:22-23).

The colorful, pulsating, glowing Saucers went straight up from the
"midst of the city" and hovered over the mountain "on the east side of
the city".

Pages and pages of interpretation could be written about Ezekiel's
Saucer experiences, but enough has been given here to show the
connection. Every verse seems to hold new, important information.

For instance, Ezekiel 1:13: "As for the likeness of the living creatures,
their appearance was like burning coal of fire, and like the appearance
of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire
was bright, and out of the fire went forth lightning."

This sounds very similar to the experience of ex-Mayo r Oskar Linke, of
Gleimershausen, near Meiningen, Germany. Herr Linke and his eleven
year-old stepdaughter, Gabriele, saw a Saucer that had landed and
they observed two human figures near it clothed in a kind
of shimmering metallic substance. Herr Linke said, "I noticed that one
man appeared to be carrying a lamp on his chest. . . the lamp flashed on
and off regularly."

In describing the "take off of the Saucer, Linke made such statements
as: "The color at first seemed green, then changed to red. At the same
time I heard a slight hum. The whole object rose slowly. The rate of
ascent now became much greater, and at the same time we heard a
whistling sound, rather like the noise made by a falling bomb, but not
nearly so loud. The object rose in a horizontal position, swerved away
toward a nearby village and disappeared, still climbing over the hills
and forests toward Stockheim."

Ezekiel's living creatures appeared like "burning coals of fire." Linke's
human figures appeared like "shimmering metallic substances".
Ezekiel's living creatures had the appearance of lamps, and the fire
went up and down among the living creatures. Linke's human figure

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

had something which appeared to be a lamp on his chest, and the lamp
flashed on and off regularly. Herr Linke and the prophet Ezekiel had an
almost identical experience, even to the color of green, and the Saucer
going "up from the midst" and being over the mountains and hills, and
the "noise of a great rushing" and the "whistling sound".

Isaiah and Ezekiel are not the only ones mentioned in the Bible who
had Saucer contact. Job 40:6, may refer to a contact: "Then answered
the Lord unto Job out of the whirlwind, and said . . ." Saucers
have always been with us, and the Bible itself is a record of early
contacts. The Bible, because of many translations, mistakes made by
scribes, and deliberate tampering by men, is not perfect, but it does
give us fairly accurate historical reports, especially in the Old
Testament.

"And Jacob went on his way, and the angels of God met him. And when
Jacob saw them, he said, This is God's host: and he called the name of
that place Mahanaim (Two hosts)." (Genesis 32:1-2).

"And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold,
there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them
both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven. And
Elisha saw it. (II Kings 2:11-12).

Elijah had completed his mission and was removed by a Saucer.
Because of this Elijah was translated and Elisha was endowed. The
latter took up the mantle of the former and carried on.

Elijah left Earth in "a chariot of fire" in 896 B.C., and for three years
afterward, Elisha traveled about the country doing a great deal of
good. He cured the sick, raised the dead, fed the hungry, and spread
the word of God. There were subversives in those days too, and Elisha
was in trouble with the King of Syria, and the king sent an army to
capture the man of God.

"Therefore sent he thither horses, and chariots, and a great (heavy)
host: and they came by night, and compassed the city about. And when
the servant (minister) of the man of God was risen early, and gone
forth, behold a host compassed the city both with horses and chariots.
And his servant said unto him, Alas, my master! how shall we do? And
he answered, Fear not: for they that be with us are more than they that

.globalgrey.c

185

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

be with them. And Elisha prayed, and said, Lord, I pray thee, open his
eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the eyes of the young man;
and he saw: and, behold, the mountain was full of horses and chariots of
fire round about Elisha. And when they came down to him, Elisha
prayed unto the Lord, and said, Smite this people, I pray thee, with
blindness. And he smote them with blindness according to the word of
Elisha." (II Kings 6:14-18).

Here is a positive statement that there is a marked difference between
the chariots of the king and the "chariots of fire". These "fire
chariots" came down- and they couldn't possibly come down unless
they were first up. And Elisha didn't wait there until hundreds of
"chariots of fire" rolled and rumbled down the mountain-side-they
had been on the mountain, "the mountain was full of" them-but they
"came down" to Elisha, gliding noiselessly as only Saucers can do.

The "heavenly host" or Saucer intelligences were watching over the
men of God in ancient times, even as today. The Prophets received their
information directly from space intelligences and relayed it on-
usually to The Remnant, for members of this group were the special
charge of prophets.

Remember that The Wanderers, in a sense are "Sons of Light", but the
term fits space intelligences in space craft in a more direct way. In the
"Golden Scripts", we read:

"The Sons of Light array themselves at my bid-ding: they go forth in
the world and make it beautiful." (G. S. 209:1).

"The Sons of Light are of the Host; they are a creation of the Father for
a purpose; men call them angels; they are called Sons of Light by the
Father's cohorts." (G. S. 209: 3-4).

In Chapter 209, verse 2, we read: "They are a goodly company indeed,
but not the Goodly Company that findeth me through suffering." Here
the Elder Brother is saying that the space intelligences in the Saucers
are a part of the goodly company, but not the Goodly Company of
"Wanderers" who go in and out of life on Earth to help their fellow
man and thereby suffer.

.globalgrey.c

186

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"They are endowed with infallible powers in Matter, in that Matter
obeyeth them; Matter is their servant: they have dominion over it.

They know neither time nor space but transfer themselves from planet
unto planet in the twinkling of an eye. They come and go upon the
Father's business: great is their joy therein: they are pure in heart and
beauteous of mien. They seek to do the Father's will, and in that they
seek, they do find life wondrous." (G. S. 209: 6-9].

"I tell you, be advised! Ye are as gods yourselves among men; the Sons
of Light are your ministering servants." (G. S. 209:21].

"Do I speak unto you of mysteries? I say that ye shall know them in the
Day of Understanding. Behold my ministers who are Sons of Light
manifesting, have orders of me that ye be protected in your thought
and persons when it so cometh that ye advance my Plan." (G. S.
209:31-32].

"Hear my words and be wise! I speak as a teacher who is honored with
wisdom." (G. S. 209:36].

On page twenty-five of I Rode A Flying Saucer, by George W. Van
Tassel, there is a message dated May 17, 1952. In part, it reads: "My
center has given me authority to describe vaguely this ship I
command. In your dimensions my, what you would call 'flagship', is
three-hundred feet thick, and fifteen-hundred feet in diameter. Our
crew seventy-two hundred."

The fact that the crew numbered seventy-two hundred is very
significant and if we go to our Bible, we discover why.

"And, behold, one of them which were with Jesus stretched out his
hand, and drew his sword, and struck a servant of the high priest's and
smote off his ear. Then said Jesus unto him, Put up again thy sword
into his place: for all they that take the sword shall perish with the
sword. Thinkest thou that I cannot now pray to my Father, and he shall
presently give me more than twelve legions of angels? But how then
shall the scriptures be fulfilled, that thus it must be?" (St. Matthew
26:51-54].

In designating the number of angels the Father would send if Jesus
requested them, the Master used the then familiar Roman military

.globalgrey.c

187

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

unit, the legion. A legion varied from the time of the early re-public
until the empire in the number of men composing it. The Emperor
Marius made many changes in its basic structure. However, the legion
Triarii consisted of six-hundred men; this was the third line of the
Roman army. Therefore, twelve Triarii equalled seventy-two hundred
men, the same number as the crew of the space 'flagship".

There is a cross-reference in the Bible to "twelve legions of angels"
found in St. Matthew 26:53 which is quoted above. That cross-
reference refers us back to II Kings 6:17, which has already been
mentioned, but it will be quoted again for emphasis.

"I pray thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the
eyes of the young man; and he saw: and, behold, the mountain was full
of horses and chariots of fire round Elisha."

In going back to the year 4004 B.C., we find in Genesis 5:24, the
following:

"And Enoch walked with God and he was not; for God took him." Again
there is another cross-reference and it refers us to II Kings 2:11, which
has already been quoted. There is mention of Enoch in Hebrews 11:5:
"By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was
not found, because God had translated him: for before his translation
he had this testimony, that he pleased God."

Look at the Bible dates as they are recorded. In the first chapter of
Genesis, first verse you will find the beginning of the story of the
creation of the Earth. At the head of the center column reference is the
date 4004 B.C. At the end of chapter three, after God had driven Adam
and Eve out of the Garden of Eden, there is the date 4003 B.C., or, one
year later than the beginning of Creation. In chapter five where the
generations of Adam are listed, counting forward to the removal of
Enoch, there is a lapse of nine-hundred eighty-five years, but the date
at the head of the column is again 4004 B.C. How come?

Science has proven beyond a doubt that the Earth is millions of years
old. Besides, there are in existence a number of documents dated much
earlier than the alleged Bible date of creation. In the book, Ancient
Times, A History Of The Early World, by James Henry Breasted, on page
45, chapter 61, we find reference to the Egyptian culture: "He decided

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

to use the Moon no longer for dividing his year. He would have twelve
months, and he would make his months all the same length, that is,
thirty days each; then he would celebrate five feast days; a kind of
holiday week that was five days long at the end of the year. This gave
him a year of three-hundred sixty- five days. He was not enough of an
astronomer to know that every four years he ought to have a leap year
of three-hundred sixty-six days although he discovered this fact later.
This convenient Egyptian calendar was devised in 4241 B.C. and its
introduction is the earliest dated event in history. Furthermore, this
calendar is the very one which has descended to us, after more than
six thousand years, unfortunately with awkward alterations in the
length of the months, but for these alterations the Egyptians were not
responsible."

The calendar we use today was devised two-hundred thirty-seven
years before the Earth was created if we want to accept the Bible dates.
However, Archbishop Ussher (1581-1656 A.D.] figured out much of
the Bible chronology and dated certain events by it. The dates,
therefore, are not actually scriptural, but man-made. Certain
Fundamental Christian groups believe the world was really created on
October 23, 4004 B.C. The question that immediately comes up is:
'What was going on the day before, October 22nd? If the world hadn't
been created yet, there couldn't have been an October, since that
month was devised by man many years later!

"Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters: who maketh the
clouds his chariot: who walketh upon the wings of the wind: Who
maketh his angels spirits; his ministers a flaming fire." (Psalms 104:3-
4]. Again there is a cross-reference to II Kings 2:11.

"The chariots of God are twenty thousand, even thousands of angels:
the Lord is among them, as in Sinai, in the holy place." (Psalms 68:17).

There are cross-references here to II Kings 6:16-17, already quoted.
Daniel 7:9-10; Hebrews 12:20-22; Deuteronomy 33 are also referred
to.

"I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did
sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head was
like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels
as burning fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:
thousand thousands ministered unto him (and ten thousand times ten

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

thousand stood before him: the judgment was set and the books were
opened." (Daniel 7:9-10).

Daniel and all the other prophets saw great fiery objects come down
from the heavens and they con-versed with tremendous numbers
of celestial beings who emerged from these objects-these beings
instructed the prophets in the beauteous laws of love. More will be
said about Daniel in The Remnant. A colossal program of aid, comfort
and instruction was instituted with The Prophets. Of course, the Bible
account is somewhat confused due to the many translations and
alterations, and in some cases the deliberate attempt to cover up the
truth in order to keep the mass of people "ignorant". However, people
who know the truth are not dependent upon theological dogma or
doctrine to "save them" or make them free: "Ye shall know the truth
and the truth shall make you free."

"For they could not endure that which was commanded, And if so
much as a beast touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or thrust
through with a dart: And so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I
exceedingly fear and quake: But ye are come unto mount Sion, and
unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an
innumerable company of angels." (Hebrews 12:20-22).

"As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth
abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings: So the
Lord alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him."
(Deuteronomy 32:11).

"And this is the blessing, wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the
children of Israel before his death. And he said, The Lord came from
Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; he shined forth from mount
Paran, and he came with ten thousands of saints: from his right hand
went a fiery law (fire of law) for them." (Deuteronomy 33:1-2).

All the foregoing seems to point to a great company of angels, or
heavenly host, who had descended to Earth to give Moses and his
people specific information, and they warned Moses and the people
not to come near as the force field surrounding the ships might injure
them. This has happened in our time also, when space intelligences
have warned individuals about getting too close to the ships while
they are hovering. Adamski, Bethurum, and Fry experienced this. The
ancient people could easily understand death or injury as a result of a

.globalgrey.c

190

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

stone, dart, or arrow wound; but they knew nothing of radiation, or
rays, beams, or electro-magnetic energy.

"In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of
the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.
For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert
of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped
before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called
unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house
of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto
the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, and brought you
unto myself." (Exodus 19:1-4].

Now, only those verses which are pertinent to the subject will be
quoted, since the intervening verses pertain to messages of instruction
from the space beings (or the Lord, as the ancients believed] to the
people, and the people's reply, with Moses acting as message bearer.

"And the Lord said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud,
that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee
forever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the Lord."
(Exodus 19:9].

"And be ready against the third day: for the third day the Lord will
come down in the sight of all the people upon mount Sinai. And thou
shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to
yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it:
whosoever toucheth the mount shall be surely put to death: There
shall not a hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through;
whether it be beast or man, it shall not live: when the trumpet
soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount." (Exodus 19:11-13].

The space intelligences meant here that they would give a signal, a
"trumpet" blast that "soundeth long", when it was safe for the people
to come up to the mount.

"And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were
thunders and lightning, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the
voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that were in
the camp trembled." (Exodus 19:16].

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And the Lord came down upon mount Sinai, on the top of the mount:
and the Lord called Moses up to the top of the mount; and Moses went
up." (Exodus 19:20].

Then the Lord told Moses to go down and warn the people so that they
wouldn't "break through unto the Lord to gaze, and many of them
perish".

"And God spake all these words, saying, I am the Lord thy God which
have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of
bondage." (Exodus 20:1-2].

Then follows the Decalogue or Ten Commandments:

1. Thou shalt have no other Gods before me.

2. Thou shall not make unto thee any graven images.

3. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain.

4. Remember the sabbath day to keep it holy.

5. Honor thy father and thy mother.

6. Thou shalt not kill.

7. Thou shalt not commit adultery.

8. Thou shalt not steal.

9. Thou shalt not bear false witness.

10. Thou shalt not covet.

"And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the
noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking." (Exodus 20:18].

"When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which
they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where
the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with
exceeding great joy." (St. Matthew 2:9-10].

.globalgrey.c

192

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field,
keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord
came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them-, and
they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for,
behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all
people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Savior,
which is Christ the Lord." (St. Luke 2:8-11].

"And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of heavenly
host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth
peace, good will toward men." (St. Luke 2:13-14].

For many years astronomers have tried to justify the actions of the
Star of Bethlehem. There are several theories, but no agreement has
been reached as yet. The constellations and conjunctions back to that
period have been checked and it is found that no such natural event
took place. One well-known astronomer said: "In my opinion, the Star
of Bethlehem was created especially for the event."

What manner of "star" was it that "went before them", and then "stood
over", or hovered over, "where the young child was"? Saucer sightings
by the thousands have proven that in the night skies, they do, indeed,
look like bright and shining "stars". The "Spacecraft of Bethlehem"
must have been an enormous ship specially designed and constructed
for the event. (Van Tassel and Pelley also hold to this opinion].

Peace on earth, good will toward men, indeed! What have the people
of Earth done with the great message of peace and good will which the
Heavenly Host has brought them over the many centuries? And what
are we doing with the messages they are still bringing to us? The
answer is obvious: we have met peace and brotherly love with courts,
prisons, want, firebombs and hellbombs, murders, lust, greed and fear.
Oh, thou faithless generation!

In II Corinthians 12:2-4, Paul tells of being "caught up to the third
heaven", and "caught up into paradise", where he "heard unspeakable
words, which it is not lawful (possible] for a man to utter". Paul's
visions were his apostolic credentials.

St. John was an apostle, but he was also a prophet. The Revelation of St.
John the Divine again brings in the Four Beasts and Saucers. Therefore,

.globalgrey.c

193

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

from Genesis to Revelation we have numerous accounts of space
intelligences contacting, conversing with, and sometimes taking away,
men of Earth.

Read the entire Chapter Four of Revelation. John says that a trumpet
talked with him-he was "in the spirit"--"a throne was set in heaven".

"And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone:
and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an
emerald." (Revelation 4:3).

In Ezekiel 1:16 the beryl was referred to! in Ezekiel 1:26, the sapphire
was mentioned. Now, St. John had an experience almost identical with
Ezekiel's, except the Jasper, the Sardine (Sardius), and the Emerald are
used to describe the scene. All five of these stones, however, were
included in the High Priest's breastplate. (See Exodus 28:17-20). A
Sard or Sardine is a deep orange-red variety of chalcedony. The
Sardius is either a ruby or a sard. Therefore, the color represented by
these stones is red. The Jasper of the Bible was a dark-green or
opalescent milky iridescence stone. Here is the green again! And the
Emerald, of course, is green as everyone knows. Remember Orfeo said
there was a glowing red orb, followed by two green discs? Remember
Oskar Linke said that, "The color at first seemed green, then changed
to red"? The rainbow is again mentioned as it was in Ezekiel 1:28.

Then St. John tells us that "round about the throne were four and
twenty seats", and upon the seats he saw "four and twenty elders".

These twenty-four representatives could possibly constitute the
Saturn Tribunal, with two members for each of the twelve planets.

John, now acting as a prophet, said: "Out of the throne proceeded
lightnings and thunderings and voices . . . and there were seven lamps
of fire burning before the throne . . . there was a sea of glass like unto
crystal . . . round about the throne were four beasts full of eyes before
and behind."

The seven lamps represent the Council of Seven Lights as mentioned
previously. Once again, the Saucers are described.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and
the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a
flying eagle." (Revelation 4:7).

It should be mentioned here that the Constellation Scorpio is now
thought of as a scorpion. However, from Abraham's time on up to
more recent time, Scorpio was known as the "flying eagle".

When Ezekiel first mentioned the Four Beasts, the ancient Jewish
initiates accused him of exposing to the profane the profundities of the
secret doctrine. The cherubim constitute the mystical symbol of the
fullness of wisdom and these creatures are the spiritual guardians of
the four rivers of life flowing from the effulgency of the Creator. When
the twelve tribes of Israel encamped in the wilderness, the banners of
Reuben (the man), Judah (the lion), Ephrain (the bull), and Dan (the
eagle) were placed at the four corners. In the Oedipus Judaicus, Sir W.
Drummond reproduces a figure from Kircher which reveals the
encampment of Israel to have been symbolic of the order of the
universe. And, according to Iranous, there must be four Gospels of the
New Testament just as there are four quarters of the world and four
general winds. The church is supposed to have four pillars like the
cherubim, from the midst of which the Word goes forth. The creatures
of the lower senses are the four animal natures to be first overcome by
man before he can enter into the sphere of light. In the Kabbalah,
Adolph Franck writes: "All human faces may be traced, finally, to four
primary types, to which they either draw near or from which they
recede according to the rank held by the souls in their intellectual and
moral order." In the Zohar it is written that the celestial throne of
Ezekiel's vision signifies the traditional law, and the appearance of a
man sitting upon the throne represents the written law. (Again, see
Plate XVII p.253).

There is no record today, or in Biblical times, where Saucers or Saucer
beings ever deliberately injured anyone. Some people may say that the
reference to "smote them with blindness" in II Kings 6:18, already
referred to, means that harm or injury resulted from contact with
space intelligences. However, if we read on we find that Elisha said:
"Lord, open the eyes of these men, that they may see. And the Lord
opened their eyes, and they saw." (II Kings 6:20).

"And the king of Israel said unto Elisha, when he saw them, My father,
shall I smite them? shall I smite them? And he answered, Thou shalt

.globalgrey.c

195

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

not smite them. Set bread and water before them, that they may eat
and drink, and go to their master." (II Kings 6:21-22].

Therefore, the "blindness" was only temporary, for the men not only
regained their sight, but they were well fed and sent on their way
home.

The heavens are still full of "horses and chariots of fire"; they are here
as it was promised. They are here to protect us, to guide us, to
encourage us, to make us triumphant over life's circumstances on
Earth. Let us be assured that we are part of a living Universe, not a
dead universe. Beyond our sight there are other worlds more real than
the one in which we live, worlds of Light and power. In those worlds
God is King. Fear not, for they that are with us are more than they
which are with the persons and things that oppose us.

And you who would tell the world of new things, do not be concerned
whether that world hears or not, "for they are a rebellious house, yet
they shall know that there hash been a prophet among them".

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

196

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Jesus spoke of the "many mansions" or planets of the Father's
Creation. Some say that the Bible never speaks of more worlds than
the Earth, but it certainly does, for in Hebrews we read: "God, who at
sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the
fathers by the prophets, Hath in these last days spoken unto us by his
Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made
the worlds." (Hebrews 1:1-2].

"Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the
word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things
which do appear." (Hebrew 11:3].

Since "worlds" is used in the plural sense, we can readily see that the
Infinite Father created and established all planets and celestial bodies
by His Word. He used the Four Great Primary Forces, for "things which
are seen' are "not made of things which do appear".

The Harvesters, are the occupants of the Flying Saucers and spacecraft
coming to Earth at this time. Space visitors have always been with us!
Since Miocene times, inhabitants of outer space have been surveying
our Earth; they have watched its progression over thousands and even
millions of years. At times, they have contacted various individuals
who were dedicated souls, willing to serve God and fellow man. The
reason they made themselves known generally over the world in
1947, is because this is the time for the Great Harvest.

The Four Gospels speak of this period:

"Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but
the laborers are few; Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he
will send forth laborers into his harvest." (St. Matthew 9:37-38].

"But when the fruit is brought forth (ripe], immediately he putteth in
the sickle, because the harvest is come." (St. Mark 4:29].

.globalgrey.c

197

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"Therefore said he unto them, The harvest truly is great, but the
laborers are few: pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he
would send forth laborers into his harvest." (St. Luke 10:2).

"Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest?
behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for
they are White already to harvest." (St. John 4:35).

If space visitors have indeed been with us always, we expect to find
mention of them in ancient records. The study of these ancient
manuscripts and documents will show anyone that "Flying Wheels",
"Fire-Circles", and "Flying Boats", have been around for a long, long
time. It doesn't matter what they are called, they are always described
in the same way; even as they are today. Saucers were not first seen in
the 1800's, and this period didn't see the first large public
demonstration in history. What actually took place toward the close of
the Nineteenth Century was the first public demonstration of the
modern, industrial age.

Mass appearances of Saucers in the past have been rare, but they have
taken place. For example, the great Khmer race of the Middle Ages
completely disappeared from the face of the Earth almost overnight!
The Khmers had developed a great Hindu and Buddhistic civilization
and were a native race of Cambodia in Indo-China, but they were
of undetermined origin. Information from present space visitors
indicates that great space ships removed the entire race of Khmers
from Indo-China leaving their great capitol of Angkor Vat deserted and
barren.

Portuguese diaries of the 1700's describe ancient, massive ruins in the
interior of the Matto Grosso in Brazil. There are indications on every
hand that great numbers of people were suddenly removed from these
vast, Grecian-like cities, and transported elsewhere. Since they didn't
just walk away (for their trail would be picked up) they must have
gone off in spacecraft like the Khmers. There are many other historical
accounts that readily fall into this same category.

Egyptian hieroglyphics have been translated by Borris de Rachewiltz
which show the existence of Flying Saucers in ancient Egyptian times
during the XVIIIth. Dynasty. The transcription is a part of the Royal
Annals of the period of Thuthmosis (Thotmes) III, circa 1504-1450

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

B.C. The original manuscript is in very poor condition, however, part of
the translation is as follows:

"In the year 2, third month of winter, sixth hour of the day, the scribes
of the House of Life found that a circle of fire was coming in the sky.
They thought it had no head, and the breath of the mouth had a foul
odor. Its body was one 'rod' long and one 'rod' large. It had no voice.
Their hearts became confused through it and they laid themselves on
their bellies.

"Now after some days had passed over, Lo! those things were more
numerous than anything. They were shining in the sky more than the
sun to the limits of the four supports of heaven. Powerful was the
position of the fire circles. The army of the king looked on and His
Majesty was in the midst of it."

In the Fourth Dynasty, the dynasty of Cheops, who reigned as its
second king about 2750 B. C., Solar Boats reached their peak of
magnificence. The solar boat was constructed to carry the dead
Pharaoh on his journey to "heaven". These boats were at least equal to
tombs in importance in ancient Egyptian religion, if not more
important. They were the one ritual object that remained constant,
although other things changed and disappeared. Models of solar boats
were found in the tomb of Tutankhamen, the boy king. The solar boats
didn't vanish from the Egyptian scene until the invasion by Alexander
the Great in 332 B.C.

Was the solar boat the Egyptian representation of the space visitor's
vehicle? The ancients said that the immortals went in solar boats of
the night for the terrifying nocturnal trip through the Under-world.

The boats had to pass twelve gates. The "fire circles" became
incorporated into the Egyptian religion as solar boats just as we have
already seen that Osiris and Apollo were in reality space visitors.

Early European and American cave drawings possibly depict space
craft by the concentric circle drawings that exist by the thousands.
These are thought to be only Sun symbols; but why the concentric
circles that appear as "wheels within wheels"? These, of course, are far
older than the Tetramorph symbol.

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Wherever there is recorded history there is mention of spacecraft. And
if we knew the unwritten record of prehistory we would undoubtedly
find more evidence of space visitation.

These visitors or Harvesters from other worlds are very much like we
are; some may be thousands of years ahead of us in progression, but
they are still not perfect. In The Saucers Speak! they said: "We have
marriage mates from birth." This indicates that they must be united
with their soul mates in marriage and the male and female must come
into physical life at about the same time so they can grow up together.

They claim they are not all vegetarians; some do eat meat. The
question of eating is an individual matter as it is on Earth. They say
that human sex-life is misunderstood on Earth. The main purpose of
mating is not to have biological offspring alone, but to put the negative
(female) and positive (male) elements back into balance. Man, by
himself, is not complete-he must have his other half in order to be a
total creative unit and be in balance. They tell us that many of the
things we call sins are not sins at all in the Universal sense. They are
sins on Earth because social custom dictates it so.

One of the most startling phenomena connected with the coming of the
Saucers, is the appearance from time to time of the "fireballs". In The
Saucers Speak! space friends said: "You would be astonished if you
knew what these 'fireballs' really were. They are not the same as your
remote-controlled devices." Another time they said: "It was a ball-
globe being on its duty." And again: "Crystals are valuable to us. With a
crystal miracles can be performed."

Since December of 1948 countless "fireballs" have bathed the hills of
the American Southwest with their strange, blue-green glare. They
have also been seen in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Puerto Rico, Arizona,
California, Washington, Denmark, and other places throughout the
world. The chief Air Intelligence officer for the Albuquerque district
saw one. Col. Joseph D. Caldara, USAF, attached to the Joint Chiefs of
Staff, saw one in Virginia. Hundreds of pilots, weather observers and
atomic scientists have observed these "fireballs".

Reports came so rapidly during 1948 that in 1949 the Air Force
established "Project Twinkle" to investigate them. This Project
established a triple photo-theodolite post at Vaughn, New Mexico to
obtain scientific data on the "fireballs". Day and night, week in, week

.globalgrey.c

200

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

out, for three months, a crew kept watch of the skies. Ironically, while
"fireballs" continued flashing everywhere else in the South-west, they
saw nothing until the Project was transferred to the Holloman Air
Force Base at Alamogordo, New Mexico.

During the next three months they saw a few but were unable to
make satisfactory computations because of the "fireballs'" great speed.
Search parties have had no better luck. They have combed in vain the
countryside beneath the point of disappearance; not a trace of telltale
substance has been found on the ground!

Theoreticians in the Air Force believe the "fireballs" are not natural
phenomena but propelled objects. They bear similarity to the balls of
fire, called "fireball fighters" or "foo fighters" which flew wing on
Allied aircraft over Germany and Japan during 1944-45 and which
have never been satisfactorily explained. Many of these "fireballs" are
balls of kelly-green fire, blazing brightly, and race across the sky
straight as bullets, parallel to the ground. Then they explode in a
frightful paroxysm of \ight— without making a sound!

In the Southwest, the popular belief has been that a strange meteor
shower is underway. However, Dr. Lincoln La Paz, mathematician,
astronomer and director of the Institute of Meteoritics at the
University of New Mexico, has pointed out that normal fireballs do not
appear green, they fall in the trajectory forced on them by gravity, are
generally noisy as a freight train and leave meteorites where they hit.
The green "fireball" does none of these things!

The "fireballs" do not appear to be electro-static phenomena because
they move too regularly and too fast. They are not the product of a U. S.
weapons project and they are not self-destroying Russian
reconnaissance devices. These "fireballs" are propelled, artificial
objects. Their color is close to 5,200 angstroms on a spectrum chart-
close to the green of burning copper. Copper is almost never found in
meteorites; the friction of the air oxidizes it shortly after the meteor
enters the upper atmosphere. However, a curious fact has been
recorded by aerologists. Concentrations of copper particles are now
present in the air of Arizona and New Mexico, particularly in "fireball"
areas. These were not encountered in air samples made before 1948!

These "fireballs" are always silent, and upon exploding, light-up the
ground directly beneath them. They are not always green or blue-

.globalgrey.c

201

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

green in color; they can be nearly white, also. Of course, they are
intelligently controlled devices, but they are not manned with "little
men" only inches tall. They are similar to our own remote-controlled
devices, however, on a much more highly advanced scale. They are
sent down from the large space-laboratories that are daily checking
our Earth for important scientific data. Undoubtedly, Lt. Gorman
encountered such a device when he chased the "flying light" over
Fargo, North Dakota, October 1, 1948.

It appears that the "fireballs" fall into three general classes: 1. Those
which leave copper particles in the atmosphere after silently
exploding and leave no residue on the ground such as meteors do. 2.
Those that were called "foo fighters" and known by other names which
draw near our aircraft and other earthly objects to obtain information
to be relayed directly to the space-lab. These objects are mainly
crystalline in structure and are really sentient beings. They possess the
powers of sense or sense-perception and have actual experience of
sensation and feeling as they "televise" their gathered data back to the
hovering laboratory. This idea is difficult for the people of Earth to
accept, and indeed, even to understand. The idea of a crystal that
thinks! 3. There is a third class of "fireballs" that do not explode. In fact,
after they are constructed in great scientific laboratories their power
is immutable! There are very strange records in history of the
activities of this type of "fireball". Their power is similar to the power
of the robot "Gort" in " The Day The Earth Stood Still " a science-fiction
movie. However, the space people do not have robots in the form of
"mechanical-men".

In his book, The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, Meade Layne says:
"The balls or discs of light, sometimes only a few inches in diameter,
consist of 99% aluminum, with 1% of copper in very ionized form.
These are used as a rule as photo plates, that televise their pictures
back to the mother ship that gave them birth, and are later destroyed
or disintegrated. The large green 'fireballs' are ionized copper, and are
exploded in your atmosphere to absorb the radiations created by your
atomic bombs. These radiations drift toward the north magnetic pole,
and most of the green 'fireballs' originate in the northern skies."

Similar information has been received by other research groups. Type
1 is exploded to nullify adverse conditions arising from atomic
explosions. These "fireballs" are usually observed shortly after atomic
tests have taken place. Type 2 is a remote-controlled device that

.globalgrey.c

202

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

televises information back to the space-lab. Their nature should not be
too astounding to us. J. R. Anderson of the Bell Telephone Laboratories
now claims that barium titanate crystals apparently can store as many
as two-thousand five-hundred items of information within a crystal of
one square inch surface and a few thousandths of an inch thickness.
The crystal stores electronic impulses for a long time. The pulses may
be less than one-millionth second long. The crystal consumes no
power while storing the information, and is able to operate on low-
voltage circuits. We know that tiny crystals serve as transistors, and
can do many of the jobs that vacuum tubes once did. Other crystals
experimented with are rochelle salts, potassium niobate, and
potassium dihydrogen phosphate.

Scientists say that some of man's most difficult problems may be
solved by crystals. Therefore, if we are now about to have crystal
recording devices on Earth, it is easy to understand how our space
friends have such advanced methods.

In his book, Flying Saucers From Outer Space, Maj. Keyhoe comes to the
conclusion that the "fireballs" maybe guided missiles of an invading
interplanetary force! At the same time, however, he tells us that this
may not be the case that the "fireballs" may have another purpose
entirely. In other words, the Major is speculating, and lets you draw
your own conclusions. Many people, however, have definitely come to
believe that our world is about to be invaded by monstrous creatures
from the blackness of space.

First of all, if the Saucers have been looking us over for centuries, why
have they waited until we developed atomic weapons to attack us?
Why didn't they invade when the job was relatively simple and all they
had to deal with was clubs, bows and arrows? Maj. Keyhoe tells us that
the first "fireballs" seen may have been testing devices or "duds", and
that later we can expect the actual guided missile attack! If that were
true, why have they waited so long to get at the invasion?

There is absolutely nothing to fear from the "fireballs", whether they
be white, green, or blue-green; silent or otherwise. Space friends are
here with only love in their hearts-if they conquer us it will be with
that love. If it were not for their "fireballs" our own childish playing
with atomic energy would bounce back on us. Through the use of the
photographic type "fireball" they have surveyed every square mile of
our planet. They constantly patrol the major fault lines of Earth to

.globalgrey.c

203

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

discover where overwhelming catastrophe may begin. In such an
event, they might evacuate certain persons. After the "fireball" relays
vital information on the condition of the faults it explodes to be used
no more. (See Plate II].

Welcome the "fireballs" as the instruments of a friendly race, and say a
prayer in your heart for those who are here only in love.

The Type 3 "fireball" is little known and practically nothing has been
gathered on its operation. Remember the strange case of "spontaneous
human combustion", in St. Petersburg, Florida in 1951? Mrs. Mary H.
Reeser, 67, was discovered in her apartment where she was almost
completely destroyed by fire. Yet, the apartment itself wasn't damaged
and newspapers near the chair in which she was cremated weren't
even scorched! Scientists said it would take unbelievable temperatures
to destroy her body so completely, and the fact that nothing else was
damaged in the room didn't make sense at all. One authority said that
some kind of "lightning unknown to man at the present time" had to
cause the disaster.

Mrs. Reeser was by no means the first to suffer such a fate. The writer
Dickens wrote a story about a man who in real life actually perished as
Mrs. Reeser did. These mysterious cremations display a definite
pattern and a basic similarity. In The Scientific Classbook or, A Familiar
Introduction to the Principles of Physical Science, printed in 1836 in
Philadelphia, Walter R. Johnson, M.A., cites the then well-known
cremation mystery involving the Countess Cornelia Zangari of Cesena.
Although parts of her body remained intact, she was almost reduced to
a heap of ashes. The air of her apartment was reported to be filled with
a fine soot which had an unpleasant smell. The blaze was confined
entirely to the countess' body; the floor and furniture were
undamaged.

Dr. Wilmer, a Coventry, England surgeon reported the cremation of
Mary Clues, 50, in March, 1773. She was reduced to whitish ashes, but
the bed-clothes were undamaged. The walls and furnishings of the
room were blackened and the air was filled with a sickening smell.

Only the body was burned.

An 18th Century German journal records the flaming death of Don G.
Maria Bertholi, a friar who lived at Mount Volere.

.globalgrey.c

204

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

About 1845, Chambers' Edinburgh Journal, reported that Anne Nelis,
wife of a Dublin merchant was cremated in her chair. The back and
seat of the chair were undamaged and the room was filled with a
pungent unpleasant smell.

Also about 1845, in Limerick, a Mrs. Peacock was discovered on the
floor of the room under her own and her body was burning and "red as
copper". In the ceiling of the room a large hole the size of the body had
been burned through the boards. Her body had dropped through this
hole from her room above. Her room wasn't damaged in any way.

One morning in 1808 an Irish woman named Mrs. Stout, 60, was found
burned to a cinder on the floor of her bedroom. When the body was
moved it crumbled into ashes, but her nightcap had not been burned!

Another Irish woman of 60, from the county of Doun, was found
burning "with an internal fire". Her body was black as charcoal and
smoke issued from every part of it. There was a foul-smelling odor
throughout the house and the woman's daughter who had been
sleeping next to her in the same bed had not been burned; in fact, the
bed and bed-clothes were untouched.

In recent years the mysterious and recurring phenomenon has
happened more frequently. Mrs. Cecil Rogers of Pleasantville, Ohio
died this way, as did a man who tried to take his own life with a knife
before the cremation took place. Everyone of the victims so far has
always been a degraded human being and water cannot put out the
fire; it only adds to its intensity.

The Type 3 "fireball" has a special mission in that it is magnetically
attracted to certain individuals. As soon as a person takes up a certain
evil path, one of the "fireballs" starts on its journey toward that
person. You ask: "Do the space people destroy us with these
monstrous 'fireballs' they construct in their laboratories? The answer
is that the space people destroy nothing! The victims destroy
themselves by their own deeds and actions; they are free at any time
to change their ways and the "fireball" will reverse direction.

A wonderful example is found in A Dweller On Two Planets by Phylos.
Mainin called upon Incal (Creator] to punish him for his crimes and
evil deeds if He [Incal] really existed. Then a voice said to him: "I shall

.globalgrey.c

205

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

not, 0 Mainin, enumerate thy crimes, thou knowest them every one: I
knew thy way; I knew its evil, yet interfered not, for thou art thine own
master, even as all men are self-masters; few, alas, are faithful! But
thine altitude of wisdom, prostituted to selfishness, to sin, to crime,
more utterly than any other man hath dared, is thy destruction. Thy
name meaneth 'Light', and great hath thy brilliancy been; but thou hast
been as a light adrift on the seas, a lure to death of all them that follow
thee, and these have been myriad. Thou hast blasphemed God, and
jeered in thy soul, saying, 'Punish!' But thine is one out of a myriad of
cases, more heinous because thou art wise, not ignorant. I will cut thee
off for a season, for thou shalt neither destroy more of my sheep, nor
be let to leave unexpiated the evil thou hast done. It were better for
thee couldst thou cease to exist. But this may not be of an ego. I can but
suspend thee as a human entity and cast thee into the outer darkness
to serve as one of the powers of nature. Get thee behind me!"

Phylos goes on: "Now, however, as the Son of Light ceased to speak,
Mainin uttered a howl of mingled terror and defiance. Instantly Mainin
was surrounded with a glowing flame which, on disappearing,
revealed also the disappearance of the Demon Priest. Thus had Mainin
sinned, perverting his noble wisdom to evil and to sowing the seeds of
sin, on and in the hearts of unsuspecting weaklings of humanity. For
this sowing he was blasted from the Book of Life." The voice said:

"Such is the fate of the wholly selfish man."

Another example is found in Mystic Magazine for October, 1954. In
Orfeo Angelucci's article, My Awakening On Another Planet, he says:

"The scene was focusing upon an unfamiliar part of the heavens. A sun
and a number of encircling planets were in view. Then the scene
centered upon a single planet in this unknown solar system. It was a
smug, sleek planet; but it was exceedingly dark in tone and
surrounded with concentric waves of darkness. A tangible vibration or
emanation came from it, evil, unpleasant and utterly without
inspiration or hope. Approaching this world I saw a glowing red dot
with a long, misty tail. The fiery dot seemed irresistibly attracted to the
dark world. The two collided in a spectacular fiery display. I felt Lyra's
hand upon mine as she whispered, It is an immutable Law of the
Cosmos that too great a preponderance of evil inevitably brings about
self-destruction.'"

.globalgrey.c

206

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Therefore, victims of the mysterious cremation cases are destroyed by
the great "preponderance of evil" existing within their own souls! This
Type 3 "fireball" that is "irresistibly attracted" to such persons is never
destroyed; it will exist forever once it is created. Not even its creators
can revoke its power! When it finally connects with the object of its
magnetic attraction, it does not "explode" in the usual sense. Now that
we are going deeper into new areas of Cosmos we are encountering
strange things; things which manifested centuries ago, but which are
now increasing at a rapid rate.

The question arises: "Why is the Type 2 "fireball" copper and
crystalline in construction?" First of all, copper has the strange
capacity to record and retain. Copper can be compared to the soul in
that it is receptive and also it can recall once accepted impact. It can be
said that copper never forgets; it does not lose impressions. Copper is
a stratified attention crystallized consciousness. It could be developed
and actually experimentally ascertained that copper radiation has a
dimensional multiplicity which no other metal has. Gold or any other
metal cannot step out of the three dimensional world in its effects.
Copper can be the bridge between time and timelessness. That is its
occult feature!

An electron shows itself as a particle in an electrical or magnetic field.
But if a crystal diffracts it, it becomes a wave; thus the wavicular form
is generated by specific conditioning of diffraction by crystal.
Transpose this situation from the world of physics to the world of
consciousness. Imagine consciousness to be equivalent to a particle
and three dimensional stimulation equivalent to a crystal.
Consciousness itself assumes a wavicular form when influenced, or
diffracted, by the "crystal" of three dimensional stimulation.

The Type 2 "fireball' is undoubtedly composed of crystalline copper
instead of being copper and crystal separately used. The crystalline
copper "fireball" actually lives and has conscious thought. Space
intelligences have said that with crystals "miracles can be performed",
and that "crystals can think". This is true because of the qualities of
consciousness that copper possesses.

Now it is easy to understand what space friends meant when they said
we would be "astonished" if we knew what the "fireballs" really were.
They said that "fireballs" were not the same as our remote-controlled
devices; they are ball-globe beings performing their duties. These

.globalgrey.c

207

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"fireballs" of the Type 2 class can be instructed to go to a certain
location by telepathy or by verbal command. Once in the designated
area they will record required information through the unusual
properties of copper and this information is evaluated and separated
by the qualities of crystal before wavicular form relays it to the
hovering laboratory. Just as a crystal separates light into a spectrum,
so the Type 2 "fireball" separates the items it records. Remember, this
type of "fireball" has intelligence within it, not just behind it. The
"flying light" observed by Lt. Gorman operated intelligently because of
its own inherent abilities, not because it was "guided" entirely by
direction from a nearby mother ship or laboratory.

"Light hath more properties than even man hath dreamt of: it hath
vibration so fine in ether that incandescence cometh, it reacheth men's
eyes in aspect of waves; I say it doeth more, it hath more than
incandescence, it performeth a greater wonder than that men may see
in darkness: it cometh to man sustaining his spirit, it maketh miracles
to happen." (G. S. 30:15-16].

When we use the term Light in the broader sense, it includes not only
incandescent light but also light of shorter and longer wavelengths
which cannot be picked up by the human eye. Examples would be
Infrared, Radio or Hertzian waves; Ultraviolet, X-Rays, Gamma Rays,
and Secondary Cosmic Rays.

"Light is the word of the Father, saying, Be . . . lo, matter, is!" (G. S.
30:21].

Since Light is Matter either one can be received and transmitted by the
Type 2 "fireball". And further, since Light is the essence of all life and
Light is a wave phenomenon, the diffraction of Light by the crystalline
copper gives this "fireball" the qualities of conscious thought.
Therefore, there must be a combination of copper, crystal, and Light
properties in order to have a sentient "fireball". (See Plate XVIII, p.
302].

In reading the Chart on A Conception of Matter, read horizontally from
left to right. The column on the extreme right indicates a return to the
Particle Phase. Although the return is to the same phase, it is
necessarily an advanced or progressed development of that phase.

This is a continuous, spiraling process. The vertical columns show
analogy. All analogy is basically a revealment of some measure of

.globalgrey.c

208

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

identity. The items in the vertical columns may be more closely related
than is suspected at this time.

"In Light have I manifested: in Light do I manifest: I give Light
commandments: I have made it Motive Servant." (G. S. 30.40].

"Light waves are Thought Incarnate manifesting on and in substance; I
have answered the mystery. Thus Light hath performance." (G. S.
30:42].

The Elder Brother or Christ says He "manifests in Light", and He gives
"Light commandments". Therefore, Light entering the crystalline
copper "fireball" imparts "commandments" to the device, and it is
truly an instrument of the Father's Will through Christ and thereby
through the space intelligences themselves.

Christ is One with the Father--and the Father is Thought Incarnate,
therefore "Light waves are Thought Incarnate manifesting on and in
substance". Remember Christ said: "I am the Light of the world!"

In recent years, Lapis Lingua (Na^sAhShOizS], has been used to
stimulate subjects in telepathic experiments. In the Edgar Cayce
readings on gems and stones, Lapis Lingua, a corrosive product of
copper in its natural state, was often mentioned as a type of stone
which may stimulate the endocrine centers. They revert to the
vibratory theory that all matter has its own vibration. Lapis Lingua, it
seems, may stimulate, raise the vibratory rate of the gland centers, if
taped over them. This would be similar to giving more electrical power
to a sending and receiving radio station.

A CONCEPTION OF MATTER:

.globalgrey.c

www.globalgrey.co.uk

210

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The following are excerpts from the readings: "Lapis is of particular
value to those who are interested in things psychic. Outside influences
may be induced to aid an individual in contacts with the higher
sources of activity. Lapis is not considered a high quality gem; rather a
very low form, but for that indicated in the character of the stone itself,
it would be most helpful in creating that vibration which will make for
the developments of certain characters of demonstrations with any
psychic forces or psychic individuals."

There is a definite increase in telepathic powers when the Lapis stone
is used. In experiments, it has been taped over four gland centers of
the sender: Pituitary, Pineal, Thyroids, and Thymus.

Again the Cayce readings say: "It has been given that the Lapis Lingua
is the name which was applied to touchstones, or those used by
initiates in their various ceremonial activities. (Hence the stones
acquired power through thought projections about them.) Those that
are of a psychic turn may hear the emanations as retained or thrown
off by influence about such stones; the Lapis Lingua would bring much
that will act as a protective influence. This is the green stone, you see,
the crystallization of copper and those influences that are creative
within themselves. For, as indicated from the influence of the Lapis
Lingua, there is the need for not only the copper ore, that is a part of
man's own development in many fields, but the need for the very
combination of its elements as protection to not only the material
benefits but the bodily forces necessary for the transmission of
benefits through its own physical being. Wearing of the Lapis Lingua
will make the body more sensitive to the higher vibrations. The
wearing of the Lapis stone would be an aid in the entity's periods of
meditation, and would become a helpful influence. Not as a 'lucky'
charm, but rather as a helpful influence toward making for the ability
to make decisions in dealing with mental attributes; the emanations
from Lapis Lingua are very strong. As to stone, have near yourself,
worn preferably upon the body, about the neck, the Lapis; this
preferably encased in crystal."

The Cayce readings advised the use of both Lapis Lingua and Lapis
Lazuli. The latter was a favorite stone of the ancient Egyptians. Lapis is
probably the sapphire of the old testament and of the ancient writers.

.globalgrey.c

211

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Both Pliny and the Holy Bible make allusions to sapphires as stones
sprinkled with gold.

"The stones of it are the place of sapphires: and it hath dust of gold."
[Job 28:6].

In certain drawings, ancient personages are shown with a slender
band around their head in the center of which appears a gem or stone
of some kind. It is believed that this stone was the Lapis Lingua, and
that it is used not merely for ornamentation but to stimulate the pineal
gland near the center of the forehead.

All of the foregoing reference to the Lapis Lingua only shows more
clearly the unusual qualities of copper and why it is used in crystalline
form in the construction of the "fireballs".

Copper is the only metal which occurs native abundantly in large
masses and copper is supreme among the common metals in its
everlasting qualities. The following are two slightly different forms in
which the ancient alchemists of the Middle Ages employed the "ankh",
the symbol of enduring life,

2 9

to designate copper. These alchemists always represented copper by
the astrological sign for Venus, this circle with cross attached below
was the Egyptian symbol for everlasting or enduring life.

The "ankh" or Crux Ansata symbolized life itself, therefore it was a
fitting symbol to be used for copper which can be the bridge between
time and timelessness! Both the cross and the circle were phallic
symbols, for the ancient world venerated the generative powers of
Nature as being expressive of the creative attributes of the Deity. The
Crux Ansata, by combining the masculine Tau with the feminine oval,
exemplified the principles of generation. The generative powers which
the "ankh" symbolized were also representative of life, since without
these powers no man would be born on Earth.

.globalgrey.c

212

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In Asia, copper was the metal of the Queen of Heaven (Astarte, etc.]- As
stated before, astrologers and alchemists assigned it to Venus; it was
sacred to the Fire God and the Seven Gods of Babylonia and Assyria;
North Pacific Coast Indians and several other groups assigned it to the
Sun; in India it was a sacred metal; the Indians of the Lake Superior
region regarded the lumps of copper they found as divinities.

In some places there is a custom of placing copper on a corpse. This is
because copper was symbolic of life. Pliny mentions that in Arcadia the
yew tree is fatal to anyone sleeping under it unless a copper nail is
driven into the tree. Again we see the unusual power of this metal. As
late as the middle of the eighteenth century the Spaniards believed
that copper grew in the ground, and that if a mine was left alone, it
would become productive again! All of this goes to illustrate the fact
that the ancients knew about the hidden qualities of copper. The
Spaniards suspected the everlasting and timeless qualities of the metal
when they thought it "grew in the ground".

In the Bible in Exodus 38:8, and in II Kings 25:13, the Hebrew word
Nechosheth, should be translated copper and not brass. Many sacred
objects were fashioned of copper. In Ezra 8:27 we read: "Two vessels
of fine copper, precious (desirable] as gold." Copper was known as
yellow, or shining brass, and the ancients knew its great occult
features because they said it was as "precious as gold".

Certain investigations have shown that life or death rays are emitted
from metal discs. Ziegler, one of the investigators of metal rays found
during his experiments that copper discs emit life-rays. Zinc plates
emit hindrance or life-antagonistic rays. Platinum, as well as copper
plates send out life or vitalizing rays according to the investigations of
Korschelt, and the former can be used to heal ulcers, etc.

Copper radiates green, and this color is neutral, at the fulcrum of the
solar spectrum, the balancing point. The space intelligences have said:
"Blue of sky, gold of sun!" And green is poised between the Gold of
Wisdom and the Blue of Heaven on the spectrum.

The crystal ball among the ancients had a three-fold meaning: [1] It
signified the crystalline Universal Egg in whose transparent depths
creation exists; [2] It was a proper figure of Deity previous to Its
immersion in matter; [3] It signified the aetheric sphere of the world

.globalgrey.c

213

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

in whose translucent essences is impressed and preserved the perfect
image of all terrestrial activity.

In recent years the crystal ball has been misunderstood and misused.
Nostradamus possessed one of the few remaining crystal balls
originally brought here by space visitors and left in temples in ancient
Egypt. Several of these balls were unearthed near the Great Pyramid
but they were done away with because they were thought to be of
modern date and worthless! The great predictions
of Nostradamus came about through his use of a crystal ball from
outer space!

Prof. Reichenbach found that crystals radiate yellow light rays at the
base while the top of the crystals radiate blue light rays. The blue or
green light rays are life or vital rays, while the yellow light rays are
hindrance rays. Dr. Heermann's research has proved that plants as
well as trees radiate so-called life rays at the top while the roots emit
the hindrance rays. If it were possible to determine the colors of the
rays emanating from the branches of a tree we should most likely find
that they radiate green and blue while the roots radiate yellow similar
to the radiation of crystals.

The human being is very similar since we radiate yellow on one side,
blue on the other side. Therefore, we radiate positive as well as
negative magnetic currents. Rays from our Solar System produce life
or vitality currents in our body and these rays are of an
electromagnetic nature.

Plants, animals, minerals and man-they are all similar. It is easy to
understand why crystal qualities are incorporated into the Type 2
"fireball". This device also radiates positive as well as negative
magnetic currents and operates in its own Resonating Electro-
Magnetic Field. Rays from our Solar System, and, of course, other
systems, produce life or vitality currents in the crystalline "fireball"
also; and again, these rays are of an electromagnetic nature.

Newton discovered the definite relationship between tones and colors.
Every tone and every color has a distinct frequency of vibration, and
because of this relationship, the "fireball" receives and transmits
everything in full color and full tonal quality, exactly as a living
being would react to vibrational stimuli.

.globalgrey.c

214

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The quotation from The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, by Meade
Layne was given to show that he accepts the Type 1 and Type 2
"fireball". His statement that the latter consists of 99% aluminum
seems contradictory to the information in this book. However,
aluminum radiates green the same as copper. We must keep in mind
also that the space visitors are coming from many areas of the
Universe and from many levels of progression. Actually, there may be
other "fireballs" of varying construction in use.

All spacecraft, including Saucers, operate in a Resonating Electro-
Magnetic Field. This RMF is the Fourth Great Primary Force that Earth
scientists do not understand. Certain scientists of the past came
dangerously close to discovering it. It is dangerous because it is at the
same time of a positive and negative nature. If its great force is
reversed it becomes a deadly death ray.

This terrible sidereal Force was called Mash-Mak by the ancient
Atlanteans. The Aryan Rishis speak of it in their Ashtar Vidya and this
same Force is called vril by Sir E. Bulwer-Lytton, in his Coming Race. It
is believed that this author coined this name from the word virile. The
antediluvians called it the "Water of Phtha;" their descendants named
it the Anima Mundi, the soul of the Universe. Later the mediaeval
hermetists termed it "sidereal light", or the "Milk of the Celestial
Virgin", the "Magnes", and many other names.

The name vril may be a fiction, but the Force itself exists. It is
mentioned in all the ancient secret works of Earth. In the Ashtar Vidya,
we discover that this vibratory Force was aimed at an army from an
Agni Rath fixed on a flying vessel and it reduced to ashes one-hundred
thousand men and elephants. It is allegorised in the Vishnu Purana, in
the Ramayana and other works. In the fable about the sage Kapila we
discover that his glance made a mountain of ashes of King Sagara's
sixty-thousand sons. This Force is often referred to as the Kapilaksha-
"Kapila's Eye".

Many years ago Faraday, the great scientist, said:

"The various forms under which the forces of matter are made
manifest, have one common origin. They are so directly related and
naturally dependent, that they are convertible, as it were, into one
another, and possess equivalents of power in their action."

.globalgrey.c

215

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Vril, the Primal Force of Faraday, and the Kabalistic Astral Light
are one and the same thing. In ancient times the Vril Stick was a
slender "glass" rod, some thirty inches long and hollow in the center.
At the top end there was a strange handle, or rather it was capped by a
six-inch length of "glass" affixed in oblique slant somewhat in the
shape of a cross-bar made by Spencerian penmen when they write a
capital letter "T". Inside of this tube the Vril Ray was confined, and in
this case it was a death ray. How it was evolved, or how it could be
confined in a slender tube pertains to the lost arts of antiquity.

The Vril Stick was used in Atlantis and later in Egypt. A recovered stick
now rests in the British Museum in a specially sealed glass case. No
one handles it anymore and no one is allowed even to view it! The
ancient gods and goddesses are sometimes depicted holding Vril
Sticks, and great rulers had them in their possession. This was the
origin of the king's sceptre. The sceptre signifies the union of the
forces that create life, and thus from the most ancient days, a symbol
of highest power given only to rulers and gods of life. The Vril Stick
was indeed a "sceptre endowed with marvelous power". And any
potentate possessing it carried the decree of life or death in his hand.
The "ankh" closely resembles this stick as to form and to symbolic
meaning. There are countless legends of fairy wands, and magical rods
that have been derived from stories about the Vril Stick.

This stick of amazing power was constructed of "glass". Remember,
the ancients prized diamonds and other gems because they were pure
forms of carbon. They used carbon and magnets together to perform
certain beneficial cures on the human body, and the gods are
sometimes shown holding rods of carbon in their hands about six
inches long. Today gems are prized for their monetary worth or for
their value in giving one social prestige; but the ancients prized them
for their vibrational qualities. That is why so much gold was used and
worn by the Aztecs, Mayas, Incas, etc. Gold and diamonds both raise
the vibrations of a human being. Other stones and metals can lower
the vibrations.

All of the foregoing is important when considering the fact that the
Saucers operate in a Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field and are said to
be "Crystal Bells!". Many reports state that the Saucers appeared to be
made of crystal and were translucent; they must utilize the same
power once known on Earth and found in the Vril Stick. This stick held
some sort of resonating magnetic current operating fatally in reverse.

.globalgrey.c

216

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The ancients were familiar with such principles of magnetism because
several ancient civilizations on Earth possessed "flying ships" not very
much different from our present day Saucers. A few years ago, a
Saucer landed in Alaska that was mainly composed of glass. Later, a
model was made of that Saucer and used in the movie, The Day The
Earth Stood Still. Scientists claim glass would withstand high speeds
better than any known metal. Of course, Saucers don't have to worry
about the effects of "high speeds".

The Vril Ray force known as the Fourth Great Force relates to the
other Three Great Forces, and all belong to the One Primal Force of the
Omniverse. This One Force is symbolized by the swastika, for
the wheel is the emblem of creative motion-manifesting force is
rotary, being, in fact, the "Wheel of the spirit of life" involving the
whole system of the Universe.

Many people, including the "prophets of gloom", throughout the world
are saying we will be totally destroyed in a terrible atomic war. In
meditating upon these grim forecasts for our immediate future we
can't help but remember other dire warnings that have come our way
over the decades. Some "prophet" or other is always setting an exact
date for the "end of the world". The planet Earth is now in a state of
transition toward a greater enfoldment of man's progression; the
world is not going to end!

Space friends are here to help build a bigger and better Earth where all
men may live together as true brothers should. Everyone will be "his
brother's keeper". The Great Avatar never said: 'Till the end of the
world", as so many theologians would have us believe. Actually, He
said: "Till the end of the age." Immediately we see that He was
referring to the end of the Piscean Age, not the cataclysmic so-called
"end" of the literal ground beneath our feet. Further, Christ never
spoke in negative terms for His was a ministry of positive thought in
contrast with the "thou shalt nots" of the old Mosaic Law.

Space craft occupants have said that man on Earth worships the
Creator; but he worships in word, not deed. If we believe in Him, and
have faith in Him, we cannot believe that He will rain down death,
destruction, and horror on us. Over and over again, with much
repetition, the "men of God" in the pulpits today tell us that our God is
"all loving and kind". With the next breath they contradict themselves
by telling us that at times He "gives us up". And they paint a picture of

.globalgrey.c

217

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"sweet angels" casting poor "sinners" into lakes of fire and brimstone
to endure eternal torment!

Information coming from the highest authority among the space
people tell us that our world is to become a place of tranquil peace and
plenty for all. Only the good and the beautiful is to be inherited by man
on Earth! Many individuals to-day point to the strange changes in our
weather, the many earthquakes, tornados, tidal-waves, floods, and so
forth and tell us that these are certainly "signs of doom". Changes have
been going on for thousands of years on Earth, but the old world is still
keeping its orbit around its Sun. However, many great changes never
before experienced are taking place and will continue to do so. These
changes are on the physical, mental and spiritual planes of Earth.

In 1953 there were many outstanding catastrophic events. On
February 2nd hurricane floods on south-eastern British, Dutch, and
Belgian coasts killed one-thousand nine-hundred forty-one persons.

On February 12th there was a violent quake at Torroud, Iran which
killed five-hundred thirty-one persons. March 19th saw the Turkish
quakes that killed two-hundred forty-six people. On April 30th
tornados killed nineteen in central Georgia and caused wide-spread
damage. In May, on the 11th, Waco and San Angelo, Texas were
smashed by tornados causing sixty million dollars in damage and
killing one-hundred twenty-four persons.

June 9th tornados killed one-hundred thirty-nine in Michigan and
Ohio. The following day, on the 10th, tornados killed eighty-six in
Massachusetts. On June 26th Japan's worst flood in modern history
killed seven-hundred two with one-thousand four-hundred thirty-
three missing. July 12th seven-hundred died in the Greek Ionian Island
earthquakes. Later in the year on November 9th two-thousand died in
the Indochina typhoon. And on December 5th many people died in a
tornado disaster that caused twenty-five million dollars in damage at
Vicksburg, Mississippi.

There were many, many more reports of disasters of all kinds.
Scientists agree that something mighty strange is going on. These
changes are to be expected as our entire Solar System moves into a
new area of the Universe! Meteorologists are concerned over the
unusual weather conditions, but statements are never made to the
public. The facts of 1953 speak for themselves; the evidence is more
than substantial.

.globalgrey.c

218

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Climatologists, meteorologists, and physicists, are not the only ones
worried about strange weather phenomena; plain citizens are alarmed
and can observe that the climate of the world is getting warmer at an
unprecedented rate. The question is seriously asked: "Do the atomic
explosions produce mysterious changes in the atmosphere at high
altitudes-perhaps in the ionized layers of the atmosphere?"

Atomic explosions are not the cause of the weather changes, but they
are weakening an already unstable condition. The vibrations of the
new area of the Universe are responsible for the physical, mental, and
spiritual changes on Earth. Men's minds and conceptions are changing
as well as the geographical features and climate of the world. Our
government picked an area of small population to test its atomic
devices, but it also tested these devices over major fault lines in New
Mexico and Nevada. This further weakened these fault lines and
accentuated the change already under way because of different
vibratory rate.

Astronomers know that gigantic sun spots appear on our Sun after
atomic explosions. If the Sun can be affected ninety-three millions of
millions of miles away, it certainly stands to reason that vast changes
will take place on the originating planet also. Even though the world
isn't going to end, nevertheless, there will be great catastrophes locally
throughout the world in years to come. In The Saucers Speak! the
statement was made that disasters would increase-and increase they

Here are some of the mysterious climatological facts: The world's heat
belt is on the move. It is progressing northward as well as eastward.
William J. Baxter, in his book, Today's Revolution In Weather, says
animals are already reacting to the northward advance of the heat belt.
The possum is now common as far north as Boston, where fifty years
ago, he was seldom seen north of the Mason-Dixon line. Deer, badgers,
moose, and raccoons are pushing in the direction of the North Pole.

The cardinal, the mocking bird, the tufted titmouse and the hooded
warbler, always considered southern birds, are moving into New
England. Birds that once flew South every winter are now staying in
the North all year round.

The southern parts of the United States will be like the tropics, and
New York and New England will be the Florida of the future.
Abnormally high temperatures have been recorded along the entire

.globalgrey.c

219

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

East Coast and in most of the Central and Southern States. Overall
snowfall has been much less than average. The same phenomenon has
been noted up and down the West Coast, with abnormally high
temperatures combined with scanty precipitations of snow recorded.

A tribe of Indians in Maine has observed that the ice in the Penobscot
River has been breaking up much earlier since 1948. The break-up has
been occurring frequently following an "unseasonal and abnormal"
January thaw-something previously unheard of. In earlier years, the
river was seldom free of ice until late March or early April.

On the West and East Coasts and across the Southern States, semi-
tropical vegetation is appearing. Throughout the entire crop season,
fruits and vegetables that require considerable warmth have been
attaining larger size more rapidly. Pines and spruces are growing
nearer and nearer the North Pole. Cereal crops are flourishing in
places where twenty years ago there were ice fields!

Dr. George H. T. Kimble, director of the American Geographical Society,
says it is altogether possible that Canadians in Northern Ontario will
grow corn and New Yorkers will become cotton planters. He points out
that temperatures have been rising in winter in the last thirty to forty
years. In Upper Canada, he relates, the forest is migrating into hitherto
barren tundra.

Arnold Court of the University of California says we can expect
temperatures over one-hundred seven degrees in the summers of the
future. Scientists probing glaciers throughout the world, including the
great Baffin Island glacier, have discovered these glaciers are steadily
shrinking.

Dr. John W. Aldrich, of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, says that fish
are moving northward. Cod, once unknown in Greenland, is now a
steady Eskimo dish. Whiting, halibut, king mackerel and haddock are
found farther and farther north in the Atlantic. New Jersey has sighted
tropical flying fish! The tropical-fish hunting grounds of the future will
be along the New Jersey and Maryland coasts instead of Florida and
the Bahamas, as at present. For some years now, deep sea pleasure
fisherman have been taking tuna off the Long Island Coast and even
further to the North. It was not so long ago that tuna were seldom
observed further North than Georgia waters.

.globalgrey.c

220

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The tremendous warming-up is also observable north of the United
States-Canada, Alaska, and Greenland. The size and extent of glaciers
in all these areas have been decreasing at an unprecedented rate,
exposing vast areas for potential cultivation. In Alaska, Muir Glacier
has been shrinking in length at a rate of about half a mile a year, while
Guyot Glacier has been losing thickness at about thirty feet a year.
Alaskan farmers are now growing crops in areas that only a few years
ago were snow-covered. Along the Alaskan Arctic Coast, much of the
ground is bare of snow through many months each summer, while
temperate-zone trees and shrubs are appearing further to the North
and higher on the mountainsides. Alaskan forests are "advancing",
according to authority Dr. Robert E. Griggs. Along the entire roof of the
North American continent, the Arctic Ice is receding rapidly. It used to
contact the coast solidly and be many feet thick in winter. Now there
are often open patches of water extending fifty or more miles offshore,
while the thickness of the ice has greatly decreased.

Ships are now frequently able to put in at Greenland ports in mid-
winter. Fresh land is steadily being bared by the receding icecaps, and
vegetation and birds that formerly shunned Greenland are appearing.
The great strait between Greenland and Canada that used to be ice-
locked the year around is now frequently open to ships. In the United
States the climate will be like that of present day Mexico. Canada's
climate will resemble that of the United States today. Greenland's
climate will resemble that of Canada now. However, if the trend does
not slow down, the entire equatorial belt will become unfit for human
habitation-the temperate zones will become largely scorching
deserts, while only the polar regions will be comfortably habitable.

In the United States, "dust bowl" areas are increasing. In Africa, the
Sahara Desert is advancing Southward at a rate of three miles a year.
The Middle East is steadily declining in water supply, while much of
India and China, once fertile agricultural land, is now semi-desert or
actual desert without vegetation of any sort. In Central Africa, the
lakes are becoming smaller and the jungles less lush. This is also true
of South America, where the Amazon River Basin and jungle areas are
shrinking rapidly, with grasslands developing around the periphery.
Lake Victoria in Africa is dropping at the rate of almost a foot a year
while the amount of water flowing over Victoria Falls has declined
greatly.

.globalgrey.c

221

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Great Salt Lake in America has shrunk by half in less than fifty years,
and the waterpower production of Niagara is declining. In one-
hundred years the temperature of England has risen by three degrees.
Similar rises have been noted in other countries where accurate
weather records have been kept. It has been estimated that a rise in
average temperature of only six degrees would melt all the glaciers
and polar icecaps in the world in a few decades. The sea-level of all the
oceans is rising at a rapid rate.

Oceanographers calculate that if all the ice now existent on Earth was
melted and returned to the oceans, the sea-level would rise by
approximately five-hundred to one-thousand feet, reducing the total
land area of the Earth by many millions of square miles. England and
most of Central Europe will be submerged, as would the entire
Mississippi River Basin!

There are many good reasons why we cannot attribute the rising
temperatures to atomic causes. For one thing, the temperature rise has
been going on for many years, and was first noticed long before we
even suspected an atomic bomb could be made. It has been increasing
at an accelerating pace, however, which is why an apparent connection
with atomic bombs has been suggested.

It is well-known that the entire history of the Earth has been marked
by a succession of "cold" and "warm" periods-some of thousands of
years duration, others of only a few centuries. Meteorologists say,
therefore, that it is not unusual because the Earth is experiencing a
climate change, but it is unusual because instead of going into a colder
cycle which it should be doing, it's going into a still warmer cycle!

Astronomers know that our entire Solar System is moving rapidly into
an area of greater warmth-the Sun and its family of twelve planets is
moving into a region of space where cosmic ray bombardment and
intense vibrational frequency will cause many drastic changes. Proof
of the fact of a climate warm-up the world over are the many
European avalanches during the past few years, and absence of the ice
floes that usually prevented ships from entering Northern European
harbors. The government is well-aware of the mysterious change and
has secret projects at the North Pole investigating all evidence.

These changes are to be expected as our Earth enters the new section
of Creation. Several Saucer researchers received information several

.globalgrey.c

222

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

years ago that our Earth was being bombarded with cosmic rays that
would change man as well as the terrain! Recently, Prof. Kurt Sitte of
Syracuse University said: "Too many electrons are showering down on
us. At least, there are too many of these tiny units of electrical charge
to be explained by present theories, which hold that electrons are
produced by cosmic rays smashing into the atmosphere high above the
Earth. Unknown particles or processes must be involved!" Dr. Sitte's
conclusions were based on studies made in the Summer of 1953 at
altitudes of ten-thousand to fourteen-thousand feet in Colorado. Dr.
Sitte is now a visiting professor at the University of Sao Paulo in Brazil.
He has been investigating at Chacaltaya, Brazil, eighteen-thousand feet
above sea level. He hopes to discover what processes or particles
produce the electrons that cannot be accounted for by present theories!

Science is now discovering and proving what space intelligences said
months ago. There is intensive bombardment going on, and the
changes are taking place daily! Space friends also said: "Look to nature
for signs of the New Age presently to come to Earth." When we "look
to nature", we see proof on every hand.

From space craft occupants we understand that the new influential
vibrations, now being felt, are coming from outside our own Solar
System. Many times, science later confirms with actual discovery the
statements made by the extraterrestrial visitors. Dr. Marcel Schein of
the University of Chicago says that part, if not all, of the cosmic
radiation continuously bombarding the Earth comes from outside of
the Solar System.

Dr. Schein's conclusion is based on the extremely high energy of the
onrushing particles as they have been caught in photographic
emulsions sent many miles above the Earth's surface. "It would be
most unlikely," Dr. Schein says, "that the Sun's magnetic field could
accelerate the charged particles to such very high energies, greater
than ten-trillion electron volts. The theory of extra-solar origin is also
supported by some new experiments at the University of Chicago. By
using two photographic plates sliding slowly past each other, cosmic
radiation scientists are, for the first time, able to pin down the time at
which the particle left its track.

With this new method, Dr. Schein and his associates have found that
the variation between the numbers of tracks of heavy charged

.globalgrey.c

223

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

particles during the day and at night is not very great. "This," he said,
"argues for a cosmic ray source outside our own Solar System."

Dr. Armin J. Deutsch of Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories
believes that the cosmic rays coming to Earth may be material thrown
off from rotating stars with strong magnetic fields. Dr. Deutsch's
findings tend to prove that many of these rays are extra-solar in origin.

Dr. Schein believes that maybe all of the cosmic radiation bombarding
the Earth comes from outside of our Solar System. However, it appears
that nearly all cosmic rays come from our own Sun-the only rays
coming from outside of our System are possibly those consisting of
high energy particles. The fact that too many electrons are showering
down on us and present theories won't account for them and the fact
that certain cosmic rays bombard the Earth from outside our own
Solar System tends to support the idea that our entire Solar System is
entering a new possibility area of the Universe. Every phase of Earth
life will be greatly influenced-Economics, Religion, Education, Politics,
Science, Social life, Medicine, Eating habits, etc.

Virtually everything will change, and for the better!

If we are truly entering a New Age, then we should certainly see effects
of it on the physical plane. No one can deny the fact that "strange"
things are going on. Look at your newspaper, your magazines; turn on
your radio or television set; go outside and observe the weather and
you might even listen to the unusual movement of the "creeping"
things. The lowly worm knows more about what's happening than the
crowning achievement on Earth-Man!

Prof. Albert Einstein's new unified field theory entered the picture at
just the right moment. In brief, it tells us that gravity, electricity, and
magnetism are all one and the same thing. As the Nineteenth Century
drew to a close, scientists felt that they had built a perfect picture of
the Universe on the basis of Sir IsaacNewton's law of gravitation. This
was a mechanistic universe, set in a framework of absolute space
and absolute time, in which the law of cause and effect operated
without exception.

Our scientific view is widening at an alarming rate. If you carefully
scan your newspaper you will notice a great deal of talk going on
about magnetics; electronic experiments; new sources of power, such
as the harnessing of sun's rays; and so on, ad infinitum. Steam as a

.globalgrey.c

224

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

source of power is fast being replaced. All the great discoveries of the
Water Age are being supplanted by new Air Age discoveries. In that
older age, Columbus crossed the Atlantic and our livelihood centered
on things of the watery seas. Now man has his eyes and his heart on
the stars out in space!

The happenings of today remind us of the time when Jesus was in a
small boat on turbulent waters. Those with Him were very much
afraid and awakened Him to tell Him of the disaster that surely would
befall them. Do you remember His words to them? He said, "0 ye of
little faith!" That very same thing is taking place today. Men of "little
faith" are preaching "doomsday". Violence is around us, indeed, just as
the turbulent waters were around the little boat. But, remember, He
calmed the waters. No matter what takes place on Earth, He will guide
us, for He has promised, "Lo I am with you always!"

Religionists of today preach eternal life, but they certainly don't act as
if they believed it. If life is eternal what is there to fear? Take the great
events of our time as signs of the approaching Golden Dawn on Earth,
with your very soul say: "Thy will be done, in and through me, thy
servant."

At the present time, a rather new theory as to the origin of the Flying
Saucers is gaining wide acceptance. This theory explains the spacecraft
away as "the spirits of demons, monsters and devils". Certain hell-fire
and brimstone evangelists tell their listeners the country over that
Satan himself is the leader of the Saucer armada!

We should not be surprised at this kind of thinking, for it is
characteristic of the planet Earth. So-called "men of God" interpret
everything in the Holy Book according to what they personally
believe-they are presenting "the doctrines of men to be the
commandments of God".

Very few ministers are telling their congregations that the Saucers
may have a connection with the "signs in the skies" that the prophets
of old spoke of. Some theologians, however, believe that the coming of
the Saucers heralds the coming of the Elder Brother himself.
Remember, Jesus was called a "devil" so why shouldn't we expect His
Host also to be referred to in the same manner?

.globalgrey.c

225

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

There are powerful forces in this country and throughout the world
today who want the people to believe that the authority behind the
Saucers is of the Evil One! Through ignorance and superstition they
hope to control this situation as they have in the past. Dr. Vannevar
Bush, president of Carnegie Institute in Washington, recently said that
discoveries in the atomic field are only a small segment of the
advances being made in other fields of scientific research. He declared
that "the dam is about to break" in the whole field of biological science.
The trend is not so evident as it now is in the atomic field, but he
described it as a "great blossoming". He said there is the possibility
that the emotional reactions of a whole nation might be controlled
through a chemical placed in the food they consume! They could be
made docile or irrational, lazy and unimaginative or energetic and
constructive.

Already, world food products are contaminated by chemical
poisonings in the guise of "preservatives", "enriching ingredients",
"bleaching", and "synthetic vitamins". Now the prospect looms that in
the near future the very emotions of people are to be controlled by
substances placed in their daily rations. Shortly, biological science will
experience the "shaking up" given physics a few years ago when the
Atomic Age suddenly came upon man. But many of the so-called
"advances" are of a destructive and negative nature as are the ideas
that atomic power can be used for peaceful pursuits.

The people of the world can be deceived by those who put "darkness
for light". The real advances will be the total elimination of food-
tampering, food contamination, and chemical fertilization. True
advance will not be the complete control of world population by
having power over every thought, action and deed of man through his
food consumption. Man will not only be released from dogmas,
doctrines, false theories, pseudo-authorities, war mongers, spiritual
conceit, and other centuries-old "chains that bind", but he will take his
true place in Cosmos as a Son of God and a potential god himself!

In The Saucers Speak! mention was made of a Wyoming evangelist who
claims he has had contact with Saucers for many years. He says they
land near him, give off horrible stenches of burning sulphur, and the
occupants are hideous, beastly devils with swishing forked tails and
large horns. He says he could write a book that would put all Saucer
research done so far "in the shade". He names this theory for world
salvation after himself, of course. This man is not preaching love,

.globalgrey.c

226

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

brotherhood of man, and the imminent return of the Elder Brother.
Instead, he warns people to beware of the "devils" and "imps" in the
Saucers!

"Doomsday is here; disaster is upon us; we shall all surely die", cry
those of "little faith". The Holy Book and the Golden Scripts are full of
the Elder Brother's promises. He will "make our foreheads like flint",
"nothing at all shall hurt us", "He is with us till the end". The evidence
is abundant on every hand that the children of God have nothing to
fear. Nowhere does Jesus speak of death and destruction as man's
heritage in the New Age!

"For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love,
and of a sound mind." (II Timothy 1:7].

One of the unusual types of sightings connected with occupants of
Saucers is the "mask sightings". In the early part of 1954, several
young people were passing March Field, California in an automobile.
Glancing onto the Air Force Field, they observed a shiny-looking
Saucer resting on the ground. They stopped their car and got out in
order to get a better look. After observing the craft at closer range,
they noticed it was quite smooth and apparently no one was around.
Still curious, they decided to get an even closer look. As they neared
the object, a man suddenly stepped in front of them. He raised his arm
and threw a "fireball" at them. It passed by them and struck their car.
They immediately turned and fled, driving into the nearest Sheriff's
office in a hurry.

The young observers said that the man wore some sort of a half mask
on his face that appeared to be metallic in nature. This incident is very
similar to the Italian sightings of 1953, where a man saw two
occupants of a Saucer with metallic half-masks on their faces.

The "fireball" had dented the side of their car and the painted surface
was burned and black. Needless to say, no harm was intended as far as
the young people are concerned. The only reason the Saucer pilot
threw this object is because he wanted to keep the curious observers
from getting too near the Resonating Electro-Magnetic Force Field
around the Saucer. What better way could he have gotten them to
leave? And he didn't have to say a word! The "ball of fire" that came at
the Florida Scoutmaster served the same purpose. If Saucer

.globalgrey.c

227

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

intelligences really wanted to harm someone they could do a much
better job of it!

A reputable production engineer in South Pasadena, California says
that while he was working cutting wood in his yard, a Saucer hovered
nearby about twenty feet from the ground. By means of a ladder, three
men descended and although they didn't speak English, he says he
exchanged some ideas by means of sign language. He says the three
men didn't even have mouths! These men might have been wearing
masks, or they might be from worlds where only telepathy is used and
where food intake is not necessary or the same as our own. At any
rate, they could not speak.

" Earths In The Universe," by Emanuel Swedenborg, was first published
in Latin in London, 1758. In the section on the planet Mars, he says:
"There was presented before me an inhabitant of that earth (Mars).

His face was like that of the inhabitants of our earth, but the lower
region of the face was black, not from a beard, for he had none, but
from blackness in place of it. This blackness extended on both sides as
far as the ears. The upper part of the face was like the face of the
inhabitants of our earth."

Swedenborg may have observed half-masks that appeared black. At
any rate, there have been enough reports on "masks" to make it a vital
part of Saucer investigation.

Space intelligences many times said: "We cannot stand by and see
another waste of Creation." Because of this they survey our planet
checking on dangerous fault zones and other weakened and
unbalanced conditions.

Before the Ionian Island earthquake disaster, great exploding flashes of
light were observed in various parts of Europe. The night before the
big New England hurricane of 1954 there was a terrific explosion in
Melrose, Massachusetts--cause unknown. Enormous exploding lights
have been observed in the sky all over the world just before disaster
strikes on the ground.

A mysterious explosion rocked the port of Dieppe, France. The
explosion was preceded by a flash in the sky. A railwayman at Orchies,
near the Belgian border, said he saw a fiery disc in the sky moving at

.globalgrey.c

228

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

great speed at the time of the Dieppe explosion. Similar happenings
have been observed along the Western Coast of the United States from
San Diego to Seattle. San Diego and Los Angeles have both experienced
strange exploding lights overhead, usually followed by a mysterious
explosion.

The Coast Guard pressed its investigation of wide-spread reports
along the Oregon coast of a brilliant flash of light observed offshore by
many people. Reports of the phenomenon came from points as widely
separated as Empire and Newport, as well as several communities in
between. Persons reporting the flash to the Coast Guard and the
Portland air defense filter center said they saw a bright, multi-colored
burst of light which suddenly disappeared as though some flaming
object had dropped into the sea. They agreed that a vapor trail had
lingered over the water for several minutes after the lights
disappeared. In addition the reports came from Coos Bay, Beverly
Beach and Depoe Bay. The Coast Guard at Newport and at Thirteenth
Naval District Headquarters in Seattle said no planes had been flying
over the area and discounted the possibility the light had been a
meteor because of the object's trajectory. Officer's declined to
speculate about what might have caused the strange flash.

Seattle, Washington experienced a mysterious exploding light that
startled hundreds of people. This city is in a very vital area because it
is situated over the place where three of the world's major fault lines
converge. The same situation that exists for the Ionian Islands and the
Azores, exists for Seattle! These same exploding lights have been
observed in the Japanese Islands and in other parts of the world where
fault lines exist.

Sometimes these "lights" explode silently and at other times, because
of certain conditions, they cause a violent shock-blast. They are only
relaying vital information back to the space laboratories hovering high
above. On September 9, 1954, a violent earthquake shattered the old
Roman town of Orleansville, Algeria. Surrounding villages were also
hard hit and buildings crumbled killing twelve-hundred fear-stricken
inhabitants. Witnesses reported that a great ball of fire appeared in the
sky just before the shock crumbled the city of nearly fifty-thousand
population.

Space intelligences have been closely watching the Mediterranean
area. There have been more violent earthquakes in that area in the last

.globalgrey.c

229

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

two years than in the rest of the world combined. Italy has had severe
shocks and Mr. Vesuvius has been on the rampage. This volcano is
situated on Italy's great fault line. Greece has suffered terribly from
earthquakes recently and hundreds died in Turkey only recently.
Cyprus has also been hit by severe earth tremors. Two major fault
lines join west of the Cape Verde Islands and shocks have been
recorded in that area of the Atlantic.

Other reports have come in from the Caucasus Mountain area and
from several places in Iran. There have been many earthquakes in the
Mediterranean area and there will be vast geographical changes there.
The great "shaking-up" of the entire African, Grecian and Italian
countrysides is a prelude to this.

If the "great ball of fire" observed over Orleansville had relayed
information that a major catastrophe was due because of weakened
fault lines, the Saucers would undoubtedly have staged an evacuation
operation. Space intelligences say they will assist in the event of major
disaster. How much longer the Mediterranean area can stand stress
and strain on the fault zones is not known, but the Saucers are keeping
a sharp lookout. (See Plate II).

On May 31, 1954, the Combat Operations Center at McChord Air Force
Base, Washington, received eight reports of unidentified objects
sighted over various sections of the Pacific Northwest. The objects
were reported over Spokane, Pasco, Ellensburg, Yakima and several
Oregon cities, including Redmond and Portland.

Fred Blackstone, a commercial pilot, reported at Moses Lake the object
he sighted was absolutely silent and had a stream of reddish fire
spouting from its end. The control tower at Yakima County Airport
described the object it saw in a similar fashion, as did Justin Cerley of
Spokane, an Air Force veteran of the Korean War who sighted another
object just east of Spokane. He said the object glowed like a light bulb.
Sgt. George Berg, of the Spokane Police Department, said he and his
wife saw a globe of light with brilliant red sparks shooting from the
back. It was not going fast and made no sound. Other reports said that
people had observed "bluish blinking lights", "flying white globes of
light", "white balls making terrific speed", "silent spheres of light", etc.
The Air Force Combat Center at McChord said there was no attempt at
interception and declined to speculate on the nature of the objects.

.globalgrey.c

230

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

On June 1, 1954, The State Patrol in the Ellensburg area reported
"flying globes" and several calls were received at Radio Station KLXE.
Reports were now coming in from all over Washington, Oregon, parts
of Canada, and even from Alaska. Willard Renfro, of Ellensburg, along
with his wife and mother, observed a circular object with a "dome-
shaped" top. He observed it for forty-five minutes through binoculars.
Many observers said they saw "flat objects" flying in a northerly
direction on a line parallel to the ground.

On June 5, 1954, six mysterious flying objects were sighted over Port
Townsend. The Air Force dispatched an F-86 all-weather jet
interceptor plane, fully armed, to Port Townsend from Paine Air Force
Base. The interceptor made no contact with the strange objects,
however, and a negative report on the flight was filed. Jefferson County
Sheriff Peter J. Naughton said he saw six yellowish objects "flying in
echelon formation spaced about two-hundred feet apart". He
estimated they were at an altitude of four-thousand to five-thousand
feet and traveling at two-hundred fifty to three-hundred miles per
hour. Naughton said he reported the objects to Indian Island, a Naval
Base near Port Townsend. He said he watched the Saucers zoom
through the skies for about twelve minutes before he went to the
telephone. A short time later he received a telephone call from Seattle
requesting him to go to the Port Townsend Airport and ground planes
because "interceptors were coming in with live ammunition".

The Flying Saucers returned on June 8, 1954 to amaze Seattle citizens.
They appeared over many sections of the city about seven in the
evening. Dozens of residents called the Post-Intelligencer and the
Police Department to report the objects. Fire-men stationed at the Fire
Station at E. 45th St. and Brooklyn Ave. spotted about six of the shiny
discs and promptly used binoculars to get a closer look. A Queen Anne
resident, Mrs. Sylvia Knight, told police she and a "lot of other people"
saw Saucers moving "very high in the sky and shining like silver".

Sumner and Puyallup, Washington are three miles from each other and
this area is eight miles southeast of Tacoma. Tacoma is thirty miles
south of Seattle, Washington. Sumner and Puyallup are located on the
middle fault line of the three major fault lines that converge at Seattle.
Because of this fact, many strange and unbelievable things have been
going on in this area, and they are still happening.

.globalgrey.c

231

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

David D. Bunker of Sumner, his brother Allen, his fiancee, his younger
brother Steve, fellow workers from Boeing Aircraft Co., other relatives
and friends have observed orange, red and green blinking lights in this
same general area. Many of these lights are known to have come
toward the State of Washington from the Pacific Ocean area.

Some people have seen fast moving orange-red lights or "white
globes", and others, such as David Bunker, have observed white or red
lights that move slower and seem to be surveying in a particular area
close to the ground. These lights blink, stop, then seem to flare up
brightly at times. The May-June Washington sightings were concerned
with actual Saucers, but some of the phenomena are connected with
Type 2 "fireballs" and "projected intelligence" from highly advanced
solar systems.

On September 12, 1952, the following information was relayed to
George Van Tassel at Giant Rock, California. "I am Ashtar. Our Center
has requested that I advance to you mortal beings of Shan (Earth) the
following information. Over your past several months our ventlas have
discharged several thousand light beings in certain remote areas upon
your planet. These individuals, serving the cause of Universal Law, are
recording numerous occurrences taking place within the civilization of
the people of Shan. It would be advisable to instruct any mortal being
who by chance should approach any of our light intelligences to do so
with a thought projection of peace, 'I am friendly'. Any approach in any
other frame of thought will meet with instant defensive conditions. It
is not our desire to injure anyone. Only under individual protective
measures shall we do anything other than retreat. In the records
obtained by these beings ... we shall determine what action to take in
the very near future. My love remains with you. I am Ashtar."

This communication to Van Tassel shows the nature and purpose of
the Washington "lights". Surveys are made constantly in remote areas
of the Pacific Northwest because of the unstable and dangerous
condition of the fault lines there.

Many pilots from the Seattle-Tacoma Civilian Airport and pilots from
McChord Air Force Base have reported strange UFO's. These objects
have also appeared on radar in this area. The Derringer Power Plant in
Summer has had a great deal of difficulty with its power operation,
and employees from the plant have observed strange flying lights
while they have been working there. Saucers usually land in areas

.globalgrey.c

232

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

where interference with city electrical systems will be negligible.
Because of their intensive study of this fault zone area, power systems
are affected.

In the Fall of 1953, David Bunker was awakened by the neighborhood
dogs barking. Once awake, he saw that his entire room was filled with
a strange, brilliant orange glow ... it covered everything. He called his
sister Lois and his brother Steve who also observed this phenomenon.
David went downstairs and discovered that the whole house was filled
with the glow. When he went out onto the front porch he noticed that
this orange glow engulfed his house only. A neighbor looked out of his
window and the light faded away. However, both David and the
neighbor heard a humming sound similar to a sixty-cycle hum.

On Sunday night, March 28, 1954, David, Steve, Lois, David's fiancee,
and Lois' girl friend, were in David's car. They drove to a lonely
uninhabited area off the road by the Puget Sound power line. David
turned out the car lights and immediately saw a white glowing ball
with a clearly defined edge about a mile and a half ahead of the car. It
glided down, wobbling as it went, and apparently went into a group of
trees. Then this light came from the tree area, traveled up through the
valley, and approached the car. After several minutes, Steve said:
"Who's that?" David and his fiancee saw the white globe in front of the
car and to the left. When David turned on the car lights the globe
disappeared. Later, Steve asked: "Did you see the man standing in
front of the car?" Steve had seen a tall, well-built, broad-shouldered
man standing exactly in the spot where David and his fiancee saw the
white globe. Steve said the man had a glowing light all around him.

On Saturday, July 3, 1954, at Midnight, David and his fiancee were out
driving when they saw a white light drop out of the sky and go into
some bushes next to the road. After the light entered the bushes it
turned green and could be observed twinkling through the brush.
David turned out the car lights, and shortly thereafter they saw a solid
red ball of light come from the left and drop onto the ground about
twenty feet in front of the car. David turned on the lights and a man
was standing where the red light had hit the ground. The man was
standing directly in front of the car and looked over his right shoulder.
He was about six feet tall, wore a tight-fitting white shirt and some
sort of a vest. He appeared to be about twenty-seven years old. He
looked through the car, not at it! When David turned on the car motor,
the man vanished. One moment he was there and the next moment he

.globalgrey.c

233

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

was gone. The green light in the brush had remained there, twinkling,
as the red ball of light came down.

On Monday, July 19, 1954, David was in his car and saw a white light
moving in the sky. It came closer, got bigger, then seemed to fade out
of sight. About five miles further down the road David noticed a
terrible odor that filled the air around him. It was suffocating. It
smelled like metal burning in acid and hydrogen sulfide.

All of the foregoing is related to show that there is an intensive survey
now being conducted in the State of Washington by the Confederation
of Space Intelligences here in the name of the Infinite Father. And
remember, Mount Rainier is only a short distance from Sumner and
Puyallup--Mount Rainier, where Kenneth Arnold saw the nine Saucers
on Tuesday, June 24, 1947.

There have been sightings near Lancaster, New York that are identical
with the strange happenings in Washington. Mr. and Mrs. Gerhard
Koblich owned a fine farm near Lancaster, and several months ago
unusual phenomena began to take place. They both saw many "flying
lights", "white globes", "flying red stars", etc. Then, one night, as they
were watching television in their living-room, a foggy-white beam of
light shot through one of the windows. And looking in the window was
the face of a man who appeared to be of a dark complexion. He
couldn't have been over four or four and a half feet tall, because
nothing could be observed but his neck and head. The face seemed to
be in or with the beam. When they walked toward the window to get a
better look, the face disappeared. Later, it would appear again. This
happened many times, but they never saw footprints outside and no
one was ever discovered on the farm although they searched
everywhere.

One time, Mrs. Koblich was outside in her yard feeding her cats when a
beam came from above and caught her in its three-foot wide path.
There was nothing in the sky at the time-nothing but the beam of
white light. This is another case of "projection" and since this area is
close to two major fault lines a survey is being conducted there, also.

Warren, Ohio is also in the area of two major fault lines and many
unexplained things have been going on there. Many Saucers have been
observed in the general area and have been reported by civilian and

.globalgrey.c

234

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Air Force pilots. Saucers have landed and their occupants observed by
several individuals.

Many months ago, information was received that Martian scientists
were planning to improve the condition of Earth's soil by
impregnating it with certain highly-concentrated, organic material.
When this program would be put into effect, and how, no one knew.

February, 1954, saw the actual beginning of the new project. On
February 4th, Mayor Ray Logan of Galena, Illinois said he was flooded
with calls from persons who claimed they saw a long, brilliant red
"telephone pole" fly over Galena a few nights before. The Mayor said it
was only a typical Saturday night in Galena, meaning that the revelry
wasn't so great that people were seeing things.

The report in this Northern Illinois town near the Wisconsin border
coincided with observations of a brilliant blue flash (also observed by
Ray Palmer, of the Amherst Press, publishers of this book], believed
caused by a meteor, over central Wisconsin. Witnesses said the pole
was shaped something like a baseball bat and glided noiselessly along,
not very high and not very fast.

Mayor Logan said that very reputable and responsible persons first
called him about the object, and that afterward, he received numerous
reports from others in Galena and in communities to the north. "The
descriptions given me were pretty much the same," Logan said. "I'm
still getting calls."

The police department said that a half dozen motorists reported that
they nearly had accidents when they saw the pole pass low overhead.
Mouths agape, they jammed on brakes. One motorist said he almost
piled into a big truck when the driver abruptly stopped. Virginia
Beadle, the local telephone operator, said she saw the object while on
her way to work and it nearly frightened her to death.

Later reports said the pole was green in color as it sailed northward,
and Logan said he received re-ports from the north that it was blue
over Wisconsin. It was undetermined, however, whether Wisconsin
residents saw the pole or the blue flash of light reported by others. Dr.
Bengt Stromgren, director of Yerkes Observatory at Williams Bay,
Wisconsin, said he received a dozen reports of the flash from

.globalgrey.c

235

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

throughout central Wisconsin, but from all of information it appeared
that the "flying phone pole" had merely been a fireball! But it may be
very significant that in both 1955 and 1956 Wisconsin led the nation in
corn production per acre, although it is not a part of the famed "corn
belt".

The 'Red Spray Cases" mentioned by Maj Keyhoe are believed to be
early experiments on the part of space intelligences to determine the
best method of soil rejuvenation on our world. These cases happened
back in the 1940's--the things came down to two-hundred feet and
exploded. The green "fireballs" never came as close as these devices.
The government listed this strange phenomena in its 1949 summaries
as Case #225.

One night, back in 1949, a strange reddish light was sighted at
Albuquerque, New Mexico where they had been seeing the green
"fireballs." The object came in at about five-hundred feet, then it
suddenly dropped down to two-hundred feet and exploded in a red
spray. A few people were frightened, but it wasn't directly over the
city-it had exploded out of town toward the airport. This same thing
happened on three other nights-the same place, and the same hour!

Maj. Keyhoe believes the red spray devices were ranging bombs under
remote control and is convinced that the green "fireballs" are guided
missiles. However, he says: "The tests began over four years ago; if an
attack was all they had in mind, they'd have hit us long before this."
That is true-this phenomena is of a more constructive nature. The
nature and purpose of the green "fireballs" has already been given in
this book, and the "Red Spray Bombs" were an early form of the "Red
Flying Poles"-and both serve the purpose of soil rejuvenation.

Because of the cosmic eruptions through which we are passing, the
world's available humus supply is shrinking and there will be serious
difficulties in growing enough food to prevent large-scale famines.

This fact was stated recently by Prof. Vaino Auer of Finland's Helsinki
University, one of the world's leading geographers. He also said that
these eruptions (of which there have been six since 12,000 B.C.] take
place at two-thousand year intervals and are marked by drastic
changes in plant and animal life, long periods of drought, the rising of
sea level, and the receding of forests, supplanted by desert or shrub. At
present we are experiencing all of these phenomena.

.globalgrey.c

236

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

What is most alarming is the disappearance of bacteria, which is
causing the recession of forests, death of plants, and the erosion of
humus. Prof. Auer has warned of the dangers of extensive agriculture,
noting that it takes nine-thousand years, more or less, for humus to be
formed. It can be destroyed in a year or two!

Space friends knew the Earth would be bombarded more and more
with cosmic rays, and they knew this would begin to destroy humus-
forming bacteria. Our government has now set up a Division of
Radiation and Organisms to handle this growing problem. Since
information on humus destruction is "Top Secret" no news is given out
to the press or the public. The Division investigating the phenomena
attributes the causes to "conventional" factors when questioned.
Evidently they don't agree with Prof. Auer. They say: "Bacteria will
grow anywhere where there is a suitable environment involving
water, mineral nutrients, suitable organic matter and the proper
temperature." This is true, but they don't mention the fact that
increased cosmic ray bombardment is destroying the bacteria!

The bacterial population of any region fluctuates greatly depending
upon changes in the various factors listed above. And changes there
are! The Division admits that in certain regions great changes are
taking place, but they will not admit that there is a worldwide trend in
regard to a disappearing bacterial population. They say the changes
can be readily explained upon the basis of known physiological and
agriculture phenomena. If this is true, why are scientists like Dr. Sitte
and Prof. Auer so concerned?

The Division further says that the principal factors causing the
recession of forests are fire, the lumbering industries and the demand
for increased agricultural lands. They say that this is a serious
problem, but primarily a socio-economic one. There have been forest
fires for thousands of years, and man has been extending his
agricultural areas for hundreds of years and the lumbering industry
isn't a particular threat to forests now. Authorities don't want
information on increased cosmic ray activity to become generally
known, so they "explain it away" as a socio-economic problem!

The Space Confederation decided to do something about our depleted
Earth and this is what they have said: "You have been hearing about
strange 'Flying Telephone Poles' that are observed to come very close
to your Earth. These strike the earth and will take care of a large area.

.globalgrey.c

237

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

They go into the ground and dissolve in the soil in about one hour.
They do not look like shooting stars when they fall, but appear as
a blue streak to the naked eye. Your beneficial bacteria are dying and
these 'flying poles' are sent out by the scientific space laboratories to
take care of you Western Hemisphere. In this area of your planet you
will find that certain farmers are puzzled as to how the soil became so
rich and at times there is evidence of a red dust. Many of these 'poles'
are tube-like, pointed at both ends and usually six feet long by twelve
inches in diameter, although they can be much larger. The tubes
contain rich, concentrated organic soil material from our own gardens
and canals on Mars. They are full of vital, healthy, organic elements
that will correct your increasing problem of humus destruction. The
soil will be supplied with nitrogen. Look on some of your land; it will
take on a reddish color in the sunlight-remember, Mars is known as
the Red Planet!"

Certain bacteria produce enzymes which accelerate the decomposition
of organic wastes such as proteins and certain other nitrogenous
compounds producing nitrogen compounds in a form that can be used
by plants. Nitrogen is one of the constituents of protein and thus a
requirement of all plants and animals.

Certain bacteria take free nitrogen from the atmosphere and convert it
by various methods to nitrogen compounds that are in such form that
plants and animals can use it. Atmospheric nitrogen, however, is not
available to plant and animal life-so without the services of bacteria in
decomposition of organic wastes via the enzymes they produce, or
conversion of free atmospheric nitrogen to nitrogenous compounds
available to plants, there can be no life and the partially decomposed
organic material known as humus that we already have is left to
erosion for lack of plant life to hold it in place!

The early "spray" devices did not prove effective, so the "pole" or
"tube" devices were designed which would enter the soil directly
instead of just being sprayed over the surface. The many cases of "red
snow" or "red dust" reported in Europe and the United States are due
to the rejuvenation experiments by space intelligences. "Red snow"
spread dust over the Minneapolis area so thickly that many tons were
dropped upon each square mile of territory. A minimum of seventy-
five tons of red dust fell on the basic Twin City area of one-thousand
five-hundred square miles. One sample collected on the University of

.globalgrey.c

238

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Minnesota campus showed the equivalent of 128.8 tons per square
mile.

Several farmers have been interviewed who say that something is
happening to the soil that they cannot explain. In certain areas its
richness has increased unbelievably.

So bacteria are now dying at a rapid rate because of cosmic eruptions.
Because of this vital nitrogen compounds are not produced and the
nitrogen cycle essential to all life is violently disturbed. Space
scientists are correcting that condition on Earth by sending highly
concentrated organic material impregnated with the necessary
bacteria, and this will replenish the depleted Earth supply. They say
they are doing this in the Western Hemisphere because the land of the
New Age is in the West.

Remote control bombs? Guided missiles? A thousand times no! Friends
from outer space are saving our food supply by soil rejuvenation and
thereby they save a race!

In The Saucers Speak! space visitors spoke of a "dark moon", or
"second moon" of Earth. They called this second satellite "Fowser".
Now scientists claim they believe our planet may indeed have an extra
moon, in fact, there may be several moons that are unknown at
present. The government has known about the existence of extra
satellites for some time but they are now breaking the news "gently"
to the public. Many new discoveries are not being revealed as yet. For
instance, the speed record in aircraft is far in excess of what they
claim--and what about experiments on magnetic flight or the space
station? Is an artificial earth satellite now being constructed at a base
in California?

In July, 1954, .the planet Mars came closer to Earth than it had in
fifteen years. It was forty-million miles away, and scientists had
another look.

During the early part of 1954, the "Mars Committee" representing
leading observatories and universities met in Washington. Although
Venus is closer to Earth than Mars, the latter is more easily observed.
Most astronomers agree that there is something extraordinary on the
surface of Mars. Dr. H. Percy Wilkins, fellow Royal Astronomical

.globalgrey.c

239

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Society and world authority on the Moon, recently announced that the
Martian "canals" have been seen by astronomers this year and that he,
himself, saw the "canals" distinctly when he used the sixty-inch
reflector at Mt. Wilson.

The "Mars Committee" may be used by the government to announce to
the world that there really is life on Mars! Once people get over the
shock that they are not alone in the Universe perhaps they can take the
bigger announcement of the nature of the Saucers.

Astronomer Clyde Tombaugh, who discovered the planet Pluto in
1930, has been looking for nearer and more elusive objects. Extra
Earth satellites. Dr. Tombaugh has refused to give many details and
refers questioners to Army Ordnance in Washington. He says the fact
that other Earth moons have not been discovered yet does not mean
that they do not exist. Remember From The Earth To The Moon, by
Jules Verne? In this book a small satellite of the Earth disturbed the
course of the space ship and almost kept it from returning to Earth.

A small satellite close to the Earth would be hard to spot. It might
circle near the equator, invisible to most of the world's observatories.
In any case, it would spend nearly half its time in the shadow of the
Earth, where it would be invisible. Most of the rest of the time it would
be passing over the sunlit Earth, and would look no brighter at best
than a tiny fragment of the Moon as seen by day. The best time to look
for a small satellite would be at dawn or dusk, when it would be
shining brightly above the dim-lit Earth.

A satellite near the Earth would have to move very fast to keep itself
out of the clutches of Earth's gravitation, and its speed would make it
doubly hard to spot. Thousands of small areas in the sky must be
examined and completion of such a search could take years. Dr.
Tombaugh is now trying to discover what space intelligences said was
true many long months ago!

Nothing "official" has been released announcing discovery of the "dark
moon" of Earth, but other information equally, if not more important
has been reported. Nearly two years ago, Frank Edwards, radio
commentator, first reported Mt. Palo-mar's discovery of "two
unknown objects of unique character". Sir Edward Appleton, famous
British radio-physicist said: "These two unknown objects are
discoveries of great astronomical interest."

.globalgrey.c

240

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

On March 12, 1954, Frank Edwards again revealed official concern
over the two "objects" which lie in the orbit between Earth and Mars.
These objects recently confirmed by radio-telescope were not seen
prior to 1877. Scientists at White Sands, New Mexico are examining
the evidence.

On August 22, 1952 our research group in Northern Arizona was
informed by space friends that Lowell Observatory was conducting
highly secret investigation with the aid of new electronic devices. We
knew that expensive equipment had been installed on Mars Hill near
Flagstaff, Arizona and the building housing the equipment was
surrounded by a high fence and was guarded by large dogs. The Santa
Fe Railroad was informed that if its radio equipment in the vicinity
interfered with the electronic investigation some changes would have
to be made. The two artificial satellites, or space stations, were tracked
by the new equipment at Lowell.

In August, 1954, Aviation Week magazine reported that the two objects
were meteors, and insisted that Dr. Lincoln La Paz helped identify
them as natural rather than man-made. Dr. La Paz attacked the
magazine's reference to him, but acknowledged the search for nearby
satellites. He also said: "The report is false in every particular insofar
as reference to me is concerned."

Two artificial objects are known to be circling the Earth at four-
hundred and six-hundred miles out in space. The Russians haven't
beaten the United States to space operations and the objects aren't
natural meteors. Van Tassel and others reported their existence
several years ago.

For years, astronomers have observed fantastic sights on our Moon.

Dr. F. B. Harris on January 27, 1912 saw what he reported as an
"intensely black object" whose size he estimated at fifty by two-
hundred fifty miles. Almost two-hundred years ago Sir John Herschel
reported a dozen or more very bright lights on the Moon during
eclipses. He thought they were active volcanoes, but he was very
puzzled by some that appeared to be above the Moon.

A bright light in the Crater Aristarchus and one at the eastern base of
the lunar Alps have been seen frequently for more than one hundred
years. The whole plain of Mare Crisium puts on a spectacle of dots and
streaks of light once in awhile. Messier blazes up with two bright lines

.globalgrey.c

241

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

separated by a very dark band dotted with luminous points. Exodus
and Aristarchus have displayed long lines of light "like luminous cable
or shining wall" and moving lights have been frequently seen.

Strings of moving lights have been observed in Plato and in 1869
thirty bright lights appeared on the crater floor all at once. They
rapidly sorted themselves into groups--some would blaze
simultaneously, at the same moment other groups faded to a dull glow.
This continued in a symphony of lights, as if they were all manipulated
from a master keyboard. This was so sensational that the Royal Society
instituted a group observation. The display died out in April, 1871 and
the group had recorded one-thousand six-hundred observations and
drew thirty-seven graphs of the light fluctuations.

Lights around the Moon's rim are often seen during eclipses, as are
squadrons of bright and dark bodies maneuvering in the lunar sky.
During the eclipse of November 16, 1910, a bright light shone on the
Moon and observatories at two widely-separated points saw a ball of
light shoot out from the disc. C. Stanley Ogilvy of Trinity College admits
that lights have been seen around the Moon. Recently, Mount Piton, in
the northern section of Mare Imbrium has sent out beacon-like beams
of light-some mighty strange things are happening on Luna.

Van Tassel says the Crater Tycho is the location of one of the largest
underground cities on the Moon. The population of Tycho numbers
several hundred thousand and the city is built on many levels or
stories. The bright spot in the Crater Aristarchus is the lens which
provides power, light and other utilities for the oldest lunar
underground city.

Karl G. Jansky of Bell Telephone Laboratories, was the first man to
detect radio signals originating from the Moon. Whereas radio signals
originating from the Earth would be detected as coming from above
the Earth's surface, the Moon signals have been detected as originating
from beneath the surface of the Moon. This confirms the statement of
Van Tassel that inhabitants of the Moon live underground in craters.

Many thousands of years ago, the Moon had an indigenous population.
Then there were long periods when our satellite was nearly lifeless.
Several hundred years ago, intelligences from outer space migrated to
Luna and are the "little people" mentioned in Behind The Flying
Saucers, by Frank Scully. There was a suggestion in his book that the

.globalgrey.c

242

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"little men" might come from Venus, but their home base is the Moon.
Also, the small occupants of the Saucer that landed on Helgoland
Island in the North Sea off the German coast originated from our
satellite. These "little people" are similar to the Martian in
advancement, being twenty-five or thirty thousand years ahead of us
at the present time.

The Harvesters have their own system of color identification. The code
consists of various geometric shapes and certain colors; the meaning
Square

White

Spiritually perfect man.

Yellow

Protect man.

"

Orange

Serve man.

Red

Strengthen man.

Violet

Understand and teach man.

Blue

You are of Man, Nature of
Being.

»

Green

Be at peace with man.

.globalgrey.c

243

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"

Brown

Comfort man.

"

Gray

Do not afflict man.

"

Black

Do not destroy man.

Circle

White

Spiritually perfect the body.

Yellow

Protect the body.

Orange

Serve the body.

"

Red

Strengthen the body.

"

Violet

Understand and teach the
body.

"

Blue

You are of Christ--The
Being.

Green

Be at peace with the body.

Brown

Comfort the body.

"

Gray

Do not afflict the body.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

244

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"

Black

Do not destroy the body.

Star (Five
Points)

White

Spiritually perfect the mind.

Yellow

Protect the mind.

"

Orange

Serve the mind.

Red

Strengthen the mind.

Violet

Understand and teach the
mind.

Blue

You are of the Holy Ghost-
Understanding of Being.

Green

Be at peace with the mind.

Brown

Comfort the mind.

"

Gray

Do not afflict the mind.

Black

Do not destroy the mind.

www.globalgrey.co.uk

245

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Triangle

White

Spiritually perfect the soul.

Yellow

Protect the soul.

Orange

Serve the soul.

"

Red

Strengthen the soul.

Violet

Understand the soul.

Blue

You are of God-Spirit of
Being.

Green

Be at peace with the soul.

"

Brown

Comfort the soul.

Gray

Do not afflict the soul.

-■

Black

Do not destroy the soul.

The above information was received from a research group in a large
city in the midwest. Color is used extensively by space visitors for
identification and communication purposes. The "lamps" mentioned
by Ezekiel and by Herr Linke in Germany are used so that when the
occupants of a Saucer are separated from each other after leaving their
craft, they can immediately look at the color flashing from the other

.globalgrey.c

246

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

man's "lamp" on his chest and know at once what he is thinking. This
is telepathy helped along by mechanical ingenuity. Their mental
vibrations or emanations show up as various colors in the "lamp".

Two Soviet astronomers recently announced that the Earth has a fiery
tail! Nature, official journal of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science points out that the scientists are thoroughly
reliable and have had exceptional opportunities for observation from
the central Asian desert. The two astronomers, Fesenkov and
Astapovich, were making a study of the "Gegenschein," a glow seen
occasionally in the sky just opposite the Sun two or three hours before
sunrise or after sunset. They concluded that this glow is a tenuous film
of gas in the form of a hollow sleeve pulled off from the extreme upper
atmosphere on the twilight side of Earth-much the same phenomenon
as the tail of a comet.

They have now observed a broad pyramid of fainter luminescence
connecting the "Gegenschein" with the horizon, and confined to the
western side of the night sky. Before, this luminosity was believed to
be a concentration of gas particles moving around the Sun like a minor
planet. But now the Russians have discovered it is not beyond the
atmosphere but continuous with it. Thus it makes a tail extending
outward into space for about one-hundred sixty-thousand miles!

The "Gegenschein," or counterglow was first recorded in 1855 and
seems to be associated in origin with the zodiacal light. In the tropics
this zodiacal light is visible throughout the year, both morning and
evening, and in especially clear skies it has been traced as a narrow
zodiacal band completely around the ecliptic.

Van Tassel at Giant Rock received the following: "There are many
things going on unknown and unseen by you. One of these conditions
is the condensation of a ring around Earth at the equator line. This ring
has always been there unknown to your men of science. It is similar to
the visible rings of the planet Saturn. In our terms, this is known as the
"Arch of the Firmament".

Therefore, the Earth doesn't have a tail, but it has rings! From various
locations on the surface of Earth the ring or arch system would appear
as a tail for only part of the equatorial arch could be viewed at any one
time. This is why the zodiacal light is visible throughout the year in the
tropics.

.globalgrey.c

247

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Again, Van Tassel's communication says: "As this ring will soon be
discovered by your science, they will then comprehend more about
light energy. This ring maintains balanced interchange of power
through the crust and atmosphere of Earth, and all planets that
revolve. It is the prime cause of vortices turning clockwise in the
northern hemisphere and counter-clockwise in the southern
hemisphere. You will discover that vines climb in spirals in the same
direction or rotation, opposite to each other in the different
hemispheres. The condensation of the ring will bring about
stabilization of Earth and cause the end of your seasons. Scientists will
register this as a natural occurrence but let me inform you, that many
thousands of beings trained in the control of vortice condensation are
working diligently on a long, hard assignment to bring this condition
about. A thousand years from now, one may look at the Earth from
other planets and see rings similar to those surrounding Saturn."

Of course, this ring was discovered when Fesenkov and Astapovich
observed a broad pyramid of fainter luminescence connecting the
"Gegenschein" with the horizon. It will become more visible to the
unaided eye as time goes on. Needless to say, the rings of Saturn are
not "moonlets" or "swarms of meteors". The Resonating Electro-
Magnetic Field of Saturn is very intense. This is evidenced by the fact
that Saturn has the greatest oblateness (flattened at the poles] among
the planets in our Solar System. Because of the considerable
oblateness of the planet, the cleavage layer of its magnetic field shows
up as three concentric rings in the plane of its equator. The inner parts
of the rings revolve faster than the outer parts. This tends to prove the
fact that Saturn is operating in a vortex. The outer parts of the ring
system move westward across the Saturnian sky; but a considerable
part of the bright ring, and all of the crape ring rise in the west and set
in the east as seen from the surface of Saturn, duplicating the behavior
of Phobos in the Martian sky. The rings are designated by name and
letter as follows: the outer rings [A], the bright ring [B], and the
"crape" ring [C]. The rings A and C are transparent. Observers have
watched the rings pass over stars without entirely hiding them.

The ring system of Saturn is similar to the "rings" mentioned by
George Adamski in Flying Saucers Have Landed. "As the ship started
moving, I (Adamski] noticed two rings under the flange and a third
around the centre disk. This inner ring and the outer one appeared to
be revolving clockwise, while the ring between these two moved in a
counter clockwise motion."

.globalgrey.c

248

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Some people wonder if our government is attempting contact with
Saucers. They have already had contact, but they are still working at it
as evidenced by the fact that at Edwards Air Base in California there is
a highly secret operation known as Project NQ-707. This project and
its personnel is concerned with nothing but radio-telegraphic contact
with Saucers. They have been successful in their work and have
attempted to get the Saucers to land at a rendezvous point near Salton
Sea in Southern California. Warner Peak, of volcanic origin, is very
close to this area and because of a deep crater would be excellent for
Saucer landings. In fact, it is reliably reported that many such craft
have used this extinct crater in recent months. It was near Desert
Center, California that contact was made with a Venusian on
November 20, 1952, and this area is also near the Salton Sea
rendezvous point.

Many people are "fed-up" with the numerous space stories found in
comic books, pocket books and pulp magazines-heard over the radio,
seen on television and in the movies. But this is all part of the plan on
the part of the Confederation. That's why science fiction has gained in
popularity in the past few years. Why did the younger generation
suddenly drop "cowboys and injuns" and turn to "spacemen and
Saucers"? The answer is obvious-T/ie Wanderers have infiltrated the
writing profession!

Some sincere individuals say: "But those awful space programs are
ruining our children!" On the contrary, "those awful space programs"
are indoctrinating the children for the biggest event in history. People
object because the space heroes invariably carry "ray pistols" or
"disintegrating guns" and wear the familiar "inverted fishbowl" or
"space helmet".

The guns and the helmet are absolutely necessary, for without these
symbols the TV spaceman would be as undressed as "Hoppy" without
his trusty pistol and his western boots. Another example is that all
children today are crazy about "space suits" which can be purchased
quite reasonably or even improvised-which reminds me of a boy
belonging to a friend of mine . . . this potential "spaceman" stole the
plastic cover off the toaster and calmly put it over his head. He wasn't
going to be outdone by the neighbor kids; not by a long shot!

One excellent space program on television in Los Angeles, California,
starts its daily excitement by first showing a Flying Saucer going

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

through black, interstellar space pinpointed with a million stars--and a
voice says: "Commander Comet--the first man to come from another
planet to prove to Earth-men that brotherhood is found throughout
the Universe!" Did you notice that the voice said MAN? Because of this
program, children are being shown that ordinary men occupy the
Saucers, not jelly monsters or vegetable Frankensteins! Furthermore,
they are shown that the guy in the Saucer is their friend, he hasn't
come to invade the Earth, but upon his arrival he organizes a bunch of
kids into "Space Scouts" and they assist him as he takes on the role of
"Superman" and cleans up the Earth making it a fit place for decent
people to live in. Do you still say these programs are "awful"?

When the Saucers land by the thousands, the children will be knocking
at the Saucer pilot's "door" saying: "Let me in— I'm a Space Scout!"
Children are very receptive to indoctrination by space visitors. Take
the case of ten year old Jamie who looked up at his grandmother and
said, "Tell you what, Gram: You help me with my arithmetic and I'll
explain to you all about the sound barrier and space people."

In The Saucers Speak! Ponnar said: "There are now many young people
in your world who understand our message. They will accept it quickly
for they are of the New Age. The Great Awakening is here."

Recently a serial story appeared in a leading magazine for boys and
girls. It was called, Jonny And The Boy From Space. John Jenks was the
nine-year old son of a scientist who lived on a farm in the northern
part of New Jersey. Jonny had the amazing experience of talking with a
man who came to Earth in a Flying Saucer space ship. The man from
space Jonny called "the man from Out There" and this man had left a
space-o-tron with Jonny. Possession of this scientific toy enabled the
boy to communicate with the space man by means of thought waves.
The spaceman finally brought his young son to Earth to be Jonny's
playmate for awhile.

The space-o-tron was a little marsquartz ball that responded to
telepathic commands! This object is very similar, indeed, to the Type 2
"fireball".

"The marsquartz ball moved through the air like a gleam of light. It
tapped gently against the sleeve of Mr. Murphy's sport shirt and then
followed Jonny's mental command back to its place under the pillow."

.globalgrey.c

250

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

There is always enough truth in these stories so that they can be
detected as being inspired by the space intelligences. Children learn
that there are human beings on other worlds and that an Earth boy or
a boy from Out There are just about the same-a boy is a boy no matter
where you find him.

Some day, when Saucers land, and adults are afraid to venture too
close, thousands of children will be the first officially to welcome space
visitors to Earth, for "a little child shall lead them".

In Gnani Yoga, by Yogi Ramacharaka, we read: "The Universe contains
many worlds for the Soul to inhabit, and then after it has passed on to
other Universes, there will still be Infinitude before it. There are now
in existence, on planes infinitely higher than your own, intelligences of
transcendent glory and magnificence, but they were once Men even as
you are today."

There is no limit to Man's progression toward All Perfection! "The Yogi
Philosophy teaches that Man will live forever, ascending from higher
to higher planes, and then on and on and on. As we progress on to
higher planes of life, we shall incarnate in bodies far more ethereal
than those now used by us, just as in the past we used bodies almost
incredibly grosser and coarser than those we call our own to-day."

Saucer intelligences are human beings, only they have progressed to
other "grandeurs", and they still have a long way to go as we do. These
intelligences tell us we are all "Sons of God" and that planets were
created to be the abode of Man-the human form and the human race
is Universal! These wonderful brothers and sisters tell us what we
have hoped was true before the dawn of history, that life is eternal. We
are all immortal beings. What could be more significant?

These space people are offering their brothers of Earth wonderful,
eternal gifts of great value. Let us in all humbleness accept what they
have to offer, and thank our Infinite Father for sending them to us at
this time. The time is short; we have but a little while to choose them,
for it is written: "The harvest shall be removed in the day of
inheritance, and there shall be deadly sorrow." (Isaiah 17:11).

To sum up just what Flying Saucers are, we would say that they are
mechanical devices intelligently controlled by men like ourselves.

.globalgrey.c

251

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

These men originate from many planets and planes and although they
are different from one another in spiritual evolvement, they are
banded together in an Interplanetary Brotherhood or Confederation of
Solar Systems in this area of the Universe. The purpose of this
organization is to aid their brother-man on the planet Earth as the
New Age dawns. The Saucers constitute the "Host" which is the
forerunner of the promised "Second Coming" of the Elder Brother. The
ORIGIN of the Saucers, however, is not the important consideration-
but their MISSION is!

Man on Earth is still a child that wants to tear everything apart to see
"what makes it tick". Since the appearance of Saucers his interest in
the dissection or microscopic investigation of a beetle or a leaf has
violently swung to the examination of the heavens and he is aflame
with desire to know what the Saucers and their occupants are made of
(if anything). Only recently has there been evidenced a great interest
in the purpose or mission of the space visitors.

People are saying: "It's nice to meet a Venusian on the desert, and it's
thrilling to speak to Saucers via shortwave-but now that the contact
novelty has worn off what does it all add up to? The people of Earth
are starving for Truth and if our brothers coming here in space ships
can supply us with Truth we want to know about it. How can those of
us desiring the Light help?"

Needless to say, scientific facts are not going to satisfy Man's deeper
longings. The important message that should be heralded from the
housetops is: This is the hour of crisis on the planet Earth, and HELP
HAS COME FROM OUTER SPACE to usher man into a millennium of
peace, health, and abundant joy. Let's not worry about the atomic
structure of these people bringing the help, but let's realize that they
are here and they are not going away.

At the present time it is urgent to "feed the sheep in the Master's flock
for the night cometh". Truth-hungry souls want knowledge that will
enable them to have the courage and faith to endure the coming world
changes. Details of Saucer construction or the analysis of sedimentary
rock from Pluto will not give spiritual nourishment that is vital during
this stage of transition into a totally new era.

Recorded history proves that we go through stages of spiritual
advancement and then scientific or technical advancement.

.globalgrey.c

252

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Unfortunately, the technical side of the matter has far outstripped the
spiritual side. The result is our present state of affairs. Now man on
Earth must balance the unstable condition and his spiritual
evolvement must "catch up" so to speak with his ability in mechanics
and technology. When a balance is reached, Earthmen can again settle
down to the analysis of the Universe-this time in the light of great
revelations brought to us by our space friends.

The Harvesters are to be The reapers in the time of harvest. "Let both
grow together until the harvest: and in the time of harvest I will say to
the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in
bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn." (St.
Matthew 13:30].

The tares will be those individuals who don't survive to live in the New
Age on Earth. The wheat that is gathered is The Remnant that is
spoken of at the end of this book.

Christ said: "He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man; The field
is the world; the good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the
tares are the children of the wicked one; The enemy that sowed them
is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the
angels. As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire; so
shall it be in the end of this world. The Son of man shall send forth his
angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend,
and them which do iniquity; and shall cast them into a furnace of fire:
there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Then shall the righteous
shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who hath ears to
hear, let him hear." (St. Matthew 13:37-43].

Space intelligences have said that a separation was now in progress:
"the black from the white (not referring to races]" and the "sheep from
the goats".

In The Impending Golden Age, published by Sanctilean University, we
read: "The physical humanity of Earth at this time is almost
unconsciously in the process of segregation into two groups. These are
the Slow Incubatives and Advanced Incubatives. The segregation is in
terms of purity of living, chastity, nonresistance to evil, and conformity
with the verities, principles and laws of cosmic actuality."

.globalgrey.c

253

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat
like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his
hand a sharp sickle. And another angel came out of the temple, crying
with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and
reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe. And he that sat on the cloud
thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped."

(Revelation 14:14-16].

The Harvesters will soon thrust in their sickles and the earth shall be
reaped as it is written.

In the Golden Scripts, The Harvesters are called the Sons of Light. "The
Sons of Light array themselves at my bidding: they go forth in the
world and make it beautiful: They are a goodly company indeed, but
not the Goodly Company that findeth me through suffering. The Sons
of Light are of the Host; they are a creation of the Father for a purpose;
men call them angels." (G. S. 209:1-3].

This means that the Goodly Company is composed of those who have
incarnated on Earth over and over again-in other words, The
Wanderers. The Saucer intelligences or the Sons of Light are a goodly
company, but they have not performed their duties through suffering
on the Earth planet as the Knights of the Solar Cross or Wanderers
have done. These latter servants are also Harvesters in that they aid
the space visitors in the "reaping of the harvest".

The Elder Brother says: "They (Sons of Light] are endowed with
infallible powers in Matter, in that Matter obeyeth them; Matter is
their servant: they have dominion over it. They know neither time nor
space but transfer themselves from planet unto planet in the twinkling
of an eye. They come and go upon the Father's business: great is their
joy therein: they are pure in heart and beauteous of mien. They seek to
do the Father's will, and in that they seek, they do find life wondrous."
(G.S. 209:6-9].

"He that gathereth in summer is a wise son: but he that sleepeth in
harvest is a son that causeth shame." (Proverbs 10:5].

"The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved."
(Jeremiah 8:20].

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

No man on Earth will want to be "he that sleepeth" during the harvest
when The Remnant shall be saved. Who on Earth thinks he will be
among those to say: "The harvest is past, and I am not saved?"

But all men will not be saved, for only a few shall remain. Where there
are now thousands there will only be tens. Heed The Harvesters as they
raise their voices in unison saying: "Go, and tell this people, Hear ye
indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not."
(Isaiah 6:9].

People of Earth! "See with thine eyes, hear with thine ears, and
understand with thy heart."

www.globalgrey.co.uk

255

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

These are good questions and deserve serious attention. Certain
individuals are acting as Agents for space visitors, and may well have
volunteered for this duty before taking up their present incarnation!

However, these Agents are not Wanderers. The latter belong to other
worlds, whereas the Agents belong to Earth. The Wanderers bring the
message of their people--the space people; the Agents carry the
message of their people--the Earth people.

People of other worlds live among us and work among us unknown,
but certain inhabitants of Earth are being contacted by Saucers-
therefore, what is their mission? I remember what a radio operator
who made contact via radiotelegraphy said: "Why should spacemen be
interested in me; I'm a nobody, why don't they contact our great
scientists and government heads?" I answered him by saying: "How do
you know the so-called great haven't been contacted?"

This radio operator forgets that the space intelligences know more
about him than he knows about himself. They have access to his
complete record. And that means they know his attainments, his
failures, his desires, his love and hate, his tenderness and cruelty. They
know what they can and cannot expect of him. The individuals we call
"great" in our present civilization may not be "great" at all in the light
of their eternal record.

Space friends have said that high military rank; material wealth;
talent; good-looks; social prestige, etc. are not prerequisites to being
contacted by them. Some individuals who are considered by society to
be "sinners" are not seen in that light at all by space visitors. "Sins" are
offenses of social dictation and what may be a "sin" today may not be
considered a "sin" tomorrow. If space visitors were here to contact
only those who were "pure of heart" or those who diligently went to
vespers or followed one-hundred percent the dictates of the church,
they wouldn't find many people ready!

.globalgrey.c

256

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

They say that the important thing is that we desire Light itself; and as
we stand in that Light, drawing it to us, we attract these space friends.
They will contact those who choose them only; and The Agents will be
used to bridge the gap between the two divisions of outer space and
the Earth. If one is more desirous of helping suffering humanity than of
worldly fame or gain, then one is a good candidate for space
intelligence contact.

It matters not if a man gets up from the lowest depths of human
degradation and decides to follow the Great Path to Truth. He may not
be as advanced as other souls, but that first step is the important step!
He has decided to put on the Mantle of Seeking, and although he will
suffer and die many times for the lesson, he does not hesitate in his
decision-he has made that first step!

The space people who represent a higher authority have very well
made plans and eventually every man, woman and child will have an
opportunity to meet the visitors.

If we went to another planet we would first monitor the
radio broadcasts if the people had advanced that far, and we would
learn the language and code systems. Later, if we deemed it wise, we
would contact individuals of that planet who were concerned with
communications. A close friend of mine who is in the field of radio
broadcasting, and at the present time employed by a well-known
western radio station, wrote to me recently. Here is a significant part
of his letter:

"I am doing a shift Saturday afternoons and nights, and Sunday
mornings. I naturally open up and I am alone in the studio until about
eleven in the morning. Well, last Sunday, I signed on at eight o'clock.
After identification, with good mornings, etc., I logged a program called
"Music For Sunday" from 8:05 a.m. After my opening theme on a 78
RPM disk, a short introduction, I faded out the theme and on another
turn-table faded in a 12” 33V3 RPM of Mantovani's Victor Herbert
Concert. I still had my head-phones on because I was busy logging
meter readings, etc.

"At about 8:15 a.m., over the music, faintly, I heard the following: 'All is
well, all is well, all is well . . . soon, soon, soon, brother, brother ... all is
well, all is well.' Needless to say, I was at first startled. I left the control
room and started searching the entire studio to see if there was an

.globalgrey.c

257

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

open mike or if there was somebody around, checked to see if one of
the several radios around the station was feeding back some other
program, even went to the door to see if my car radio was playing.
Everything checked out, and I returned to the control room and
listened to the head-phones and again, faintly, I heard: "All is well . . .
brother, brother, soon.'

"I thought maybe I was crazy, so I called several friends on the phone
that I knew were listening to their radios and asked them if they had
heard anything unusual along with the music. They all said, 'No!' Then
I quickly grabbed the tape recorder and set it up in another studio,
checked to make sure I had it hooked up O.K., and recorded the

following: 'I am , today is Sunday, January 24, 1954, 1 am

at the studio on duty, Radio Station . During the program (see

our log] I heard a voice over my head-phone-set at approximately 8:15
a.m. and again at 8:21 a.m. It did not go over the air to other listeners. I
checked all possible sources for feed backs and there were none; no
other person within one-half mile of me. I will attempt to record the
voice I just heard after station break and the start of the next, a
recorded,

"I then went back to the control room and made the station break,
introduced and announced a fifteen-minute newscast, and at 8:45 a.m.
started another fifteen-minute transcription which was a musical
program. With an extension running from the control board, I took the
head-phones to the other studio where I had the recorder set up. Then
I listened to the program with the head-phones. At 8:50 a.m. I could
hear the voice very faintly again and I brought the head-phones
directly to the mike on the recorder and kept it there until 8:57 a.m.

"The rest of the morning I heard no more voices over the head-set. At
my first opportunity, I played back the tape that I had made-and I got
the whole thing! But, a half hour later when I went to play it again-
only my voice was heard! The other voice simply didn't come through;
and get this: Neither did the music!

"Now . . . before I left the studio at 1:30 p.m., I made a tape of
commentary on world events to be played over the air at 3:00 p.m. the
same day. It's a fifteen-minute commentary, mostly features that come
over the AP teletype, which I edit and announce. On this tape, I talked
for about five minutes on world affairs and then I related my

.globalgrey.c

258

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

experiences of that morning with the voices; this took up the next
three minutes. Then I finished if off with Washington news.

"After making this tape, I took it to our auditioning studio and played it
back for a check-and it was all there. However, and get this, when the
tape came on the air at 3:00 p.m., my glorious voice came out with the
world affairs, then there was about three minutes of absolute silence,
followed by my Washington news! The rest of the gang saved that tape
for me and I played it again the next morning. It was
complete excepting my full account of Sunday morning's experience
with the voices. Three minutes and twenty seconds of total silence in
the middle of that tape!

"At first, I thought it might be some electronic error, that I was maybe
picking up some 'ham' or something else; but after that series of
strange happenings, I am of the firm belief that it was no 'ham' nor was
it coincidence! What do you think?"

This young man is very interested in the Saucer phenomena. He and
his good wife, only a few months ago, were "social climbers"; they
thought the main goal in life was to own a "Cad", a diamond as big as
an ice-cube, and eat caviar and hob-nob with the "best people". Lately,
they have changed their minds. They realize that to help their
fellowman means more than those material items. They have earnestly
desired to have contact in some way with space intelligences. The
answer to my friend's question, "What do you think?" is obvious.

The Agents are found in all walks of life and in all age groups.
Sometimes they can be detected by the strange, far-away, glassy look
in their eyes. Sometimes a muscle in their neck "throbs" or "jumps"
spasmodically. This indicates that the individual is "under control" by
space intelligences and at that time will be issued telepathic
instructions. Some may say that this "control" takes away the free will
of a man. However, this is not the case, since The Agents had free will
before they volunteered for this duty. Once having volunteered, they
set the course of their future; they were willing to be used as an
instrument, and used they are. It is their duty to introduce certain
people to each other, to be at certain lectures or meetings, to ask
leading questions, to gather small groups around them, to give needed
addresses, books, reports, etc. to those requiring them, etc.

.globalgrey.c

259

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The Agents are contacted through car radios, FM-radio, "ham" sets,
AM-radio, portable radios, and, of course, by telepathy. And some are
contacted by visual observation of spacecraft. Space friends have said:
"Show us when you are ready to venture." An Agent merely has to
show his desire to venture daringly into the New Order of things and
his duties will begin at once!

Sanctilean University is speaking of Agents in The Impending Golden
Age, when it says: "Many persons who regret the evil conditions now
prevailing throughout the world, and their inability to do anything
about them, have been placed in physical embodiment at this time as
selected Students of Life."

The Agents serve the needy when they cry out; the poor also; and those
who have no helper. They serve, for they are the helpers of the
fatherless. Their prayer is: "Let us therefore come boldly unto the
throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in
time of need." (Hebrews 4:16].

The prayer of the people of Earth should be that of David the Psalmist:
"I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills, from whence cometh my help."
The help is from the sky and from the Earth.

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

260

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

### CHAPTER 6. THE INTRUDERS

One of the enigmas of The Saucers Speak! was found in the following
statement made by space visitors: "Evil planetary men, who abound,
will attempt contact with evil men of Saras for destruction! The good
men of Saras must unite with the good men of the Universe." Again,
they said: "We must tell you about Orion. Many there wish to conquer
the Universe. We are here to warn you of this also. The Orion solar
systems are much like Saras. The principles of good (positive) and evil
(negative) are Universal. We must tell you that Orion is coming soon to
Saras in a square star body. Orion systems want to destroy--
remember, Orion is evil (negative)."

To discover what space intelligences meant by use of the word "Orion"
we must go to the Bible and to ancient records. In Job 38: 31-32, we
read: "Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades (Cimah, or the
seven stars), or loose the bands of Orion (Kesil)? Canst thou bring
forth Mazzaroth (the twelve signs) in his season? or canst thou guide
Arcturus with his sons?"

Here is the implication that the Pleiades sends forth vibrations of
peace and love, and that Orion, because of opposite or negative
vibrations has been bound. Chapter 38 of Job came to Job through the
"Voice from the Whirlwind".

"Which maketh Arcturus, Orion, and Pleiades, and the chambers of the
south." (Job 9:9). There is an interesting cross-reference here to
Genesis 1:16: "And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule
the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also."
The lesser light was for the rule of night or darkness, and the greater
light was for the rule of the day or light.

"Seek him that maketh the seven stars and Orion, and turneth the
shadow of death into the morning, and maketh the day dark with
night: that calleth for the waters of the sea, and poureth them out upon
the face of the earth: The Lord is his name: That strengtheneth the
spoiled against the strong, so that the spoiled shall come against the
fortress." (Amos 5:8-9).

In Amos, the same implication is found. At some time in the past Orion
attempted to interfere with the Seven Stars (Pleiades) and was bound-

.globalgrey.c

261

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

-but is now attempting to interfere on Earth. It appears that Orion
tried to destroy the Pleiades at one time; they were in the "shadow of
death" and Universal Law bound Orion. But Orion was only forbidden
access to the Seven Stars of the Pleiades; his evil influence could still
emanate to other sections of the Universe.

"The spoiled (Pleiades) were strengthened against the strong (Orion)".
Orion in Hebrew is Kesil and means "strong." Then the spoiled
(Pleiades) came against the fortress of the strong (Orion).

Another interpretation of Job 38:31 is: "Canst thou bind the sweet
influences of Pleiades, or loose the bands (drawing together) of
Orion?" Moshekoth, translated as "bands" means "drawings together".
This refers to Orion's "drawing together" other planets into its own
Confederation of Evil.

The constellation Orion takes its name from a giant hunter of Greek
mythology. His sword hangs from his belt, and it is the middle star of
the three in line in Orion's sword which appears a little too large and
hazy to be simply a star-it is a nebula.

To understand the nature of the Orion nebula, the following
general information is given:

Nebulae, as distinguished from ordinary star clusters, fall into two
classes having entirely different characteristics, namely, the galactic
nebulae and the extragalactic nebulae. Galactic nebulae are found
within the galactic system and also in the exterior systems. Two types
of nebulosity are found in the galactic system, the diffuse nebulae and
the planetary nebulae.

Diffuse nebulae are of irregular form, and often of large angular
dimensions. Some of them, like the Great Nebula in Orion, are faintly
luminous. This great nebula is the brightest of the bright diffuse
nebulae. The galactic nebulae are concentrated toward our own Milky
Way Galaxy, unless they are members of other systems; they are
clouds of gas and dust in the star fields.

Extragalactic nebulae are systems exterior to our own. These nebulae
seem to avoid the region of the Milky Way, because they are generally

.globalgrey.c

262

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

obscured in these directions by the dark nebulae of our system, which
congregate there.

The Great Nebula in Andromeda is an extragalactic spiral galaxy,
whereas the Great Nebula in Orion is a vast, gaseous, galactic nebula-
greenish and of irregular form.

Therefore, the nebula of Orion is within our own Galaxy and is a
diffuse nebula. Since it is younger than Andromeda it is still in a
gaseous state, whereas the latter is a spiral nebula. The fact that the
planet Hatonn belongs to one of the star-suns of the galactic system of
Andromeda indicates the greater age of this galaxy. The Universal
Temple of Records is also located on Hatonn and only a world of great
spiritual advancement could be so honored.

The negative space intelligences from Orion are not coming directly
from the nebula itself, but are coming from planets of star-suns in the
vicinity of Orion. The word "Orion" is used by space visitors to indicate
the general area from which the evil influences originate.

Further confirmation of the Bible interpretation is found in mythology.
Orion is the Mighty Hunter, the strong one. His aspect is so imposing in
the sky, that in all peoples' legends he represents something great or
giant.

In Greek mythology it was the vainglorious giant hunter Orion who
boasted that no animal could be his match. His bragging excited the ire
of Juno, who sent a scorpion to sting him mortally on his foot. In the
sky, Orion is supposed to counter the attack of Taurus, the Bull
(Venus). Also, according to the Greeks, the Pleiades were the Seven
Daughters of the titan Atlas who were changed to doves when pursued
by the giant Orion and finally were placed in the heavens. Before him
(Orion) flee the Pleiades or the Singing Stars.

To the ancient Egyptians in the V Dynasty, the constellation of Orion
was Sahu, hunting through the heavens for gods and men to rip apart
and boil for food. The Hebrews knew it as Kesil, the Foolish or Self-
Confident, or as Gibbor, the Giant, identified with Nimrod and tied to
the heavens for impiety.

.globalgrey.c

263

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In the modern Arabic Orion is al-Babadur, the Strong, and al-Shuja, the
Snake. In China the constellation is now Shen, to mix. Among the
Buriats of Siberia Orion represents three wapiti being chased by the
demon-hunter, Erlik-Khan, overlord of the underworld, and his three
dogs. One of the wapiti has been wounded and is bleeding (red
Betelgeuse). When the hunt ends, the world will cease to be.

A Peruvian story says this constellation is a criminal held in the
heavens by two condors. In North Africa, the stars in Orion emerge
from a muddy well, and Rigel, the last star to rise above the horizon, is
the foot in the mud. To the Greeks, in addition to being the Mighty
Hunter, Orion was called the Giant, the Warrior, the Cock's Foot, and
the Double Ax.

From the time of Ovid and Hyginus, we have the story of how Orion
was named. Hyrieus, Orion's father, had been childless, but he was a
good man. One day he was visited by three strangers who were Zeus,
Poseidon, and Hermes, in disguise, and he showed them unstinting
hospitality. Granted a boon, he asked for a son, whereupon the three
gods took an ox-hide and urinated on it. Hyrieus buried the hide
according to instructions and, at the end of ten lunar months, Orion, or
Urion after the fluid that made him, was born from the Earth.

The stranger-gods, the hero born of the liquid of the gods, the
supernatural birth from the Earth: these are more serious matters
than this almost flippant Roman myth makes them. Zeus was the sky
god and could be symbolic of many planets in space, including the
Earth. Poseidon was the god of the sea and is symbolic of Atlantis
[Poseid] and Lemuria [Pan]. Hermes was the winged god and
messenger of other gods. The fact that the gods urinated in order to
create Urion (later called Orion) shows that the waste of Earth and
other planets (Zeus), and of Atlantis and Lemuria (Poseidon), and of
angelic orders (Hermes), was used to populate originally the Orion
worlds.

The "waste" were those souls who no longer could advance in these
other areas. Remember, space friends have said: "To the slop we throw
out we never return." The "slop" or "waste" was discharged or
secreted into the Orion area-and the arriving souls had to begin the
lessons of life over again. Only through countless experiences under
the Orion vibrations could they discover the Great Path. It is these
souls we are dealing with when we speak of The Intruders.

.globalgrey.c

264

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The hide with the urine on it was buried in the ground. This means
that the "waste" representing souls of the cast out ones was placed on
Orion worlds--from this "waste" came forth the inhabited planets of
the star-suns in the vicinity of the Orion nebula. These souls migrated
to Orion, but in contrast with The Migrants who arrived on Earth, their
abomination period was before the migration, and not after it.

In other versions of the Orion story, he is a son of Poseidon. This
would indicate also that individuals from Atlantis (Poseid) migrated to
Orion. It is believed that the good people escaped from Atlantis by
spacecraft and went to the planet Mars while the evil destroyers lost
their physical equipment in the sinking of the Lost Continent and
migrated to Orion in spiritual form.

Myths of Orion's death vary. Does his death signify his being "bound"?
He was bold enough to challenge Artemis to a contest in throwing the
discus; or he tried to rape one of her maidens and so was slain by an
arrow of the goddess. Or, she caused a scorpion to sting him, which is
why Orion's constellation sets as Scorpio rises into the sky.

Since Artemis, in Greek religion, was known as a virgin goddess of
nature, does this mean that Orion challenged nature? It is possible, for
the discus is an ancient symbol of interplanetary Saucers. Perhaps
Orion, like the doomed Lucifer, tried to exalt his throne above all
others. Instead of hydrogen power utilized by Lucifer, Orion tried to
subdue the Universe with spacecraft (discus), but in this contest
nature (Artemis) won out. Or he tried to subdue (rape) one of nature's
attributes (Artemis' maiden) and so was bound (slain) by a power or
active (arrow) of nature (Artemis). Does this mean that Orion also
tried to be the all-powerful one through the mastery of the "terrible
wind"?

Scorpio is the Flying Eagle, and as already shown, is connected with
Ezekiel's vision, St. John's Revelation, and the Tracks On The Desert. Is
it any wonder that Orion sets as Scorpio rises into the sky?

Still another myth says that Artemis loved him so that she forgot her
duties. Once, as Orion was swimming or wading far out in the sea,
Apollo shone so strongly about him that he was a dark blur on the
water. Then Apollo challenged Artemis to hit the vague mark. The
unerring huntress immediately slew, unwittingly, the giant.

.globalgrey.c

265

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Does this mean that because of the experimentation of the Orion
peoples, nature was perverted or "forgot her duties"? Apollo, symbolic
of spacemen of the positive forces, "shone so strongly" about Orion
that he was a "dark blur". Did the good forces (Apollo) gain complete
control over the misused natural forces and thereby cause Orion to be
slain (bound)?

The ancient inhabitants of Mesopotamia and India knew that Orion's
early rising portended storms. Even today, this section of Creation is a
stormy section-one that seeks to conquer, to subdue.

The Babylonian Talmud states: "If it were not for the heat of Orion the
world could not exist because of the cold of the Pleiades; and if it were
not for the cold of the Pleiades the world could not exist because of the
heat of Orion."

This means that without positive and negative polarity there could be
no creation. Without the evil (negative) Orion, the good (positive)
Pleiades, would have no incentive to progress. 'The negative forces
keep the positive forces in continuous spiral movement, otherwise
there would be no advancement in the Cosmos. In fact, there would be
no Cosmos!

Space intelligences have said: "Orion is the Great Hunter of the
Universe. It is gorgeous in the skies and men of Venus know it very,
very well. It is somewhat erratic, and like a Great Hunter it is always
after its prey-especially Taurus the Bull. Orion is surrounded by small
round ball bodies (Type 2 "fireballs"?); these are always in action
between the Sun of our Solar System and Orion. No one on Earth has
seen them yet. There are fighting worlds in Orion. They are always
ready for action and looking for trouble. Orion disturbs other planets
and keeps them from operating in the correct manner. Also, Orion is
not too highly evolved scientifically because they use the old-style
craft. However, they are masters at projection. Orion interferes and
holds back. People of Orion are not our kind of people, they do not
belong to our Confederation. They interrupt and are unruly. At present
time there is a small group of people on Earth working for Orion.

These people are sometimes small in stature with strange, oriental
type eyes. Their faces are thin and they possess weak bodies. They
come among you to disperse all things not in keeping with their own
ideas; they upset our plans. They run amuck and we avoid them. They
prey on the unsuspecting; they are talkative; they astound intellects

.globalgrey.c

266

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

with their words of magnificence. While their wisdom may have merit,
it is materialistic, and not of pure aspiration toward the Father. We
have our own men who watch over these pirates of Creation. They
have their own Council and the Orion Confederation; but they know
little through their own ingenuity for they are the Universal parasites!
Disturbers, negative elements; soon they will be eradicated. Watch out
for controlled persons in your midst. Our men will spot them and you
will be informed of them. They come often in disguise, but men of the
Confederation are never deceived. We know them! The Orion people
are The Intruders in your world and they come from planets belonging
to countless star-suns engulfed by the nebula of Orion. If the Orion
men fail in their mission of disturbance, they return not to Orion, but
to Sirius. This is their cycle of return. They must learn the Great Path-
they will learn, but in the meantime, we will not have them disturb our
preparations and plans for the Earth planet. We try to help them and
suggest work to aid them, but they are a stubborn race. They cannot
enter your atmosphere usually by spacecraft, but they can and do
reach the Earth world by projecting their intelligence into weak
Earthly bodies which they completely control for short periods of time
in order to perform their disturbances. Watch for them; their numbers
increase as the "sorrows" of Earth increase. They will persist, but they
will not succeed-but we will succeed, for our mission is of the Father's
authority and His will shall prevail. Worry not about these Orion
influences; they cannot harm those who serve the Infinite Father. Pity
them, love them, pray for them, for they know not what they do!"

The strange disappearance of two men on November 11, 1953, once
again touched off the controversial issue of whether or not human
beings are being snatched off the Earth by weird interplanetary flying
machines. Many feared that the inexplicable levitations into the sky by
invisible and unknown forces, sometimes accompanied by electrical or
magnetic phenomena which science is powerless to explain, were
caused by the visiting Flying Saucers.

Space friends are true friends! They are not subjecting captured men
to vivisection or horrible death in monstrous spacecraft chambers of
horror. With the power at their command they wouldn't be wasting
their time with a mere handful of earthians. What then, are they doing?
Certain people are disappearing; of that there is no doubt. Some are
levitated into the sky, even in the presence of witnesses. Others never
return from plane rides, and the wreckage is never found. Commercial

.globalgrey.c

267

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

and military planes crash and no bodies are discovered. What happens
to the missing occupants?

On November 18, 1953, the Los Angeles Mirror reported that two
missing electricians may have been kidnapped by interplanetary
invaders in a Flying Saucer. The two Saucer enthusiasts were Karl
Hunrath and Wilbur J. Wilkinson. They had taken off in a rented
airplane from Gardena Airport on November 11th with a three-hour
gas supply. Despite widespread search, no trace of the plane or its
occupants has been seen. The rumor that the plane was found
dismantled on the top of a California mountain with no sign of the two
men is unfounded. Officials claim that nothing has turned up in the
case as yet.

Wilkinson's wife told reporters that Karl Hunrath was an avid believer
in Flying Saucers. She also told them that the two men believed the
end of the world was nearing and that strange little men from the
planet Mars or "Masar" were ready to invade us. Mrs. Wilkinson
evidently misunderstood much of what Hunrath and her husband
were doing and saying. First of all, the world is not going to end, and
the "little men" are not from Mars or "Masar" but are from our own
satellite, the Moon. The space visitors have proven this already by
their actions.

Hunrath claimed to know the whereabouts of a Flying Saucer that had
recently landed. Wilkinson's den was lined with Flying Saucer
pictures, weird signs and formulas, which Mrs. Wilkinson said were
supposed to be the new interplanetary language. "Of course, I don't
quite go for all the Flying Saucer talk, but Karl convinced Wilbur they
actually existed," said Mrs. Wilkinson. She then said, "Karl had tape
recordings of conversations with men from other planets who landed
here in Saucers." She showed reporters messages tacked on the wall of
the den which were supposedly received by radio from the
interplanetary visitors. One was from Regga of the planet Masar."

Karl Hunrath called up several of his acquaintances in Los Angeles the
day before his disappearance. He informed them that he was going to
take a trip. He said: "Others have left the Earth to go to other planets,
so do not be surprised if I leave soon." The Flying Saucer pictures in
the den had been taken by George Adamski, and the "weird signs and
formulas" were received by our group working in Northern Arizona,

.globalgrey.c

268

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

starting in early August, 1952. The tape recordings that Hunrath had
were taken during receptions of the Arizona research group.

In Clips, Quotes and Comments, B-10, May 15, 1954, a bi-weekly release
of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates, correspondence of
Mr. Harold T. Wilkins is quoted. Mr. Wilkins wrote: "It happens that I
have spent years of research into petroglyphs and prehistoric symbols,
in Central, South, and North America, and my tentative conclusions
were that some of the Wilkinson glyphs suggested or resembled, not
Maya or Aztec symbols, but forms found in the North Brazilian jungles,
the Matto Grosso, and one in the unknown prehistoric civilization in La
Plata Island, off Ecuador; another in California; and the ancient water
sign of cataclysm. Also, another recalled the Mu-an sign of coition or
the double uterus. How can the question be resolved when even the
Los Angeles postal authorities do not know where Hunrath's family
has gone? I know not how came Karl Hunrath or Wilbur Wilkinson to
have all this very peculiar and recondite knowledge which cannot be
picked up in a day, or even in a year . . ."

The symbols are not reworked Aztec figures, and Hunrath received
them from our group for study purposes. That is why they were found
in his and Wilkinson's den. These symbols are given in this book
under The Solex-Mal, in the section called: Other Tongues. Much of this
symbolism is characteristic of the ancient scroll writing of the
Atlanteans and of the ancient pictographic writing of Lemuria. Atlantis
and Mu used modified forms of the original Solex-Mal. Symbols of this
type exist in South America, especially in the Matto Grosso because the
ruins of great antiquity there were originally colonies of the Lost
Continents. Colonel Fawcett, the famous English explorer died while
attempting to locate these fabulous lost cities of the ancient "white"
Indians of Brazil.

The Wilkinsons have three children and moved to Los Angeles from
Racine, Wisconsin on June 28, 1953. Hunrath had been in
correspondence with Wilbur and convinced him that he should come
to the west coast because of important Saucer developments.
Wilkinson was then employed by Hoffman Radio Corp., where he was
quickly promoted to head of the inspection department.

Wilbur, who was thirty-eight, had his den and home full of all sorts of
electronic equipment, radios, turn-tables, and tape recorders. Mrs.
Wilkinson told reporters that her husband wasn't too interested in

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Saucers except when Hunrath was around. She said, "Karl was the one
who talked us into coming to California because he said he could
actually show a Saucer to Wilbur." She later told them: "I just can't
help but think that Flying Saucers really had something to do with
their disappearance."

I knew Karl Hunrath personally, but I never met Wilkinson. It was in
the Winter of 1952 that I first met Karl at George Adamski's on Mt.
Palomar. He claimed he had just arrived from the east where he had
been working at Oster Mfg. Co. in Wisconsin. During the next few
months he visited many Saucer researchers including: Frank Scully,
Gene Dorsey, George Van Tassel, Gerald Heard, Mr. "R" of radio contact
fame, and he was my house guest in Prescott, Arizona for a week. It
was during his stay in my home that I gave him copies of our findings.

He was a strange man who would change his mind and ideas from one
moment to the next. You couldn't help but like him, but at times a
feeling would come over you that made you wish there were a million
miles between yourself and Mr. Hunrath. Everyone who came in
contact with him had the same experience. Was he controlled by Orion
forces?

He visited Saucer researchers as a friend, then systematically began to
spread rumors about them and their work which had no basis in fact.
He came to California unknown and soon was stirring up dissension
wherever he went. Was it his purpose to cause trouble in the "hot-bed"
of controversy existing among the California Saucer enthusiasts? Was
it part of a plan formulated by negative forces? Why was Hunrath a
brilliant scientist one moment and a not too bright electrician the

Theories as to the present whereabouts of Hunrath and Wilkinson are
plentiful. Some believe that he has gone to Mars or some other
planetary "haven"-and there are many of Karl's "followers" in Los
Angeles who will tell you that this is positively so! Several experienced
pilots believe Karl cracked-up on the side of Big Bear-a rugged,
mountainous area of California. The plane didn't carry much fuel, and
Big Bear is deceiving to those who have not flown over it before.
Hunrath hadn't flown in a long time, and he had never flown near Big
Bear before. The down-draft and illusive qualities of the mountain
could have doomed the small plane. However, the wreckage should
have been discovered when the snow melted in the Summer of 1954.

.globalgrey.c

270

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Some people think the two men went to Mexico, but they didn't have
enough fuel for the trip. It has also been reported that Karl is in
England and will reappear shortly, and also that he has been seen
recently in Los Angeles with his hair dyed! He has been called a
spaceman, a man possessed of evil spirits, an angel, a member of the
F.B.I., and a Russian spy. What he really was no one knows--but we can
guess.

What really happened to the two missing then and where are they
now? It is not believed that space visitors had anything to do with
their disappearance. Karl and Wilbur are not on Mars or any other
extraterrestrial body; they are on Earth whether dead or alive. Here is
an ad that appeared in the personal section of the Los Angeles Times
on April 13, 1954. "Worried telepathists: This does it for you. Please
prove my well being by writing of contacts you may recall." Karl, Box
R-240, L. A. Times.

Biometrically, Hunrath does not show up as "unusual", but what
samples were tested? Handwriting, etc. of Hunrath when he was
himself, or when he was under control? This would make a vast
difference in biometer results.

Before Hunrath arrived in California he had become acquainted with
another so-called "genius" from Ohio. This man called Karl one night
saying he had just returned from Japan where he had been working
with Dr. Nagata on electromagnetic experiments. He asked Karl if he
could come up to see him since he had heard that Karl was interested
in magnetic research. The man came and he stayed four days and
nights! When he left, Karl had become an avid Saucer enthusiast. Karl
said he thought the man was a "spaceman" because he answered his
questions before they were asked and displayed telepathic powers.
This man also is very brilliant at times, and then again, at other times,
he apparently can't even add two and two! This same man had an
article printed in an Ohio newspaper stating that the Saucers were
from Saturn and were here to invade and conquer the Earth! This is
the pattern of The Intruder - to disrupt, cause dissension, strife,
trouble, interfere!

In Florida there is a minister who claims the world is about to end, but
he will sell any interested party a piece of land in the vicinity of Orion
for a few dollars. How does he expect to get the buyers from the
doomed Earth to Orion? And if the Earth is going to end, why does he

.globalgrey.c

271

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

want to accumulate the ready cash? Again, the word "Orion" gives him
away. He is under negative control!

In The Saucers Speak! a Wyoming evangelist is quoted as saying that
God's throne and God, himself, are located in the Orion nebula. Once
again, the word tells the story. He preaches that the Flying Saucers are
piloted by fork-tailed devils-another Intruder!

In Michigan a group of sincere researchers came in contact with a
young man born in 1935 who claimed to be from another planet. He
said he was born on Earth, but incarnated here from elsewhere. He
was small in stature and possessed a weak, thin body. He drew
intricate details of strange machines for scientists and claimed the
information came from his mentor, a certain Kagmon from outer
space. The machines utilized crystals, cosmic rays, and light was
supposed to be changed into energy by the Kagmonian Process.

This young man had a brilliant mind-a little too brilliant for one of his
years. At other times he was moody, sullen, and crude. Once again, the
pattern of The Intruders is revealed. An astrologer who read his chart,
said: "He has a very remarkable pattern, I might even say more
complex than any I have seen in quite some time." Biometrically, this
subject's devices are shown to be incomplete, and there remains much
to be worked out.

This young man was in his glory when he could subjugate others to his
whims and fancies. Once he said: "We have no emotion for earthlings."
An intuitive psychic mentally received the word, "infringement" three
times when she first met this man. This is only one of many cases of
"Orion control" over Earth beings.

The space friends have said that they would keep out all the negative
forces, but they also said a "square star-body" was coming to Earth. As
time goes on, the anti-Christ or negative forces will become more
powerful. This is a sure sign of the Second Corning. At the present
time, only projected intelligence into weak Earth minds is permitted.
And even this would not be so if the victim refused to be used and put
under "control".

The "square star-body" has been observed in recent months! On
November 7, 1953, a man in Ohio was out in his greenhouse when

.globalgrey.c

272

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

suddenly he heard a strange "whirling" sound. At the same time the
greenhouse lights dimmed. He ran outside and saw a thirty-foot long
barrel-shaped object rush overhead and apparently land in the woods
back of his house.

The man called for a state patrolman and they both saw the object
through the trees as it had landed in a clearing. They went into the
house to call for more help and when they returned, the strange craft
was gone. Later, the man found that his wrist watch was magnetized
and he had to replace all of the greenhouse lights.

The next day he walked to the clearing where the craft had landed and
discovered several small footprints in the Earth. Other witnesses, also
saw the footprints. The unusual thing about them was the fact that the
right footprint was longer than the left!

Scientists from Washington, D. C. looked over the site shortly after the
landing took place. The story was on radio, but minus the details, of
course. Whether the object was barrel-shaped or not is not known, but
it left a square impression on the ground! This same man claims he
was taken to another world later in this craft, and his wife says he
disappeared for a short while recently. He is a heavy drinker and,
therefore, an excellent subject for Orion control. Maybe he did go to
another planet-but which one?

When this man says he wants nothing more to do with his space
visitors, does it mean his rational mind at times fights the control?

On Wednesday, May 5, 1954, at 9:30 p.m., Herbert Flick of Phoenix,
Arizona saw what looked like a "flying boxcar" go over the valley. Flick
said the object was square, with a light on each corner. "It went toward
the South Mountains at a high rate of speed," he said, "then abruptly
turned, came back and passed over me." He estimated the object was a
least at an altitude of two-thousand five-hundred feet. He watched it
for about eight minutes, then it disappeared, heading east. At one time
he noticed the square craft neared him, slowed down, and circled as if
observing something.

Mr. Flick says the object he saw was very large, it appeared to be
piloted, and was black. It must have been traveling at about four-

.globalgrey.c

273

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

hundred fifty miles per hour. The object was not a radiosonde
suspended from a balloon, nor was it an airplane or helicopter.

On June 19, 1954, a weird light so bright it was difficult to look at,
moved slowly across the sky over Port Huron, Michigan. Selfridge Air
Force Base officials and police had no explanation for the glow, which
witnesses said looked square, and sometimes, barrel-shaped. The
object passed high in the sky and moved very slowly. It appeared at
5:00 a.m., and disappeared to the west at 6:30 a.m. The brightness of
the light was compared by police to the glow of an acetylene torch.
Hundreds of residents viewed the craft, and police phone lines were
busy for hours handling calls from worried citizens.

A man and his wife in Iowa saw a square, brilliant object pass
overhead from west to east. They claim it was very high and was
moving slowly.

Oahspe speaks of "arrow ships" and "fire ships" and "crescent ships". It
also mentions Orion ships in 49.18: "Thus Ah'shong, well skilled in the
course and behavior of worlds, gathered together his millions of
angels, trained in arduous enterprise and furtherance of Jehovih's will.
Quickly they framed and equipped an Orian [Orion] port-au-gon, and
illuminated it with fire-lights and bolts. A half a million miles, even on
the outskirts of Anakaron, and they stood close above the earth, almost
so near that the sweeping moon would touch the down-hanging
curtains of etherean fire. And here they halted, that both mortals and
angels belonging to the earth might behold and fear . . ."

The "Serpent People" of ancient legend are believed to have been
Orion intelligences projected earthward. Is the fabulous "Rainbow
City" under the Antarctic regions a central location for such
projections? "Serpent People", "Anti-Christs", or Intruders - they all
represent the same thing: negative polarity.

In ancient times man ran away from demons, devils, witches and
monsters; today he still runs away from that which he calls
the unknown. Many people remember the H. G. Wells' book, War Of The
Worlds, or the masterpiece by another Welles named Orson about an
invasion from Mars that frightened a good many radio listeners a little
over a decade ago. However, there is no reason to be frightened about
space "kidnapers", for the levitations are not always due to Saucer
phenomena. Some of the disappearances have to do with other

.globalgrey.c

274

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

dimensions of time. When the Saucers pick up some-one from the
Earth they are only picking up their own!

Farmers have been working in their fields, when suddenly they start to
go straight up into the air. The only thing ever seen in connection with
such levitation is a blinding flash of light that appears directly
overhead and moves away swiftly.

On Glastenbury Mountain, near Bennington, Vermont, five persons
vanished without a trace. Near Schaffausen, Germany, four men
disappeared in a single day. Three of the levitations were witnessed by
others, and all missing persons ascended straight up with great
rapidity.

At Pillitsfer, Livonia, there were eight human ascensions in two hours.
Near Perhawar, India, there were six ascensions, all witnessed by large
groups of people, over a period of six months.

One of the most astounding levitations was that of the sixty-ton coastal
schooner Maida in the Bay of Bengal several years ago. The ship was
almost completely lifted out of the water, held there for a minute, and
then allowed to fall back into the water with a great splash. There
were many witnesses to this happening, and the day was clear and

Every year there are literally thousands and thousands of human
disappearances, and each year thousands remain unsolved. No trace of
them is ever found. Many people who disappear, such as criminals,
wanderers, dissatisfied husbands, etc., are recognized later even
though they may be living under different names in far-away places.
The bodies of murder victims are usually always found. So, thousands
of human beings are going somewhere.

Recently, someone said: "The purpose of the kidnapping is to obtain
human specimens for laboratory experimentation; the final object
being the conquest of the Earth and the subjugation or destruction of
all humanity."

If the Saucer people are intelligent enough to come to us across the
great space frontier I doubt very much if it would take hundreds of
years to make their surveys. Levitations have been going on for

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

centuries. It has been argued that the kidnappings are necessary
because conditions are quite different on other worlds and therefore
space visitors must study our atmosphere, our germ life, and, of
course, they must study us.

It would not take very long to accomplish such a task, and besides, the
Saucer intelligences have said that living conditions are not very much
different on other worlds than on our own. True, there are differences,
just as there are on our own Earth; but they are not as great as
present-day science believes. When we think of laboratory analysis we
think of our own standards according to our understanding at this
time. Vivisection is not necessary for study according to space visitors.
They have greater developments for the study of everything; they do
not destroy the created beings of the Infinite Father. They never kill!
Even the thought of killing is abhorrent to them.

Therefore, the Orion forces are not kidnapping people from Earth.
Their only power is through "projected intelligence" and their square
star-bodies may be observed more and more in the future, but they
can do no harm to those who refuse to be influenced by them.
Levitations and other disappearances are due to time factors and
space friends picking up their own people to take them home again.

Recently, astronomers discovered that two stars were born in the
Orion Nebula. These young stellar twins are symbolic omens of things
to come from that section of Cosmos; but the Infinite Father is with us
and Orion shall be "bound" again as he was in the past.

We need not concern ourselves with The Intruders, "for they are the
spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the
earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great
day of God Almighty." (Revelation 16:14). Isaiah 41:29 says: "Behold,
they are all vanity; their works are nothing: their molten images are
wind and confusion." These are The Intruders!

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

276

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

### CHAPTER 7. THE GUESSERS

To give a numerical estimate I would say that rather more than a
million stars in the Milky Way possess planets on which you might live
without undue discomfort. If you were suddenly transported to one of
them you would no doubt find many important changes, but the
changes would not be as remarkable as the similarities. I think that all
our present guesses are likely to prove but a very pale shadow of the
real thing." From The Nature of the Universe, by Fred Hoyle, English
astronomer.

Scientists of today claim that the Earth's neighborhood of nearby
planets is rather slummy. Of course, they still like to think that the
planet Earth is the center of the Universe: here the Creator placed his
greatest creation, Man! The other worlds are "slummy", created only
for man's amusement and entertainment.

They are dreaming (and what dreams!) of a satellite space station that
will dominate the world. Every two hours it would circle the Earth,
and as the Earth turns below it, every part of its surface would come
into view. This station would be useful for launching atom-armed
guided missiles. Once a great supply of such missiles had been put on
the station, potential aggressors below would be forced to keep the
global peace. However, it doesn't seem likely that the first government
placing a space station in our skies will be working for "global peace".
It will control the entire world for its own benefit. Besides, "peace is
not for the strong"; we will never have peace through "force".

The space station would have little military value, say some scientists
like Dr. Milton Rosen of the Naval Research Laboratory in Washington,
D. C. Equipping it to make observations would be exceedingly difficult,
and any missiles it might drop would be lucky to hit the right country.
Space travel will have to wait until the scientists have made some
basic discovery equal in novelty to Faraday's discovery of electro-
magnetism. They say a beam of high speed particles pushed at close to
the so-called speed of light by nuclear energy might do the trick. No
one yet has the foggiest idea about how to do it. Men like Dr. Rosen
realize what is necessary before space travel is a reality on Earth. "A
basic discovery equal in novelty to Faraday's discovery of electro-
magnetism" would be the utilization of the Fourth Great Primary
Force, or the RMF. The Earth is under what we might call a "Divine

.globalgrey.c

277

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Quarantine". A rocket or nuclear driven space ship will go from the
Earth to the Moon, but it will never go through the cleavage layer of
the Earth's Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. This cleavage layer is
called "chinvat" in Oahspe. It divides the Earth's rotating field (which
contains the Earth and the Moon] from the ether, or outer spaces. We
will not be able to leave the RMF of the Earth until we have discovered
the secret of magnetic propulsion, and we aren't going to discover that
until we accept higher metaphysical principles. In other words, man
on Earth simply can't go to other worlds until he advances spiritually-
his own ignorance of the eternal verities has him "quarantined".

Dr. Wehrner von Braun, Germany's rocket expert in World War II,
says: "What the United States needs is a daring, inspiring program
(probably the same thing he told Hitler] that has a real chance of
controlling the world. Atom bombs carried by air-planes are nearly
worn out as war preventers. Guided missiles are important weapons,
but the Russians are working on them too. A satellite station would
put the U. S. far ahead in the race for power. Even a small satellite could
be made to shine at dusk. It could inflate a plastic balloon which would
gleam as brightly in the sunlight as a first-magnitude star. This
'American Star', rising in the west, should make a powerful impression
on the peoples of Asia. A special commission should be set up to study
the whole matter, of course. The public will not be told the decision of
such a commission. To announce even its yes or no would reveal the
summation of many military secrets. If the decision is yes, the first
news for the public may be an 'American Star', rising in the west and
sweeping swiftly across the sky."

This happened before when the first news the American public had
regarding Atomic Bombs was after the first one had been exploded
over Japan, ushering in the "Atomic Age" that was born in New Mexico.
The people were not consulted on this matter, either. There was a
chance that a chain reaction might have been set off and the entire
world destroyed. The chance was a slim one, but nevertheless, a
definite chance. Should so much power and authority to decide these
grave matters rest in the hands of a few? Who is making these
decisions? Are the same "black magicians" who destroyed other great
civilizations back in life today? Are they the "mad scientists" of our
time?

Men steeped in militarism, dedicated to war and its results, are the
men who control atomic power! Few military men can be "Doves of

.globalgrey.c

278

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Peace" when their very occupation depends on war. Without war there
is no longer any need for the military, the manufacturer of
ammunition, tanks, weapons, guided missiles, aircraft, etc. War
certainly is not the joy of grieving mothers, widowed wives, or
orphaned children. Every nation on Earth is controlled by men who
are lovers of themselves only, full of vanity and pride, seekers of
material wealth and glory, not performing their duties in a humble
fashion as servants of the people, but indulging in madness that would
bring complete destruction to all civilization on Earth. But this will not
be allowed to happen!

Benjamin Franklin once said: "Gentlemen, we give you a Republic; now
try and keep it." The question is: Have we kept it?

The militarists and the international bankers cry out: "Peace is for the
strong! Unite, build bigger bombs, better missiles, make monsters of
hate out of the young men, kill and destroy . . ." The voice from the
pulpit cries out: "To live by the sword is to die by the sword!" The
measure to use in determining whether any nation is truly Christian or
not is whether that nation follows the Christ.

"But I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite
thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also." (St. Matthew 5:39].

"He that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword."
(Revelation 13:10].

Did America "turn the other cheek"? We rained terror and desolation
upon the heads of our enemies resulting in the worst holocaust in the
history of mankind. The strong will not rule in the New Age.

"Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth." (St. Matthew
5:5].

History proves that every nation and empire that ever existed fell
when it thought it would surely be eternal because of its particular
brand of strength. The Third Reich was to last one-thousand years-it
lasted less than two decades. People of the world must open their
blinded eyes: we are not on the road to peace! Those who wish to
enslave us belong to the "hidden empire" and control us without our

.globalgrey.c

279

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

knowledge. They give us "darkness for light". Theirs is the path of
destruction and annihilation.

America does not need a space station and she does not need to
control the world. America needs God! The impression we need to
make on the peoples of Asia is the impression of brotherly love, not
that we possess bigger and better weapons!

Why haven't the "powers that be" announced what they know about
the Flying Saucers? If they acknowledge extraterrestrial origin, it
would mean that they must acknowledge extraterrestrial allegiance as
well. There would be extraterrestrial interference with established
government, and no world power would welcome such a situation. If
Universal truth came to the people of Earth, their schemes and plans
for mankind would crumble. No longer could they exploit the masses.
They would be caught "with their pants down"; their veil of "security"
would be lifted and the picture would not be a pretty one that
appeared to the eyes of the people.

Who among us likes to feed the pigs? Or give to selfish people
representing powerful selfish interests, even though their
representatives come riding in Cadillacs and dressed in striped pants
with top hat and carnation? Space intelligences see through all
selfishness; smell it as we smell intoxication corning down the street.
They prefer to deal with men who have a bare minimum of previous
obligation to this or that cause and a maximum of obligation to all the
Universe. Who will fulfill these obligations faithfully and efficiently?

Firecrackers are appropriate for children; revolvers and machineguns
for so-called responsible men; but atomic powers require atomic men
for their good and long continued use. New and greater powers
generate new and greater responsibilities which require wisdom,
intelligence, and character commensurate with them.

There is a "race for power" -who will get to the moon first? What half
of the world will enslave man's thoughts in the future? Does it matter
to the people whether they are dominated from the Earth or the
Moon? The fact remains that they are not given information; they are
not consulted on important issues that might mean life or death; and
they are led to war like steers to slaughter. Does America wish to be a
"Columbus" to the unknown worlds? To lead peoples to their
conquest? To add another name to those of the forty-eight states that

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

comprise the Union? Take possession of the other worlds in the name
of the United States? To colonize them? To cultivate them? To people
them? To transport thither all the prodigies of art, of science, and
industry; and to constitute them a republic, if they are not already
one? I fear for the natives of these unknown worlds considering our
own history. The so-called "primitive people" of our own planet have
undergone brutality at the hands of their earthly brothers. Their lands
have been stolen outright; their ways of life destroyed. Would people
of other planets be treated even as kindly? Man's inhumanity to man-
when will it cease?

The idea of extending our own violence into outer space is at this
moment circulating all over the planet Earth. The same pulp
magazines that are influenced by creative space intelligences print
monstrous tales inspired by the opposite, or negative forces. Scientific
articles published in leading journals add to the power of confusion. If
man on Earth can conquer space, then he will extend his miseries to
the Universe. Humanity, now having sufficiently corrupted this planet
wishes to spread its poisons to larger areas. The vast astronomical
distances which are God's "quarantine" regulations must somehow be
overcome.

A wild dream that planet after planet, system after system, and in the
end, galaxy after galaxy can be forced to come under the dominion of
the planet Earth. The destruction or enslavement of other men in the
Universe: this is the "noble" goal. First they say other worlds are
uninhabited "balls of gas"; yet, they plan to travel to such "worthless"
worlds. What good would it do to go there in the first place if this were
true?

If men on Earth make it to Mars, there will undoubtedly be a West
Mars and an East Mars. The American and British Zones and the
Russian Sector, of course! What a dither the United Nations would be
in! Who is going to own which planet? Will Russia try to take Jupiter
by force?

In Collier's magazine for March 22, 1953, there was an article
called: Who Owns The Universe? by Oscar Schachter, Deputy Director,
Legal Department, United Nations. He said: "Now that scientists have
shown that man can conquer space and that new worlds lie within his
reach, the question of 'owning' the moon and the planets no longer
seems to be so much of a joke. Today, the question is not at all far-

.globalgrey.c

281

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

fetched and, in fact, it may well have important consequences for all of
us.

"Will governments claim 'ownership' (or, more correctly sovereignty)
of the moon and other celestial bodies, just as claims today are being
made to the barren wastes of the Antarctic? Will there be national
rivalry to plant the 'Stars and Stripes', the 'Union Jack' and the
'Hammer and Sickle' far off in space, so that the governments can then
assert exclusive control and keep others away? A conflict may arise
when the first rocket ships reach the moon and other celestial bodies.
The old story of territorial rivalry; but this time extended into the
heavens themselves.

"Although we have been talking about outer space, we have said
nothing about where outer space begins; or to put it in another way,
how far up does the territory of a country extend? Whenever a country
could prevent or interfere with the movement of a rocket ship or space
station it would have the legal right to do so. Would this not, in effect,
simply be a rule that 'might makes right'? And would it not place
rocket ships and space stations at the mercy of those national states
which would be able to interfere with their free passage? Beyond the
airspace we would have to apply a system similar to that followed on
the high seas."

The above quotation is ludicrous in the extreme! In answer to the
question: "To what tribunal would questions of space law be
referred?" Mr. Schachter says: "A dispute in space that involved two or
more governments could be submitted to the International Court of
Justice at the Hague, just as international disputes are today."

What a surprise is in store for those who would put their "brand" on
the Universe--a much higher authority exists in outer space!

On Sunday, September 27, 1953, the Los Angeles Examiner ran an
article called: Mars . . . Target For Tomorrow. It said, in part: "Man is
almost ready to leave his home of a million years . . . the Earth . . . and
venture restlessly to other worlds . . . into space, to the Moon . . . and
then to Mars."

First of all, the Earth hasn't been "home" to man for a short million
years-millions would be more like it. More guessing without a shred of

.globalgrey.c

282

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

evidence to back it up. Yes, man "ventures restlessly" to conquer all
space, to spread his disease, his war, his greed, to other worlds. Dr. von
Braun, creator of the German V-2, and now director of the United
States Army's guided missiles development project, says:

"Man wasn't built to leave the Earth!" He is quite right; man wasn't
built to leave the Earth in space ships that will "blast off" for this or
that celestial body. Everything man creates on Earth is created
through force. He hammers, he tears, he rivets, he pounds; now he's
going to "blast off" to other worlds. He thinks by the use of brute force
he's going to be Lord of Creation. When he learns to use natural forces
and not fight them he will have found the key to space travel, indeed, a
"key" to many things. The rock on which many scientists have wrecked
their ships is materialism. In their studies they have eliminated forces
and their workings, saying: "A force is the result of atomic
movements." This is true; all forces are-except the Force
which first starts atomic movement.

In 1950, a book was published called: The Conquest Of Space, by
Chesley Bonestell and Willy Ley. Ley also wrote, Bombs and Bombing,
and Shells and Shooting. Therefore, he should be an expert on
"Conquest Of Space".

Ley says: "The high temperature of the moon-day increases the
velocity of the hydrogen molecule to above the moon's escape
velocity."

If this hydrogen escapes into space, where does it go? Since the escape
velocity from the moon is the same for a space ship or for hydrogen, if
a ship which reaches the "dividing line" or neutral point between the
Earth and the Moon falls Moonward after crossing that line, and the
Moon's gravitational force takes over, the same would apply to the
hydrogen atoms escaping from the Moon, and they would be drawn to
the Earth. Or, do they fall back and orbit as a band around the moon?

Ley says the modern astronomer, or rather his helper from the field of
physics, also knows why the Moon is airless, in fact he can prove that it
was "always" without air. The realization that the Moon must have lost
its atmosphere quickly (although it presumably had a gaseous envelop
for some time during the early days of its career) led to Simon
Newcomb's famous statement that the Moon is a world without
weather on which nothing ever happens. Newcomb may not have
meant it literally, and it is not literally true. There is a strange kind of

.globalgrey.c

283

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"weather" on the Moon, caused by the same factors which removed
the weather we know, the weather caused by air and moisture.

How could the Moon have "always" been with-out air if it at one time
during its career had air and moisture? The Guessers are so
contradictory.

Ley says the temperature range on the Moon, from lunar midday to
lunar midnight, amounts to almost four-hundred degrees Fahrenheit.
Rocks exposed to such temperature changes at regular two-week
intervals will crack. Their crystalline structure will give way under
repeated expansion and contraction and the surface will flake off.
Incidentally, the brightness of the Moon and a few other factors,
support the assumption that the Sun's light is reflected by pulverized
basalt or similar rocks.

If their assumption is correct, that the Sun's light is reflected from the
Moon, by basalt or similar crystalline rocks, then the natural
disintegration of those rocks will release tremendous quantities of
hydrogen and oxygen. This also proves that the Moon has an
atmosphere! Any mineralogist will confirm the fact that all crystalline
structure contains hydrogen and, or oxygen.

Ley says sunrise over the large crater of Plato is just like sunrise over
any other crater. But as the dividing line between darkness and light,
the terminator, advances, the floor of Plato grows darker. At high noon
it looks like an inkspot. What happens in the crater of Plato?
Evaporation of moisture forming a light-absorbing mist? Or just
melting ice? Or crystals with freakish optical qualities?

Professor William H. Pickering thinks he saw a snowstorm on Mount
Pico. And he repeatedly observed grayish spots moving around inside
the crater. Cloud formations betraying the presence of moisture? Or
vegetation springing up and being killed off by the heat of the Sun in a
rapid cycle?

Once again, here is an obvious contradiction.

How can you have thermal erosion and not have an atmosphere?

.globalgrey.c

284

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Ley says the first era of astronomy was naked-eye observation, the
second era is telescopic observation, and the third era will be
spaceship exploration. Astronomy, he says, confirms first-era
knowledge by optical instruments, but it is less definite in its
conclusions regarding the questions poised by the telescope-mostly
concerning the surface conditions of planets. This is an admission that
they know very little. Ley says several times: "We will know such and
such when we get there." Until then, Mr. Ley, you are a guesser.

Ley says: "Oh, we are sure about a number of things. Take Venus, for
example. It is almost a second Earth as far as size goes. Its diameter is
only two-hundred miles less than that of Earth. The mass is eighty per
cent of that of our rather massive home planet. The albedo is fifty-nine
per cent, the highest albedo in the Solar System. Venus most decidedly
has an atmosphere. The Venus year is 224.7 of our days long, a fact
easily explained by the tighter orbit and higher orbital velocity. Venus'
orbit is the most clearly circular one in the whole Solar System and the
disk of Venus the most nearly perfect circle; it does not show any
traces of an equatorial bulge."

That short paragraph contains the sum total of the definite knowledge
science has about the planet which approaches us more closely than
any other! You are "sure" about some things, Mr. Ley? A guesser is
never "sure" of anything.

Now let's take a look at the instruments used for modern astronomical
observation. There are four of these; all based on variations on the
principle of the human eye. (1) Telescope; (2) camera; (3)
thermocouple; (4) spectroscope.

The spectroscope is an instrument that measures the wave-lengths of
the chemical elements when they are heated to a gaseous state and
observed through a set of prisms.

Many scientists have used spectroscopic analysis as proof of the other
planets being unable to support life. To what degree can spectroscopic
analysis be relied upon?

The following examples are given to show the contradictory nature of
findings:

.globalgrey.c

285

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

According to Belopolsky, Venus rotates in about twenty-four hours, as
determined by the spectroscope. However, according to Dr. Slipher,
Venus rotates in about two-hundred twenty-four days, as determined
by the spectroscope.

According to observations too numerous to mention, the seeming
motions of stars, occulted by the Moon, show that the Moon has an
atmosphere. According to the spectroscope, there is no atmosphere on
the Moon.

The ring of light around Venus, during the transits of 1874 and 1882,
indicated that Venus has atmosphere. Most astronomers say that
Venus has an atmosphere of extreme density, obscuring the features of
the planet. According to spectrum analysis, by Sir William Huggins,
Venus has no atmosphere.

Spectroscopic examinations of Mars, by Dr. Campbell, Director of Lick
Observatory, showed that there is no oxygen, and that there is no
water vapor on Mars. Spectroscopic examination of Mars by Huggins
shows abundance of oxygen and water vapor-the same as the planet

Most astronomers agree, however, that there is water on Mars and
that it has an atmosphere. Yet they have had no success in using the
spectroscope and only a few vacuum thermocouple readings have
produced heat measurements. Astronomers are even in disagreement
with each other on the topography of Mars even though it is the most
easily viewed of all planets from the Earth. Guesses and more guesses!

Charles Fort, who showed up the spectroscope for what is really is,
said: "When anything new appears, for which there is no convention,
the bewilderment of the astronomers is made apparent, and the
worthlessness of spectroscopy in astronomy is shown to all except
those who do not want to be shown."

Ley says: "The hard work in spectroscopy is the proper application of
the principle. At first, most of the hard work consisted of finding out by
experiment which element, what lines, and where; and what the gases
of the atmosphere through which light passed did to the lines
originally contained, and so forth. And now the hard work consists
mostly in untangling lines. Only a very few elements produce just a

.globalgrey.c

286

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

few lines; most of them cause whole sets. And one of the lines of
element A is only too likely to obscure a line of element B, which in
turn and in wonderful collaboration with element A, may blot out the
lines of element C and D."

Since there are many elements in our atmosphere, how are we to be
sure that the spectroscope is giving us a true picture? Might not the
hydrogen we see on the Sun be in our own atmosphere?

Those who say that astronomy, physics and mathematics are "true and
pure" science need to investigate the situation more thoroughly. An
English astronomer, John Robinson, is not afraid to come to grips with
the most modern theories and searchingly analyze them. For example,
he strikes a blow to the theory that the planet Venus may be a dust-
bowl instead of a cloud-enshrouded planet. The Dust Bowl theory is
based on the spectroscopic examination of the upper atmosphere of
Venus which reveals no water-vapor and quantities of carbon-
monoxide at that level. Robinson points out that at seventy miles
above the surface of the Earth the atmosphere contains no oxygen or
water vapor at all, and that the atmosphere is almost one-hundred per
cent hydrogen, an entirely unbreathable and highly inflammable gas.
The Earth nevertheless teems with life despite the fact that there is no
oxygen and water-vapor in the outer four-hundred miles of its
atmosphere. All oxygen, water-vapor, and hence life exist only within a
few miles of the surface. Robinson says: "It is the bottom layers of
atmosphere rather than the top ones which decide the habitability of a
planet. Living creatures live and breathe in the lowermost layers of
atmosphere next to the solid surface. It is the composition of these
strata that counts and not the composition of those ten or a hundred
miles up." Robinson's book, The Universe We Live In, should be read by
everyone for it proves that science is not "pure" anything
except guesswork.

Dr. William A. Baum of the Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories
and Dr. A. D. Code of the Washburn Observatory, Madison, Wisconsin,
recently announced that Jupiter's atmosphere is made up largely of
hydrogen and helium, not methane and ammonia as was previously
thought. However, these scientists believe because of the discovery of
hydrogen and helium on Jupiter, the heavier gases, such as nitrogen
and oxygen that make up the Earth's atmosphere are nearly absent on
Jupiter. But Robinson has shown us that at seventy miles above the
surface of the Earth there is neither nitrogen nor oxygen and the

.globalgrey.c

287

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

atmosphere is nearly pure hydrogen. Therefore, Jupiter is similar to
the Earth and we can expect to find living creatures close to the
planet's surface as we do here.

Once the "true and pure" science said methane, now they say
hydrogen. True and pure? By whose criteria?

James Rainwater and Val Fitch of Columbia University say that the
nucleus of the atom is some fifteen to twenty per cent smaller in
diameter and about twice as dense as had been supposed. Since a
fifteen per cent reduction of the diameter of a sphere reduces its
volume almost by half, the nuclear particles must be crammed into
about half the space they had been thought to occupy. The "true"
science of physics admits to one-hundred per cent error!

University of California and Australian astronomers now believe the
Universe is double the formerly accepted size. Another one-hundred
per cent error! However, such inconsistencies are phenomena of all
transitions from the old to the new. And shortly "all things shall be
made new."

The Guessers dedicated to experimentation in nuclear energy are not
bringing us "peace in our time", but are trying to pass off their mass
murders as war. Their boast is that this year they can kill more people
in one second than all the rest of Earth's scientists put together in one
year, or all the years of Earth's history. Atomic war has no remedy-
that is why The Harvesters are here!

On March 10, 1922, at the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, Prof. Francis William Aston warned mankind in a
lecture against what he called "tinkering with the angry atoms". Aston
was the famous British Nobel-prize-winning chemist. His words on
that occasion have a strange prophetic ring: "Should the research
worker of the future discover some means of releasing this energy
from hydrogen in a form which could be employed the human race
will have at its command powers beyond the dreams of scientific
fiction, but the remote possibility must always be considered that the
energy, once liberated, will be completely uncontrollable and by its
violence detonate a neighboring substance. If this happens, all of the
hydrogen on Earth might be transformed into helium at once, and this
most successful experiment might be published to the rest of the

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Universe in the form of a new 'star' of extraordinary brilliance, as the
Earth blew up in one vast explosion."

Other well-known scientists have said that here is a power to return
the Earth to its lifeless state of billions of years ago. Dr. Albert Einstein
said: "The hydrogen bomb appears on the public horizon as a probably
attainable goal (now reality). If successful, radioactive poisoning of the
atmosphere, and hence annihilation of any life on Earth, has been
brought within the range of technical possibilities." This has also been
explained by such eminent physicists as Dr. Bethe, Dr. Leo Szilard, Dr.
Edward Teller, and others.

Radioactive material is carried by winds, taking it thousands of miles,
carrying death to distant places. Dr. David Bradley says: "I have
emerged with the firm conviction that if life as we know it is to
continue, man must understand and deal with the menacing aspects of
atomic energy. It is perfectly clear that nature had no intention that
any of her children should be monkeying around with radioactive
elements, else she would have provided us with some sixth sense to
protect us from running headlong into dangerous amounts of
radiation. No, she evidently expected us to take our daily dose of
cosmic and Earth's radiation as we take the cuts and bruises of
ordinary living. The idea of getting them out in the form of
concentrated extracts was man's."

In The Hell Bomb, William L. Laurence says: "No matter how one looks
at it, the advent of the H-Bomb constitutes the greatest threat to the
survival of the human race since the Black Death. Peace, step by step,
appears to be the only alternative to possible catastrophe."

A message received months ago at Giant Rock, California, said: "The
increase in the explosive power of nuclear devices has reached a
critical limit. Every explosion brings about interruption of the lines of
force maintaining equilibrium of your planet. Every explosion charges
your breathable atmosphere with radioactive particles that will not
lose their penetrating qualities for several thousand years."

Government scientists are discovering that atomic explosions at sea
make eating tuna and other large ocean fish very dangerous. Also,
atomic detonations are mussing up the radioactive dating of the recent
past. The Type 1 "fireball" has nullified much of the deadly radiation in
our atmosphere, but there is still enough to cause strange changes

.globalgrey.c

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

around the world. Although hydrogen detonation will never be
allowed, atomic war would mean the world would emerge from its
darkness and terror and in the gray light the wretched survivors
would look upon the battered wreckage of a civilization that has
crumbled to ruin in a matter of a very short time-self destruction that
wise men had warned the world against since the days of Nagasaki
and Hiroshima.

Those who are "experts" and "authorities" of guesswork hold the fate
of the Earth in their hands. But assistance has come from outer space,
and no longer will they be allowed to function as the self-appointed
guardians of mankind.

In Proverbs 24:2, we read: "For their heart studieth destruction and
their lips talk of mischief." These are The Guessers!

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

290

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

### CHAPTER 8. THE REMNANT

"His lightnings enlightened the world: the earth saw, and trembled."
(Psalms 97: 4].

The "lightnings" of the Creator have been observed for thousands of
years and at last, in the Aquarian Age, Man is beginning to respond to
their message.

Theological dogma has enslaved mankind as it pictures "heaven" as a
place where those who have been true to church tenets will be led by
the hand of the Master into shaded groves and there left for eternity to
rest and meditate on the harp-playing "angels" singing praises unto
the Father.

Needless to say, this is not the case when we consider the reality of
"heaven". However, it is natural for man to picture the after-life in this
manner, for he constantly hopes to be rid of the materialistic pursuit of
lucre and fame. Love for money there is, but only as a means of his
attaining freedom to do what he wants when he wants it. But man is
never satisfied with "inactivity"; men who retire almost invariably get
active again in some way. And when we think of an eternity of
"idleness", it becomes ridiculous to say the least.

To picture the "many mansions" our Infinite Father has prepared for
us as rest homes where men he about in a state of morbid drowsiness
or lethargy, is both childish and an insult to our Creator. People who
really think, will never entertain such thoughts for a moment.

The Aquarian Age then, is not going to see a decline of inventive
activity or pursuit; the Master is not going to abolish everything except
a picnic-society that drives the Father to distraction with all-sung
hymns!

The Father's "mansions" are bee-hives of activity, where each
individual is working out his destiny and serving his fellowman to the
best of his ability. Our "heavenly" reward in the Golden Times will be
the opportunity for more and more expressive labor in order to better
serve ourselves and others. Harp-playing forever? I'm afraid not. That
would soon become "hell", as anyone knows who has been forced to
practice music lessons day in and day out. Man needs intense activity

.globalgrey.c

291

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

and the opportunity to expand his consciousness. Working at
something you despise in order to eat, of course, is something else;
and living to work, or working to live will cease as such. Every person
has something wonderful to contribute to society, and many times in
our present setup these persons never get a chance to present their
talents to the world because of the faulty economic practices of today.

The New Age will see a great theological upheaval. Dr. Harry Emerson
Fosdick said: "A religious reformation is afoot, and at heart it is the
endeavor to recover for our modern life the religion of Jesus as against
the vast, intricate, largely inadequate and often positively false religion
about Jesus. Christianity today has largely left the religion which He
preached, taught and lived, and has substituted another kind of
religion altogether. If Jesus should come back to earth now, hear the
mythologies built up around him, see the creedalism,
denominationalism, sacramentalism, carried on in His name, he would
certainly say, 'If this is Christianity, I am not a Christian.'"

In 1945, a minister in Wisconsin: "For years I have seen it coming: a
new world system. I have watched as one by one my visions became
visible in the affairs of the world. A complete turn about; a whole new
setup. There will be a new world religion modeled upon a basic
formula, and people will respond willingly, for it will be a soul religion
as well as an intellectual one. The dry and parched souls of the people
will be drawn into the peace and freedom, and blossom as the rose. No
one shall hurt his neighbor, but man will feel deeply that he is his
brother's keeper. The new religion will fill the need of every living
soul, and as a result of the freedom from fear of the unknown, health
will come to all as a divine heritage and man will adore his Creator.

But before the new Earth is established and in working order 'all hell
will break loose'. Thousands of people will drop in their tracks.
America will not escape, as she must pay for her sins too. There shall
be 'wailing and gnashing of teeth'. Most of this will be caused by the
die-hards, those who cling to the old order of things. The young will
take it in their stride as will those who have the vision of the new
heaven and Earth in their hearts. The 'me and mine' complex will be
destroyed. Those who cling to the old methods and beliefs will go
down with the old order. Now is the uncovering period. All the deceit
and trickery and selfishness of human kind will be aired, as it has been
enacted through the ages. Be surprised at nothing, for evil, which
is live spelled backward, must be uncovered to be destroyed. Within a
few years the whole world will learn that a false economic system,

.globalgrey.c

292

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

invented and fostered by a few greed crazed lusters after gold has
caused every war on the face of the globe. Now they will learn that
breaking the laws of Mother Nature and Father Creator has made
disease ridden bodies. Nothing has broken out in all its fury yet. This
will come within the next decade (1955). After that mankind will be on
the upward grade and the whole world will reflect it."

What people on Earth will survive to inherit the New Age? The world
population will be reduced greatly. Where there are now thousands
there will be tens. But it is not tragic if one loses his physical
equipment on Earth. Certain souls have evolved to the place where the
old Earth can no longer teach them anything, therefore, either they or
the Earth must graduate to a higher level. Shortly, the entire Earth will
be made new in the new vibratory rate and the advanced souls, or The
Remnant, will inherit the kingdom of God on Earth. The other souls,
who refused to give up the old order of things, will be taken out of
flesh life and will be re-settled on other worlds that can give them the
lessons they need. So only the good and beautiful is to come to all men;
there is no retrogression, for all are advancing toward the Father.

The Holy Bible speaks of The Remnant many times, and The
Prophets were those who led and guided "those who were to remain"
in ages past.

"Lift up thy prayer for the remnant that are left." (II Kings 19:4).

"Except the Lord of hosts had left unto us a very small remnant, we
should have been as Sodom, and we should have been like unto
Gomorrah." (Isaiah 1:9).

"And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand
again the second time to re-cover the remnant of his people, which
shall be left." (Isaiah 11:11).

". . . the remnant shall be very small and feeble." (Isaiah 16:14).

"And now for a little space grace hath been shewed from the Lord our
God, to leave us a remnant to escape, and to give us a nail in his holy
place, that our God may lighten our eyes, and give us a little reviving in
our bondage." (Ezra 9:8).

.globalgrey.c

293

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"And the slain shall fall in the midst of you, and ye shall know that I am
the Lord. Yet will I leave a remnant, that ye may have some that shall
escape the sword among the nations, when ye shall be scattered
through the countries." (Ezekiel 6:7-8).

"I will surely assemble, 0 Jacob, all of thee; I will surely gather the
remnant of Israel; I will put them together as the sheep of Bozrah, as
the flock in the midst of their fold: they shall make great noise by
reason of the multitude of men." (Micah 2:12).

"And I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither
I have driven them, and will bring them again to their folds; and they
shall be fruitful and increase." (Jeremiah 23:3).

"Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to
the election of grace." (Romans 11:5).

"And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part
of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven
thousand: and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God
of heaven." (Revelation 11:13).

Even when a nation as a whole deserted the faith of their fathers in
ancient times, there always remained a "remnant" whose faithfulness
prevailed. The outstanding example of this is, of course, the "righteous
remnant" who returned from the exile.

Space intelligences said that they were separating "black from white".

"And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate
them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the
goats: And he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the
left. Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye
blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the
foundation of the world." (St. Matthew 25:32-34).

"For many are called, but few are chosen." (St. Matthew 22:14).

The Remnant constitutes the "sheep", the "white", the "wheat". For
them the days will be shortened, but there shall be great tribulation on
Earth, as it is written.

.globalgrey.c

294

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

Only the "beginning of sorrows" is here now. Reports from Canada say
that two very strange things are taking place there. The gauges on
automobiles are going wild. When they are taken in for repairs to a
garage nothing seems to be wrong with them. When they are back out
on the highway they go "wild" once more.

The other happening is even stranger. Radios that are shut completely
off have been turning themselves on for no apparent reason. This is
the beginning of the "Great Telling" space friends have told about in
the past.

Perhaps the rash of weird phone calls of late is also connected with
this phenomena. The phone will ring, and when answered it is
discovered that no one is on the line. The line is open, but no one
speaks! Space visitors are checking "frequencies", pulling "tests" for
the big event of speaking to the world through all devices capable of
reception. On the day of the "Great Telling" millions of citizens of the
civilized parts of the world will know beyond the shadow of a doubt
the fact that space visitors are here and they will know why they are
here.

Every week I receive several letters that tell of strange happenings. A
lady in Kentucky wrote: "My phone rang; I answered it. There was
absolute silence so I hung up. Ten minutes later the phone rang again.
And once again I answered it. Silence. Ten minutes later the phone
rang again. Silence. By this time I was getting angry, so I quietly but
firmly said, 'I don't know who you are, nor why you are doing this, but
please, please stop it. It is not pleasant to be annoyed in this manner.
Please stop it.' I started to hang up when a very soft spoken voice in
perfect English said, 'Please be calm, we are checking on those whose
auras are the right color.' Since that most unusual phone call I have
observed three Saucers."

Telephone engineers have told me that very strange things are
happening to telephones since they have had many complaints from
telephone users, especially in the mid-west. Television and radio
engineers have experienced weird happenings while on duty. Tape
recorded programs have been mysteriously erased or garbled and
they have heard unknown code coming out of the air from apparently
nowhere. These engineers are not given to vivid imaginations since
their profession calls for men of a practical and methodical mind.

.globalgrey.c

295

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

The following cases are excerpts from letters I have received:

A lady in London, England wrote: "Lately at night time I have been
hearing strange notes and rhythms which have been quite outside
ordinary wireless experience. I worked in wireless stations and know
Morse code exceptionally well, but this is not any code we know; it is
very different."

A lady in Cincinnati, Ohio, wrote: "One day in the latter part of May,
1954, 1 was awakened about three in the morning. I heard the sound of
code in my room. It was similar to Morse code, pitched rather low, and
seemed to be just in my room. I listened to it for about ten minutes and
fell asleep with it still going. There was a sense of peace connected
with it, and I felt there was nothing to fear. I knew it was strange for
code to be heard without a receiver but somehow it didn't bother me.
In June, I heard it again for a few minutes."

A housewife in Medford, Oregon wrote: "One night the strangest noise
suddenly came over our radio which was off at the time. I asked my
husband what it was. I wish now that I had turned the set on, because
we may have heard voices, but the sound was so loud and I was so
surprised I couldn't think of anything. The sound was similar to Morse
code but had a musical note to it. Later we learned that two Saucers
had been observed in the area at the same time we received the
signals on our radio."

A woman in New Castle, Pennsylvania wrote: "Several times lately our
television set has gone absolutely crazy. We heard strange code-like
sounds and even voices. We called our neighbors but they were
receiving nothing like that on their sets. We have a brand new GE
model and it's in perfect condition-we know, because we've had it
checked."

A lady in Los Angeles, California wrote: "My husband and I have an old
television set in our den. This set has been out of order for weeks. On
the night of August 31, 1954, 1 went to bed in the front bedroom about
12:30, my husband turned in shortly thereafter. About one in the
morning he called me and asked if I had turned on the TV set. I told
him I hadn't turned it on, and besides, it wasn't working. He said the
set was making a strange, buzzing sound, and he could see the tubes
from the back of the set and they were all on, even the viewing tube
which hasn't been working for weeks! My husband turned up the

.globalgrey.c

296

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

volume to see if he could hear anything and a beautiful voice came out
strong and loud, saying: 'Strange waters shall gush forth out of the
rocks.' My husband turned off the volume and I asked him what the
man's voice was. He believed it was some minister talking. I asked him
how the set got on, and why did it work at all. We checked it and found
the set was only a little bit warm, so it wasn't on for long. Our
television set had turned itself on some way! The next morning we
checked the TV programs in the paper to see what had been on the
channel the night before. We had been tuned to Channel 5-KTLA-TV.
We learned that this channel is off the air entirely after 11:30 every
night and the voice came on after one in the morning. It certainly was
unusual for a TV set that is out of order to suddenly turn itself on, and
produce a voice from a channel that has been off the air for over an
hour and a half! The set is still in the den, and still doesn't work."

Recently four people tried to contact space visitors by telepathy in Los
Angeles, California. They asked for a signal of some kind after they
thought they were getting a reception. They wanted to know for sure
whether it was really coming from space friends or if it was from their
own minds. Suddenly a TV set that hadn't been on for over four hours
started showing a "blip" similar to radar blips. This moved around on
the TV screen. They pulled the plug out of the wall and moved the set
into the middle of the room, but the blip still kept coming in! No power
of any kind was being received by the set; as far as anyone in the room
was concerned it was a dead set.

A lady in Ingleside, Illinois wrote: "During June, 1954, my TV set
suddenly operated automatically. For some unexplained reason, a
picture became visible, just as plain as could be, with the set switch off.
However, there was only a picture, no sound. A picture of people
remained clear and undistorted for about forty-five minutes. I
switched the set off and on, but it had no effect other than to include
sound. I called my next door neighbor to view this unusual happening,
and he was equally startled. Later, my TV set operated normally."

The mystery of KLEE-TV hit the headlines in the Spring of 1954. At
3:30 p.m., British Summer Time, September 14, 1953, Charles W.
Bratley, of London, picked up the call letters KLEE-TV on his television
set. Later that month, and several times since, they have been seen by
engineers at Atlantic Electronics, Ltd., Lancaster, England. The call
letters KLEE-TV have not been transmitted since July, 1950, when the
Houston, Texas station changed its letters to KPRC-TV. A check of the

.globalgrey.c

297

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

world's television stations confirms the fact that there is not now and
never has been another KLEE-TV. Paul Huhndorff, chief engineer of
KPRC-TV, to whom the Britishers sent their report, has no explanation.
He says that members of the old KLEE-TV staff have identified the
pictures of the signals as looking like the standard call-letter slide they
used. Engineer Huhndorff offered three theories. The first two he
discounts as being nearly impossible. The third is that some
intelligence in outer space has received the signal and has transmitted
it in the hope of communicating with the planet Earth.

Everyone remembers the strange case of the face on the TV-screen,
and the same phenomenon happened again on September 12, 1954 in
Indianapolis, India. John and Virginia Mackey said the image appeared
to be that of George R. Shots, Mrs. Mackey's grandfather who died
April 28, 1954 at the age of seventy-four. Mrs. Mackey said she first
saw the face while watching a network show. When the image became
more intense, whether the set was tuned to an Indianapolis station or
to a blank channel, police were called. A parade of officers saw the face
for themselves. Mrs. Marie Johnson, Mrs. Mackey's mother, also
identified the face as that of her father, as did a number of other
relatives.

There have been countless reports of strange things happening to
anything that will act as a receiver. On October 3, 1952, Van Tassel at
Giant Rock, California, received the following: "I greet you in love and
peace. I am Ashtar. Those individual beings from Schare now on your
planet are being instructed to transmit certain carrier frequencies that
will cause a variety of conditions to be apparent in your many types of
electronic receivers."

Besides the above happenings, many strange things have been falling
from the sky. Charles Fort world be in his glory if he were alive today!
Ashes come from the sky; ice bombs; large chunks of foul-smelling
jelly; molten metal; white, filmy substance like cotton candy; and
fragments of this and that. Added to this is the great mystery of the
pockmarked wind-shields. Reports on the latter have come in from
Canada, England, France, and from many parts of the United States.
Tar-like substance, or ash-like material, has been found on cars and
some of it is magnetic. On the evening of April 22, 1954, radio station
WIND in Chicago reported that a strange blue mist had settled on a car,
and while its occupants watched intently, the glass in the automobile
shattered to pieces. Other witnesses said a blue dust sediment

.globalgrey.c

298

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

imbedded in their glass after shattering took place. In England,
observers saw weird, yellow flames strike their windshields. This is
one of the phenomena of the New Age; more will be seen in the future
and the "glass" sickness will spread to objects made of metal. What
would happen to civilization if steel was so affected? The answer is
obvious.

These new vibrations are not only changing things in the physical
world, but they are responsible for the change in man's thinking-and
they will change him spiritually, as well.

Many years ago a woman in Santa Fe, New Mexico, had an unusual
experience where she saw seven beings sitting in council around a
table. These beings said: "We shall communicate with your planet
Earth soon. There are those spiritually minded enough to hear our
communications and listen." This sounds like the Council of the Seven
Lights mentioned by Van Tassel, or the Council-Circle 7 mentioned
in The Saucers Speak!

Many more startling discoveries will be announced in the near future.
A leading aviation company is reliably reported to be conducting
experiments in interplanetary radio communication at the present
time, and the government continues its investigation through Project
NQ-707. We have experienced some mighty peculiar things in the past
few years and in the months ahead these things will become even
more peculiar!

Aquarius has its ominous side too, for astrologers equate it with cold,
rainstorms, floods, and dark. We know that for some time the world
has been experiencing a fantastic number of disasters from tidal waves
to dust storms. But these catastrophic events have been prophesied
for centuries and the New Age under the dominant influence of Uranus
will first see all old conditions upset, for Uranus is the disrupter or
smasher. What we are prone to call death and destruction is usually
the prelude to something better and finer- what is the death of the old
year, but the birth of the new one?

We would expect space visitation in the new Air Age. Man on Earth
will sail through interstellar space himself in the new world of the
future. He will know Truth, for the Light of Aquarius will not permit
falsity to exist in any form.

.globalgrey.c

299

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

When Ganymedes (Aquarius) is raised to heaven (or above the
horizon of the North Pole) Virgo or Astraea, who is Lucifer, descends
head downward below the horizon of the South Pole, or the pit; which
pit, or the pole, is also the Great Dragon or the Flood. From this we can
see that in the New Age (Aquarius) all falsity and evil (Lucifer) will be
done away with on Earth and submerged forever (the pit).

There is a striking similarity between the pure water rushing forth
from the jar of Aquarius and the words of St. John in Revelation: "He
shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out
of the throne of God and of the Lamb." And remember the words
spoken over the TV set that wasn't supposed to work: "Strange waters
shall gush forth out of the rocks."

Set your heart upon God and not upon things, upon Cause and not
upon manifestation, upon Principle and not upon form. As the old
landmarks disappear one by one beneath the rising tide of the new life,
go boldly on, knowing that the best is yet to be, and that "Eye hath not
seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man that
things that God hath prepared for them that love Him. Greet the
unknown with a cheer".

Remember the following quotations from The Saucers Speak!

"By your year of 1956 there must be a new Saras."

"Show us when you are ready to venture."

"Watch all nature for signs of catastrophe. These signs, such as
tornados, earthquakes, floods, and so on will come to Saras soon and
will get worse as time goes on."

"Some will not see it, except from elsewhere--from outside."

"More detonations soon, more disasters on Saras."

"The cosmic dust cloud will come. And it will darken the Sun and
Moon. Strange things will happen in your world. Great meteors shall
be seen in the skies."

.globalgrey.c

300

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

"Never fear for the aged, they can help again when they are brought to
life."

In Iowa, a research group received the following by radiotelegraphy:
"We find few now ready."

Many of the above statements have come to pass already, and others
will shortly come to pass. The Remnant will be small, for "few are now
ready". Show the space visitors if you are "ready to venture"; if you
belong to those who shall remain, you will see chaos from "elsewhere-
-from outside."

The following message was received by Van Tassel:

"The Bible again explains to Earth people our purpose here. In St.
Matthew 24:39-42, it reads: 'And knew not until the flood came, and
took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Then
shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.
Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.' We
have registered in our records the names and locations of those who
have lived with right intent. These are the ones who shall be taken up
in our ships while the Earth goes through cataclysmic upheavals.

Those who have contributed to and lived by destruction shall be left to
the agonies of the effects they have helped to cause."

Later, The Remnant, will be returned to the surface of Earth where
they will be the new race in a new world.

In Colville, Washington, an elderly lady received the following:

"By a seeming miracle shall men's eyes be opened to the wonders of a
world now unperceived by them. Not a miracle but a perfectly natural
action of an ever existent law will bring this phenomenon to pass. As
hath been told thee aforetimes, there be a change rapidly
metamorphosing much of the material world through the introduction
of Cosmic Energy into the very atomic structure of all material objects.
When ye consider all material forms (whether animate or what ye do
term inanimate) as the result of a certain specified rate of vibratory
action, it will be the easier for thee to comprehend the action of a
vastly accelerated rate of vibration upon all manner of objective
manifestations. At the appointed time, this influx of Cosmic Energy,

.globalgrey.c

301

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

vibrating at an inconceivably increased speed, will cause changes
marvelous to behold. Lo, the wonders of the now invisible realms of
enchanting beauty will be revealed to Man, if so be he hath previously
attuned himself to his own highest concept of beauty. Of material
beauty there shall be no end, but far greater than any mere physical
demonstration shall be the revelation of that spiritual fullness of life
which alone can satisfy Man's inmost yearning for true and lasting
happiness."

The Cosmic Energy now bombarding the Earth and her inhabitants
will actually change man's thinking. Recent findings by Dr. Seymour
Kety and his associates at the National Institute of Mental and Nervous
Diseases indicate that the physical brain is not a "thinking" machine,
but at best can be compared to a radio set! Dr. Kety's conclusions are
based on studies of blood circulation through the brain. These studies
carried out at the Institute showed the following results:

[1] The average-size human brain requires about three-fourths of a
quart of blood a minute; (2) It consumes about an ounce and a half of
oxygen, brought to it by the red blood cells; [3] It uses only about a
teaspoonful of sugar, the "fuel" of the body, per hour. The most
surprising discovery in Dr. Kety's experiments is that these three
requirements are the same, regardless of what the brain is doing.
These findings are somewhat disturbing to various theories
expounded in the past, one of which stated that intelligence varied
with the richness of the brain's blood supply. The other theory
propounded before the National Academy of Sciences, was that
thinking required a definite amount of "fuel".

Therefore, if man's brain is nothing but a receiving and transmitting
instrument similar to a radio set, he must be able to receive and
interpret the "music of the spheres" or the Great Cosmic Intelligence
that forever is permeating all space; man merely must "tune in" to it.
Those who refuse to receive the new vibrations mentally, will lose
their physical equipment on Earth and thereby give up their "radio
sets" that will not accept the new lessons. They will go elsewhere and
acquire new "sets" that will allow them to learn and progress as they
must.

Other parts of the human body are affected by the new vibrations also.
The pineal gland and the solar plexus becomes radioactive under the
influence of the cosmic rays. The body is in continual touch with the

.globalgrey.c

302

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

whole existence. The skin is no border of the body as we sometimes
imagine; there is continuous mutual meeting and mingling of the
single human body and the whole of the cosmos which also includes
other human bodies. In the human body there are said to be six-
hundred million psychic centers. By psychic is meant the extensional
apertures. Many more centers exist, of course, in the known cosmos.

As the single human being comes in contact with the great influx of
Cosmic Energy, he will realize that he possesses some very strange
abilities and powers. The rays will actually stimulate the pineal gland
and the third eye of the human will be opened once again.

Those individuals who refuse to accept the higher vibrations mentally,
allowing for great spiritual growth and advancement, will experience a
definite physiological reaction. In the study of the electrochemistry of
the blood, the answer to what will take place is found.

The blood stream of man is composed of the serum and the cellular
constituents, plus colloids. The countless millions of cells in the
circulating blood must maintain their ability to remain free of all other
elements in the stream.

Research is revealing the importance of electro-chemistry.

All blood cells carry a charge, the charge is of the same de-nomination.
Like charges repel, and so the cells as well as the colloids repel each
other resulting in the existence of electrical cushions capable of
preventing the cells from touching one another. When thrombosis
(clotting] occurs, it is precipitated by the discharge of cell or colloid
charges which allows for the agglutination or formation of the clots.

Each human blood cell is surrounded by a Resonating Electro-
Magnetic Field; if a person refuses to accept the new Universal lessons
presented to him for his use, he sets up an action within his body that
causes the RMF to collapse.

Clotting occurs and he is said to have died of a "heart attack".

The only reason heart attacks are on the increase is because of the
new vibrations and man's inability to cope with them, accept them,
and understand them. Therefore, no "god of wrath" destroys man; man
eliminates himself by his thoughts!

.globalgrey.c

303

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

What are some of the promises of the New World and its Remnant?

"Then cometh the end (of the Age], when he shall have delivered up
the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all
rule and all authority and power." (I Corinthians 15:24].

There shall be no governments or dictatorships or monarchies as such
in the New Age; and death will be no more.

"The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death." (I Corinthians
15:26].

"And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be
no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any
more pain: for the former things are passed away. Behold, I make all
things new." (Revelation 21:4-5].

"That in the dispensation of the fullness of times he might gather
together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and
which are on earth; even in him: In whom also we have obtained an
inheritance." (Ephesians 1:10-11].

"There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is
neither male nor female: for ye are all one in Christ Jesus." (Galatians
3:28].

"Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because
greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world." (I John 4:4].

The Remnant can truly say: "Behold, what manner of love the Father
hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God:
therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not. Beloved,
now are we the sons of God, and it cloth not yet appear what we shall
be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; for
we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him
purifieth himself, even as he is pure." (I John 3:1-3].

"And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake,
some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting
contempt." (Daniel (12.2]. The Remnant shall know "everlasting life",
but The Outcasts shall not exist in the New World.

.globalgrey.c

304

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

In Daniel 12:3, we read:

"And they that be wise (teachers] shall shine as the brightness of the
firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for
ever and ever." These are The Remnant!

« 9 »

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

305

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

## EPILOGUE

The book you have just read and the thoughts contained therein are
but a "pale shadow" of things to come. Time is running out, but there
will be no "end", there will only be a "beginning". Terrestrial Man
seems incapable at this moment of making "One World", but he will
soon face the more profound challenge to create "One City of the
Universe".

Man will go on into ever expanding grandeur; for even when the whole
celestial Universe has been mapped, studied and charted, there will be
Universes beyond to tempt human imagination.

In all great adventures of ideas the only prayer which we can address
to God is: "Grant us patience." And, "Seek ye the Lord while he may be
found, call ye upon him while he is near." (Isaiah 55:6].

"So shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth: it shall not
return unto me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it
shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. For ye shall go out with joy,
and led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth
before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their
hands." (Isaiah 55:11-12].

Remember the words of the Master in St. Mark 13:37: "And what I say
unto you I say unto all, Watch!"

* + AIN SOPH AUR\*\*

i/.globalgrey.co.uk

306

Other Tongues, Other Flesh By George Hunt Williamson

## BIBLIOGRAPHY

The following works are recommended to those interested in the
Saucer phenomena for they are considered authentic and contain
excellent source material.

Arnold, Kenneth and Palmer, Ray, The Coming Of The Saucers, Amherst,
Wisconsin, 1952.

Bethurum, Truman, Aboard A Flying Saucer, Los Angeles, Calif., 1954.

Fry, Daniel W., The White Sands Incident, Los Angeles, Calif., 1954.

Heard, Gerald, Is Another World Watching? New York, N. Y., 1951.

Keyhoe, Maj. Donald E., The Flying Saucers Are Real, New York, N. Y.,

Keyhoe, Maj. Donald E., Flying Saucers From Outer Space, New York, N.
Y., 1953.

Layne, Meade, The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, San Diego, Calif.

Layne, Meade, The Coming of The Guardians, San Diego, Calif., 1954.

Leslie, Desmond and Adamski, George, Flying Saucers Have Landed,
London, England, 1953.

Pelly, W. D., Star Guests, Noblesville, Indiana, 1950.

Van Tassel, George W., I Rode A Flying Saucer, Los Angeles, Calif., 1952.

Wilkins, Harold T., Flying Saucers On The Attack, New York, N. Y., 1954.

Williamson, George H. Bailey, Alfred C., The Saucers Speak! Los
Angeles, Calif., 1954.

i/.globalgrey.co.uk